THCS ĐẠI XUÂN ĐỀ LUYỆN HỌC SINH GIỎI TIẾNG ANH 6

ĐỀ SỐ 1 Thời gian: 120 phút (không kể thời gian giao đề)

I.LISTENING : (10¿ 0,2=2,0 pts)

II. PHONETICS: (10¿ 0,2=2,0 pts)
a. Choose one word whose underlined part is pronounced differently in each word group
below (0,2 x 5=1.0pt)
1. A. intersection B. history. C. bookstore D. eraser
2. A. boots B. toothpaste C. flood. D. food
3. A. twice B. swim C. skip D. picnic
4. A. brush B. music C. truck D. bus
5. A. wear B. year C. hear D. near

b. Choose the word whose stress pattern is different from the others by circling A, B, C or
D.(0,2 x2= 1pt)
1. A.listen B.arrive C. routine D.hotel
2. A. movie B. factory C. stadium D.erase
3. A.pagoda B.temple C. hospital D. village
4. A. housework B. museum C. collection D.vacation
5. A.toystore B.garden C.drugstore D.police

VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR: (30¿ 0,2=6,0 pts)

a . Circle the best option A,B/C or D to complete the following sentences(0,2 x10 = 2pts)
1. “7.45” is read ____________.
A. a quarter to eight B. seven forty-five C. seven past forty-five D. A & B
2. Tam’s house is _______ a bookshop _______ a restaurant.
A. next to - and B. between - and C. next to – of D. between - of
3. Do you go to school _______ bike or _________ foot?
A. by - by B. on - on C. on - by D. by - on
4. Do you have any toothpaste? I’d like a large ________.
A. bar B. tube C. bag D. loaf
5. _________ does your brother go jogging? – Everyday.
A. How B. How often C. How long D. What time
6. - Would you like something to drink? - ____________.
A. Thank you. I’m full. B. No, I don’t like.
C. No, thanks. D. Yes, I like.
7. These are my notebooks, and those are _________.
A. they B. their C. there’s D. theirs
8. The boy _________thin, but he is strong.
A. is looking B. look C. looks D. looking
9. My mother _________ housework everyday.
A. does B. makes C. goes D. plays
10. What would you like ________ for you?
A. me doing B. me do C. me to do D.I do

b. Fill in the blanks with the correct prepositions. (5¿ 0,2=1,0 pt)
1. It is hot ......................... the summer.

Trang 1
 2. “How do you go to school?” - “ ......................... bike.”
3. She has breakfast ......................... bread and milk.
4. The beef is ......................... the table, .(5)..................... the chicken and the vegetables.

c. Give the correct form of the word in capital letters given to complete the sentences (0,2
x10 =2pts)
1. What is the __________ of Mount Everest. (HIGH )
2.Is that your__________house? (BEAUTY )
3. Nam and Mai are good ___ ( FRIENDLY )
4. Mrs. Nga _________us English. ( TEACHER )
5. My mother usually goes _________ in the early morning. (JOG)
6. In our ………, there is a post office and a supermarket (NEIGHBOR)
7. Nam is the ………… student in our class (GOOD)
8. Their ............... are in the bookstore (CHILD)
’ ’
9. I m British. What s your…... ? (NATION)
10. Hoa is pretty. She has long black hair and white ………. (TOOTH)
d. Supply the correct tense or form of the verb in brackets (2pts)
1. There (1. be) ………….... any flowers behind your house ?
2. Mr Hoang can (2. drive)………….... but he doesn’t have a car.
3. The boys (3. be) ………… in the school yard. They (4. play) …………soccer now.
4. Nam often (5. fly)……….. his kite in the afternoon.
5. My father always (6. come) ……….... home late. He (7. finish) ………... work at 5 o’clock
6. I (8. not understand) ……………. this sentence. What this word (9. mean)………... ?
7. I’m thirsty. What about (10. have)……………….. a glass of orange juice ?

Answers:
1.............................. 2................................ 3................................ 4.........................
5........................ 6......................... 7.................................
8.................................. 9.................................. 10..........................

READING: (25¿ 0,2=5,0 pts)

a. Read and circle the best option A, B, C or D to complete the passage: (10¿ 0,2=2,0pts) .
I don’t usually eat breakfast. I only have (1) ________ of coffee. I don’t eat (2) ________
until about eleven o’clock. Then I have a biscuit and a glass of (3) ________. For lunch I usually
have a salad. That’s (4) ________ about two o’clock. I have (5) ________at half past six in the
afternoon. I’m a vegetarian, so I don’t eat (6) _________ or fish. I eat cheese and eggs and things
like that. I have a glass of water or fruit (7) _________ with my meal. At the weekend I go to a
(8) _________ in the evening. You can (9) _________ vegetarian meals in a (10) _________
restaurants now.
1. A. a packet B. a cup C. a can D. a bar
2. A. any B. some C. anything D. something
3. A. peas B. rice C. chocolate D. milk
4. A. at B. on C. in D. of
5. A. breakfast B. lunch C. dinner D. supper
6. A. meat B. rice C. vegetables D. noodles
7. A. water B. soda C. juice D. lemonade

Trang 2
8. A. store B. restaurant C. shop D. apartment
9. A. get B. getting C. to get D. gets
10. A. many B. much C. dozen D. lot of
b. Read the passage and fill the suitable word in the blank: (5¿ 0,4=2,0pts)

Jame works in London, but he (1) ________ live there. (2) _________ morning he gets up at
6.00 and he goes to work (3) _________ train to London. The journey (4) _________ an hour
and he doesn’t (5) _________ home till 8.00 in the evening. Then he watches TV and goes to
bed.

c /Read the passage carefully then write T for true statements and F for false statements.
(0,2 x 5=1pt)
Minh and her friends are going to camp for four days in SAPA.Vui is going to bring a tent and
some food. Lan is going to bring a ball to play volleyball. Ly is going to bring her camera to take
some photos. Nga and Mai are going to bring some drinks. They take some orange juice. They
don’t take iced tea because it’s cold. They also take some food. Their favorite food is chicken,
lettuces and tomatoes. Vui’s mother helped them to arrange food and drink for their
camping.They are going to stay in a small hotel.They leave their house at 6 o’clock.

Statements True False

1.Minh and her friends are going to camp for four days.
2.Lan is going to bring a basket to play volleyball.
3.Nga and Mai don’t take iced tea because it’s cool.
4.Vui’s mother helped them to arrange food and drink.
5.They go to SAPA at 6 o’clock.

V. WRITING: ( 5pts)
a. Sentence building . (5 ¿ 0,2 = 1.0 pt)

1. sister/ need/ 10 kilos/ rice/ half / kilo/ pork.

-> ………..……………………………………………………………………….....
2. Nam/ friends/ volleyball/ three/ a week.
-> ………..………………………………………………………………………......
3. Milk/ apple juice/ my/ favorite drink
-> ………..……………………………………………………………………….....
4. There/ not / mangoes/ fridge.
-> ………..………………………………………………………………………......
5. Mr. Young/ play / volleyball/ now?
-> ………..……………………………………………………………………….

b.Write the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first one,beginning with
the given words or phrases (2pts)
1. How much is the blue schoolbag?
What is ……………………………………………………...?
2. Mr Binh is going to France by plane

Trang 3
Mr Binh …………………………………………………………………..
3. Does Mai’s house have five rooms ?
Are there …………………………………………………………………... ?
4. My father rides his motorbike to work everyday.
My father travels …………………………………………………………….
5. She goes to work at seven fifteen.
She goes to work at …………………………………………………………
6. My room is smaller than your room.
Your room ……………………………………………………………….
7. Let’s go camping.
What ……………………………………………………………….?
8. This box has twelve packets of tea.
There ………………………………………………………….
9. No house on the street is older than this house.
This house ………………………………………………………….
10. Mr and Mrs Hung has a son, Kien.
Mr and Mrs Hung are ……………………………………………………
c. Write a passage in about 80 - 100 words to decribe the house you like (2,0pts)

HƯỚNG DẪN CHẤM

¿
LISTENING : (10 0,2=2,0 pts)
¿
II. PHONETICS: (10 0,2=2,0 pts)
a. Choose one word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others by
circling A, B, C, or D: (5¿ 0,2=1,0 pt)
Trang 4
 1. D. eraser
2. c.flood
3. A. twice
4. B. music
5. A.wear
b. Choose the word whose stress pattern is different from the others: (5¿ 0,2=1,0 pt)
1. A.listen
2. D.eraser
3. A. pagoda
4. A.housework
5. D.police

III. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR: (30¿ 0,2=6,0 pts)

a. Circle the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: (10¿ 0,2=2,0 pts)

1 –D 2 –B. 3 –D. 4 –B. 5 –B

6 –C 7 -D 8 –C 9–A 10 –C

b. Fill in the blanks with the correct prepositions: (5¿ 0,2=1,0pt)

1. in 2. by 3. with 4. on 5. between

c. Write the correct form of the words given in capital letters to complete the following
sentences: (10¿ 0,2=2,0 pts)
1. height 2.beautiful 3.friends 4.teaches 5.jogging
7.best 8.children 9.nationality 10.teeth
6.neighborhood

d. Supply the correct form of the verbs in the brackets: (5¿ 0,2=1,0 pt)

1. Are there 2. drive 3.are 4.are playing 5.flies

6.comes 7.finishes 8.do not 9.does…mean 10.having

understand

IV. READING: (25¿ 0,2=5,0 pts)

a. Read and circle the best option A, B, C or D to complete the passage: (10¿ 0,2=2,0 pts)

1 - B. a cup 2 – C. anything 3 – D. milk 4 - A. at 5 – C. dinner

6 - A. meat 7 – C. juice 8–B. restaurant 9 – A. get 10 – lot of

b. Read the passage and fill the suitable word in the blank: (10¿ 0,2=2,0 pts)

Trang 5
 1. does not live 2.Every 3.by 4. lasts 5.come

c. Read the passage and then tick true or false (5 ¿ 0,2 = 1.0 pt)
1.T 2.F 3F 4.T 5.F
V. WRITING: (5,0pts)
a. Sentence building . (5 ¿ 0,2 = 1.0 pt)

1. My sister needs 10 kilos of rice and half a kilo of pork.

2. Nam and his friends play volleyball three times a week.
3. Milk and apple juice are my favorite drink.
4. There are not any mangoes in the fridge.
5. Is Mr. Young playing volleyball now?

b. Complete the second sentence, using the word given in brackets so that it has a similar
meaning to the first sentence. Do not change the word given in any way. (10¿ 0,2=2,0 pts)

1. How much is the blue schoolbag?What is the price of the blue schoolbag?
2. Mr Binh is going to France by planeMr Binh is flying to Paris.
3. Does Mai’s house have five rooms ?Are there five rooms in Mai’s house ?
4. My father rides his motorbike to work everyday
My father travels to work by (his) motorbike everyday
5. She goes to work at seven fifteen.She goes to work at a quarter past seven.
6. My room is smaller than your room.Your room is bigger than my room.
7. How much does a box of chocolates cost ?What is the price of a box of chocolate?
8. This box has twelve packets of tea.There are twelve packets of tea in this box.
9. No house on the street is older than this house.
This house is the oldest on the street.
10. Mr and Mrs Hung has a son, Kien.Mr and Mrs Hung are Kien’s parents.

c. Write a passage in about 80-100 words to decribe the house you like(2,0pts)

THCS ĐẠI XUÂN ĐỀ LUYỆN HỌC SINH GIỎI TIẾNG ANH 6

ĐỀ SỐ 2 Thời gian: 120 phút (không kể thời gian giao đề)

PART ONE. LISTENING ( 2,0 pts)

PART TWO: PHONETICS ( 2pts)
I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others by circling.
(5¿ 0,2=1,0 pt)
1. A. brush B. music C. truck D. bus
2. A. plane B. bank C. paddy D. math

Trang 6
3. A. buses B. goes C. boxes D. couches
4. A. soccer B. sport C. movie D. jog
5. A. children B. school C. couch D. chair
II. Choose the word whose stress pattern is different from that of the other words by
circling. (5¿ 0,2=1,0 pt)
1. A. visit B. behind C. routine D. pollute
2. A. tomato B. banana C. lemonade D. museum
3. A. television B. engineer C. businessman D. supermarket
4. A. citadel B. motorbike C. badminton D. activity
5. A. sandwich B. correct C. armchair D. collect
PART THREE. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR. ( 6,0 pts)
I. Circle the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: (10¿ 0,2=2,0 pts)
1. What about ______ a cup of coffee?
A. have B. having C. you have D. do you have
2. The weather often ______ quickly. It is difficult to forecast.
A. change B. changes C. is changing D. is going to change
3. When it becomes hot, people often feel ______
A. hungry B. thirsty C. happy D. worried
4. When you go out, please buy two ………… of soap for me.
A. rods B. bars C. tubes D. bottles
5. They usually go …………. after work.
A. to fishingB. to swimming C. cinema D. home
6. Everyone is having ………… at the picnic.
A. good time B. good times C. the good time D. a good time
7.What is the ………..of that river?
A. long B. wide C. length D. heavy
8. Bangkok is ……….capital of Thailand.
A. a B. one C. X D. the
9 . Children are ____________of seeing the dentist.
A. afraid B. interested C. worried D. keen
10. The boys ……….. in the river at the moment.
A. are swimming B. are swim C. swims D. swim
II. Use the word given in bracket to form a word that fits in the space. (10¿ 0,2=2,0 pts)
1. We must be ……………. when we cross the road. ( CARE)
2. There are lot of…………….mountains in Viet Nam. ( BEAUTY)
3. I’m Vietnamese. What’s your…………….? ( NATION)
4. This is the ……………. building in our town. (TALL)
5. Our roads are …………..places. (DANGER)

Trang 7
6. There are four . …………….in my house. ( bookshelf)
7. All of us are are very good ………………….. ( STUDY)
8. My neighborhood is …………….for good and cheap restaurants. ( FAME)
9. The children like ……………. Weather. ( SUN)
10. My house is on the …………….floor of that tall building. ( NINE)
Your answers:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
III. Complete the following sentences with the correct form of the verbs in brackets. (5 ¿
0,2=1,0 pt)
1. .My father and Mr Hung (work) ...............................in a big factory in Hue.
2. How much fruit ...............................that farmer (produce) ...............................every year?
3.( your students/ play) ............................... soccer at the moment ?
4. Listen! They( speak) ...............................English in the class.
5. My parents (visit) ...............................Ha Long Bay this summer vacation.
Your answers:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
IV. Fill eacg gap of the following sentences with with a suitable prepositions. ( 5¿ 0,2=1,0
pt)
1. Who do you usually play soccer……………….?
2. My school is very big and beautiful. It has five floors and my classroom is……….the third
floor.
3. Lan is standing near the store and she is waiting……….the bus.
4. I have to stay……….late because I don’t finish my homework.
5. She is interesting……….Literature, but we are fond of Math.
Your answers:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
PART FOUR. READING:(5,0 pts)
I. Circle the best option A, B, C or D to complete the following passage: (10¿ 0,2=2,0pts)
I live in a house near the sea. It is ...(1)... old house, about 100 years old and ...(2)... very small.
There are two bed rooms upstairs...(3)... no bathroom. The bathroom is down stairs ... (4)... the
kitchen and there is a living room where there is a lovely old fire place. There is a garden ...(5)...
the house. The garden ...(6)... down to the beach and in spring and summer ...(7)... flowers every
where. I like alone ...(8)... my dog, Rack, but we have a lot of visitors. My city friends often stay
with ...(9)...
I love my house for ... (10)... reasons: the garden, the flowers in summer, the trees in winter, but
the best thing is the view from my bedroom window.
1. A. a B. an C. the D. any

Trang 8
 2. A. It's B. It C. there's D. They're
3. A. and B. or C. but D. too
4. A. between B. next C. near to D. next to
5. A. in front B. front of C. of front in D. in front of
6. A. go B. going C. goes D. in goes
7. A. these are B. they are C. there are D. those are
8. A. for B. of C. on D. with
9. A. me B. I C. my D. I'm
10. A. a B. any C. many D. a lot
II. Fill in each gap with ONE suitable word to complete the passage. (10¿ 0,2=2,0pts)
Mr. Bao is(1)……………teacher at a big school. He is young, tall and thin. He is not
weak. He is(2)………………. He (3)……………..morning exercises everyday. He lives (4)
……………….a small house in Ha Noi. The school isn’t near (5)…………….house, so he
travels to work(6)…………..bus and he often(7)…………his house at 7 o’clock. He works from
Monday to Friday. On Thursdays and Sundays, he(8)…………free time.(9)…………Sundays, he
gets up at 8 o’clock, then he sits in the kitchen to have(10)……………… After that, he plays his
favorite sports. He goes to bed at ten c’clock.
Your answers:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
III. Read the passage and answer the questions. (5¿ 0,2=1,0pts)
We are all destroying the earth. The sea and the rivers are too dirty to swimming in. There is so
much smoke in the air that it is unhealthy to live in many of world’s cities. We have cut down so
many trees that there are now vast areas of wasteland all over the world. As a result, farmers in
parts of Africa can’t grow enough rice to eat. Wild animals are quickly disappearing. We must
save the earth.
1. Are we are all destroying the
earth? ...............................................................................................
2. What are too dirty to swimming
in? ..............................................................................................................
3. Why is it unhealthy to live in many of world’s
cities? ..............................................................
4. What disappear
quickly? ..............................................................................................................
5. What must we do now? .........................................................................................................
PART FIVE: WRITING (5.0 pts)
I. Write the meaningfull sentences using the given words. (5¿ 0,2=1,0pt)
1. Nam/ friends/ volleyball/ three/ a week.
.........................................................................................................

Trang 9
2. Hoa's sister/ listen/ music/room/ the moment.
.........................................................................................................
3. Mrs Hue/ children/ eating/ breakfast/ foodstall.
.........................................................................................................
4. Your brother/ play/ volleyball/ yard/ now/ ?
.........................................................................................................
5. Sign/ say/ that/ can't go / this street.
.........................................................................................................
II. Finish the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first one , using the
given words. (10¿ 0,2=2,0pts)
1/ Our school has forty-two classrooms
 There ..............................................................
2/ The bakery is to the left of my house
 My house .........................................................
3/ Mr Minh has a son, Trung.
 Mr Minh ..........................................................
4/ Huyen walks to school every afternoon.
 Huyen goes ....................................................
5. He goes to work at seven fifteen.
 He goes to work at a .......................................
6. This exercise is very difficult and he can’t do it
 This exercise is too ...............……..………
7. How much is a fried rice?
 What’s ........................................................?
8. How old are you?
What ........................................................?
9. No one in my class is taller than Peter.
Peter is ……………………………………..…
10. This dictionary is more expensive than that one.
That dictionary is ……………………………….
II. Write a composition (about 80 words) about you and your family(2 points)
(don’t show your name, your parents’ name, your school or your village):
………………………………………………………………………………………………..
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………

---------THE END--------

Trang
10
 HƯỚNG DẪN CHẤM
PART ONE. LISTENING ( 2,0 pts)
PART TWO: PHONETICS ( 2pts)
I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others by circling.
(5¿ 0,2=1,0 pt)
1. B. music 2. A. plane 3. B. goes 4. C. movie 5. B. school

II. Choose the word whose stress pattern is different from that of the other words by
circling. (5¿ 0,2=1,0 pt)
1. A. visit 2. C. lemonade 3. B. engineer 4. D.activity 5. A. sandwich
PART THREE. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR. ( 6,0 pts)
I. Circle the best answer A, B, C or D to comlete the sentences: (10¿ 0,2=2,0 pts)
1. B. having 2. B. changes 3. B. thirsty 4. B. bars 5. D. home
6. D. a good time 7. C. length 8. D. the 9. A. afraid 10.A.are swimming
II. Use the word given in bracket to form a word that fits in the space. (10¿ 0,2=2,0 pts)
1. careful 2. beautiful 3. nationality 4. tallest 5. dangerous
Trang
11
 6. bookshelves 7. students 8. famous 39. sunny 10. ninth
III. Complete the following sentences with the correct form of the verbs in brackets. (5¿
0,2=1,0 pt)
1. work 2.does…..produce 3. Are students 4. are speaking 5. is going to
playing visit
IV. Fill eacg gap of the following sentences with with a suitable prepositions. ( 5¿ 0,2=1,0
pt)
1. with 2. on 3. for 4. up 5. in
PART FOUR. READING:(5,0 pts)
I. Circle the best option A, B, C or D to complete the following passage: (10¿ 0,2=2,0pts)
1. B. an 2. A. It’s 3. C. but 4. D. next to 5. D. in front of
6. C. goes 7. C. there are 8. D. with 9. A. me 10. C. many

II. Fill in each gap with ONE suitable word to complete the passage. (10¿ 0,2=2,0pts)
1. a 2. strong 3. does 4. in 5. his
6. by 7. leaves 8. has 9. on 10. breakfast
III. Read the passage and answer the questions. (5¿ 0,2=1,0pts)
1. Yes, we are.
2. The sea and the rivers are too dirty to swimming in.
3. It is unhealthy to live in many of world’s cities because there is so much smoke in
the air.
4. Wild animals are quickly disappearing.
5. We must save the earth.
PART FIVE: WRITING (5.0 pts)
III. Write the meaningfull sentences using the given words. (5¿ 0,2=1,0pt)
1. Nam and his friends play volleyball three times a week.
2. Hoa's sister is listening to music in her room at the moment.
3. Mrs Hue and her children are eating breakfast at a foodstall.
4. Is your brother playing volleyball in the yard now ?
5. This sign says that you can't go into this street.
II. Finish the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first one , using the
given words. (10¿ 0,2=2,0pts)
1. There are forty-two classrooms in our school .
2. My house is to the right of the bakery.
3. Mr Minh is Trung’s father.
4. Huyen goes to school on foot every afternoon.

Trang
12
5. He goes to work at a quarter past seven.
6. This exercise is too difficult for him to do.
7. What’s the price of a fried rice?
8. What are your age?
9. Peter is the tallest in my class.
10. That dictionary is cheaper than this dictionary/ this one.
III/ Write a composition (about 80 words) about you and your family:
(don’t show your name, your parents’ name, your school or your village):

THCS ĐẠI XUÂN ĐỀ LUYỆN HỌC SINH GIỎI TIẾNG ANH 6

ĐỀ SỐ 3 Thời gian: 120 phút

PART ONE: LISTENING:

PART TWO: PHONETICS: (10 x 0.2 = 2.0 pts)

I. Choose the word whose underlined part pronounced differently from that of the others by
circling A, B, C or D (5 x 0.2 = 1.0 pt)
16. A. accident B. soccer C. clinic D. camera
17. A. thank B. that C. this D. those
18. A. station B. intersection C. question D. invitation
19. A. arm B. charm C. farm D. warm
20. A. languages B. dresses C. watches D. becomes

II. Choose the word whose stress pattern is different from the others by circling A, B, C or
D (5 x 0.2 = 1.0 pt)
21. A. classmate B. greeting C. morning D. afternoon
22. A. open B. armchair C. teacher D. pencil
23. A. brother B. student C. doctor D. arrive
24. A. apartment B. motorbike C. telephone D. volleyball
25. A. stereo B. family C.engineer D. difficult
PART THREE: VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR (25 x 0.2 = 5.0 pts)
I. Circle best option A, B, C or D to complete the following sentences. (10 x 0.2= 2.0 pts)
Trang
13
26. My brother, Minh ……………….……English on Monday and Friday.
A. not have B. don’t have C. isn’t have D. doesn’t have
27. Hoang’s father gets up at 7.00 and eats ……………….……
A. a big breakfast B. the big breakfast C. big breakfast D. a breakfast big
28. They like ……………….……weather because they can go swimming.
A. hot B. cold C. windy D. foggy
29. ……………….……fruit does Mr. Thanh produce?
A. How much B. How many C. How long D. How often
30. Hung and ……………….……would like to join the English Speaking Club.
A. me B. my C. mine D. I
31. We’re having an English examination ……………….……Friday, 11th December.
A. at B. in C. to D. on
32. They are playing table tennis now. - ……………….……you like table tennis?
A. Have B .Is C. Are D. Do
33. I hope the ……………….……can repair our car quickly.
A. mechanic B. architect C. reporter D. dentist
34. Is your school ……………….……the zoo?
A. near to B. in front to C. next D. in front of
35. My friends often go to school at ……………….……in the morning.
A.a quarter to seven B.seven to a quarter C. seven quarter D. a quarter seven

26. 27. 28. 29. 30.

31. 32. 33. 34. 35.

II. Use the words given in brackets to form a word that fits in the space. (5 x 0.2 = 1.0 pt)
36. It’s very ……………….……… in the city. (noise)
37. There is a ……………….……… next to my house. (bake)
38. I brush my ……………….……… twice a day. (tooth)
39. Peter……………….……… a very big truck. (driver)
40. Their house is on the ……………….……… floor of the building. (five)
III. Complete the following sentences with the correct form of the verb in the brackets.
(5 x 0.2 = 1.0 pt)
41. Our school (have) ……………….……… a small garden. There are many flowers in it.
42. What time your son (get up) ……………….……… every morning?
43. Your parents (go) ……………….……… to work every day?
44. Nam’s brother, Hung (wash) ……………….……… his face at the moment.
45. We (not have) ……………….……… breakfast at 6.30 every morning.

IV. Fill each gap of the following sentences with a suitable preposition. (5 x 0.2 = 1.0 pt)
46. How many seasons are there in a year……………….……… your country?
47. When you go to the market, please buy some books and pens ……………….……… me.
48. There are some trees ……………….……… my house and the lake.
49. Mrs. Nhung and her friends are listening……………….……… music at the moment.
50. What ……………….……… going going to Ha Long Bay with them this weekend?

PART FOUR: READING (25 x 0.2 = 5.0 pts)

I. Circle best option A, B, C or D to complete the following passage. (10 x 0.2 = 2.0 pts)
Trang
14
 I live in a house near the sea. It is ……….………(51) old house, about 100 years old and
…………………(52) very small. There are two bed rooms upstairs ……………….(53) no
bathroom. The bathroom is downstairs ……………….…(54) the kitchen and there is a living
room where there is a lovely old fire place. There is a garden ……………….…(55) the house.
The garden ……………….…(56) down to the beach and in spring and summer ……………….
…(57) flowers every where. I like being alone ……………….…(58) my dog, Rack, but we have
a lot of visitors. My city friends often stay with ……………….…(59)
I love my house for ……………….…(60) reasons the garden, the flowers in summer, the fire
in winter, but the best thing is the view from my bedroom window.
51. A. a B. an C. the D. any
52. A. it B. it's C. there's D. they're
53. A. and B. or C. too D. but
54. A. between B. next C. near to D. next to
55. A. in front B. front of C. of front in D. in front of
56. A. go B. goes C. going D. in goes
57. A. they are B. there are C. these are D. those are
58. A. for B. of C. on D. with
59. A. my B. I C. me D. I'm
60. A. a B. any C. many D. a lot

II. Fill in each blank with ONE suitable word to complete the passage. (10 x 0.2 = 2.0 pts)
Dear Lan Anh,
I am visiting Ha Long Bay with my family ……………….……(61) June 12 th to 20th.
……………….……(62) you have a room with a shower for these days? How ……………….
……(63) is the room? We would like ……………….……(64) room facing the sea if it is
possible. We ……………….……(65) eat meat but we ……………….……(66) all other kinds of
food.
We are arriving….………….……(67) Ha Long Bay..…………….……(68) about six o’clock
on Monday evening. We plan to leave the hotel ……………….……(69) Sunday morning.
I ……………….……(70) forward to hearing from you soon.

III. Read the passage and decide the sentences are True or False (5 x 0.2 = 1.0 pt):
His sister’s name is Thuy Anh. She is a teacher of literature. She’s thirty - five years old. She
is very, very beautiful. She has an oval face and round eyes. Her lips are quite full. Mrs. Thuy
Anh has long black hair and a small nose. Her favorite food is fish, and her favorite drinks are
orange juice and lemon juice.
71. What does Mrs. Thuy Anh do?
-> ………………………………………………..………………………………………………
72. Are her lips thin? -> …………………………………………………………………………
73. Does she have a round face or an oval face?
-> ………………………………………………..………………………………………………
74. What color is her hair?
-> ………………………………………………..………………………………………………
75. Does she like orange juice?
-> ………………………………………………..………………………………………………

Trang
15
PART FIVE: WRITING (5.0 pts)
I. Circle the underlined word or phrase in each sentence that needs correcting and then
correct it. (5 x 0.2 =1.0 pt)
Your corrections
76. A lot of my friends play soccer, but not much of them play tennis. 76. ………………
A B C D …………………..
77. Mr. Phong rides his bike to work at the moment. 77………………..
A B C D
78. The Browns are traveling to Ho Chi Minh City in train now. 78. ………………
A B C D …………………..
79. My brother, Quan, is twenty-one year old and he is a student. 79. ………………..
A B C D ………….………..
80. There is an England examination on Friday, 11th December. 80. …….…………
A B C D ……………………

II. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first one, using the
word given in brackets. Do not change the words given in any way. (5 x 0.2 = 1.0 pt)
81. I cycle to school every day.
-> I go to…………………………………………………..
82. How much is your hat ?
-> What is………………………….....................?
83. My house is behind the police station.
-> The police station is……………………………….
84. What’s the height of the Mount Everest?
-> How ……………………………………………….?
85. My mother cooks very well.
-> My mother is….…………..……..………

III. Write a passage (about 100 words) to tell about your family: (3,0pts)

Trang
16
 HƯỚNG DẪN CHẤM

PART ONE: LISTENING: hear: (15 x 0.2 = 3.0 pts)

PART TWO: PHONETICS: (10 x 0.2 = 2.0 pts)

I. Choose the word whose underlined part pronounced differently from that of the others by
circling A, B, C or D (5 x 0.2 = 1.0 pt)
16. A. accident 17. A. thank 18. C. question 19. D. warm 20. D.
becomes

II. Choose the word whose stress pattern is different from the others by circling A, B, C or
D (5 x 0.2 = 1.0 pt)
21-D. afternoon 22-B. armchair 23-D. arrive 24-A. apartment 25-C.engineer

PART THREE: VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR (25 x 0.2 = 5.0 pts)

I. Circle best option A, B, C or D to complete the following sentences. (10 x 0.2= 2.0 pts)
26. D. 27. A. 28. A. 29. A. 30. D.
doesn’t have a big breakfast How much I
hot
31. D. 32. D. 33. A. 34. D. 35. A.
On Do mechanic in front of a quarter to seven
II. Use the words given in brackets to form a word that fits in the space. (5 x 0.2 = 1.0 pt)
36. noisy 37. bakery 38. teeth 39. drives 40. fifth
III. Complete the following sentences with the correct form of the verb in the brackets.
(5 x 0.2 = 1.0 pt)
41 - has 42 - does … get 43 - Do … go 44 - is washing 45 - don’t have

IV. Fill each gap of the following sentences with a suitable preposition. (5 x 0.2 = 1.0 pt)
46 - in 47 - for 48 - between 49 - to 50 - about

Trang
17
 PART FOUR: READING (25 x 0.2 = 5.0 pts)
I. Circle best option A, B, C or D to complete the following passage. (10 x 0.2 = 2.0 pts)
51 - B. an 52 - B. it's 53 - D. but 54 - D. next to 55 - D. in front of
56 - B. goes 57 - B. there are 58 - D. with 59 - C. me 60 - C. many

II. Fill in each blank with ONE suitable word to complete the passage. (10 x 0.2 = 2.0 pts)
61. from 62. Do 63. much 64. a 65. don’t
66. eat 67. in 68. at 69. on 70. look

III. Read the passage and decide the sentences are True or False (5 x 0.2 = 1.0 pt):
71. She is a teacher of literature.
72. No, they aren’t.
73. She has an oval face.
74. Her hair/ It is black.
THCS ĐẠI XUÂN ĐỀ LUYỆN HỌC SINH GIỎI TIẾNG ANH 6
Thời gian: 120 phút
ĐỀ SỐ 4

A.LISTENING( 4 x 0,5 =2.0 pts)

B.PHONETICS (0,2 X 10 = 2.0 pts)

Choose one word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others words in
each group by circling A, B, C or D. ( 5 x 0,2 =1 pt)
1. .A. game B. geography C. vegetable D. change
2. A. read B. teacher C. eat D. ahead
3. .A. tenth B. math C. brother D. theater
4. .A. engineer B. between C. teeth D. greeting
5. A. intersection B. eraser C. bookstore D. history

II. Choose the word whose stress pattern is different from the others by circling A, B, C or D
( 5 x 0,2 =1 pt)

1.A.activities B.weekend C.winter D.summer

2.A.fishing B.packet C. pagoda D.purple
3.A.uncle B idea C.picnic D.sausage
4.A.listen B.usually C.video D.correct
5.A.apple B.tomato C.cooking D.bottle

C. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR

I. Circle best option A, B, C or D to complete the following sentences. (0.2 x 10 = 2.0 pts)
1. ……………..straight across the road.
A. Don’t run B. Not run C. No run D. Can’t run
2. I learn music………………. : on Mondays and Fridays.
A. two times a week B. once a week
C. one a week D. twice a week
3. What is your favourite food?
A. I favourite chicken B. My favourite food chicken
Trang
18
 C. Chicken favourite me D. I like chicken best.
4. Linda ……… her hair every day.
A. washes B. wash C. clean D. cleans
5 .How many minutes are there in………… hour?
A. a B. an C. the D. these
6. Does Mrs. Mai go to school …………car? - Yes, she does.
A. on B. in C. by D. of
7. Is he good ……….. Physics and Math?
A. for B. at C. on D. in
8. I can’t speak French but my brother ………....
A. can B. can’t C. does D. doesn’t
9. My mother always wants me ………… the piano well.
A. to play B. playing C. play D. to playing
10. Who ………… you English?
A. teach B. does teach C. do teach D. teaches

II. Use the words given in brackets to form a word that fits in the space. (0.2 x 10 = 2.0 pts))
1. The..................of this book is 2.000d (COST)
2. Don’t go out at night because it is very …………… (DANGER)
3. This exercise is very ………….. I can’t do it. (DIFFICULTY)
4. Vietnam has a lot of …… beaches. (BEAUTY)
5. Air ….. is a big problem in many cities in the world. (POLLUTE)
6. Our children sometimes go …..on the weekends. (CAMP)
7. I’m Vietnamese. What’s your ….? (NATION)
8. Mount Everest is very high. It is the ….. mountain in the world. (HIGH)
9. I visit my grandparents ..................... a month. ( ONE)
10. We went to bed early because we had a ……….. day. (tire)

III.Complete the following sentences with the correct form of the verb in the brackets. (0.2 x
5 = 1.0 pts)
1. What (there/ be / drink).............................................................for dinner?
2. What.................she (like / do).........................in her spare time?
3. Why..............we( not go).....................out for a meal?
4. This job (be).................interesting. You should (apply).....................for the job.
5. ( you/ look).....................for Peter?- I think he (read).......................books in the library.

IV.Fill each gap of the following sentences with a suitable preposition. (0.2 x 5 = 1.0 pt)
1. Are you interested………… history?
2. Is she good ………… English?
3. I agree ………… you about that.
4. The beef is on the table …….. ……the eggs and the fish..
5. My father always goes to work ………… car.
D. READING.
I.Circle best option A, B, C or D to complete the following passage. (0.2 x 10 = 2.0 pts)
I live in a house near the sea. It is ...(1)... old house, about 100 years old and...(2)... very small.
There are two bedrooms upstairs...(3)... no bathroom. The bathroom is downstairs ... (4)... the
kitchen and there is a living room where there is a lovely old fire place. There is a garden...(5)...
the house. The garden...(6)... down to the beach and in spring and summer...(7)... flowers every

Trang
19
 where. I live alone...(8)... my dog, Rack, but we have a lot of visitors. My city friends often stay
with...(9)...
I love my house for... (10)... reasons: the garden, the flowers in summer.., but the best
thing is the view from my bedroom window.

1 A. a B. an C. the D. any
2 A. It's B. It C. there's D. They're
3 A. and B. or C. but D. too
4 A. between B. next C. near to D. next to
5 A. in front B. front of C. of front in D. in front of
6 A. go B. going C. goes D. in goes
7 A. there are B. they are C. there is D. those are
8 A. for B. of C. on D. with
9 A. me B. I C. my D. I'm
10 A. a B. any C. many D. a lot

II.Fill in each blank with ONE suitable word to complete the passage. . (0.2 x 10 = 2.0 pts)

We are destroying the Earth. The seas and rivers are (1)......... dirty to swim in. There
(2)............ too smoke in the air in many cities in the world, we are cutting (3)...........too many
trees. We (4) ............ burning the forests. We are also destroying (5)............ of plants and
(6)......... . Many areas(7)........... Earth are wasteland. Farmers in many parts of the world can not
(8) ........... enough to eat. In some countries (9).......... is too little rice. The Earth is in (10).......... .
Save the Earth.
Your answers:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
6. 7. 8. 9. 10

IV. Read the following paragraph and decide whether the statements are True (T) or
False (F):(0,25 x 4 = 1.0 pt)
V.
The world cuts down more than a million trees every year to make paper and paper
products . In the USA , each person uses about 300 kilograms of paper each year . In Europe , the
figure is 200 kilograms . In India , each person uses only six kilograms of paper each year . It
takes two tons of wood ans 200,000 litres of water to make a ton of paper . About thirty per cent
of our rubbish is paper and paper products . It is better to save waste paper and other paper
products and recycle them .
1 .People use more than a billion trees a year to make paper and paper products .………
2 .People in Europe use more paper than people in the USA . ……….
3 .It takes 3 tons of wood and 200,000 litres of water a ton of paper . ………
4 .It is good to save waste paper and recycle them . ………

E.WRITING
I. Choose the underlined words or phrases that are not correct in standard written English.
(0,2 x 5 = 1pt)
1.I like watching TV. There are a good film on TV tonight.
Trang
20
 A B C D
2. What is he often do when it’s hot?
A B C D
3. How much rooms are there in the new house?
A B C D
4. I’m very thirsty. I like any apple juice.
A B C D
5. How many childs does your sister have?
A B C D
II. Rewrite each of the following sentences, beginning as shown, so that the meaning
stays the same.( O,2 x 10 = 2pts)
1. Is there a colorful picture in your room?
Has ………………………………………………………...…….........................?
2. How much is a bowl of noodles?
How much does .....................................................................................................
3. Let's go out for a walk.
Why .......................................................................................................................?
4. I like beef and vegetables best.
Beef .......................................................................................................................
5. That pencil belongs to Hoa.
Hoa is……………………………..........................................................................
6. What is the age of this building?.
How .................................................................................................................. …?
7. The Mekong river is longer than the Red river.
The red river …………………………………………….......................................
8. I spend two hours a day doing my homework.
It...............................................................................................................................
9. No one in my class is as beautiful as Hoa.
Hoa............................................................................................................................
10. It's often hot in the summer.
It's never.......................................................................................................
III. Write a passage telling about your close friend ( 2.0pts)
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
Trang
21
 ………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………

ĐÁP ÁN VÀ HƯỚNG DẪN CHẤM

A.LISTENING( 5x 0,4 =2.0 pts)
B.PHONETICS (0,2 X 10 = 2.0 pts)
I. Choose one word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others words
in each group by circling A, B, C or D. ( 5 x 0,2 =1 pt)
1. .A. game 2. D. ahead 3. C. brother 4. A. engineer 5. B. eraser
II. Choose the word whose stress pattern is different from the others by circling A, B, C or D
( 5 x 0,2 =1 pt)
.A.activities
C. pagoda
B idea
D.correct
B.tomato

C. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR

I. Circle best option A, B, C or D to complete the following sentences. (0.2 x 10 = 2.0 pts)
1. A 2. D 3. D 4. A 5. B
6. C 7. B 8. A 9. A 10. D
II. Use the words given in brackets to form a word that fits in the space. (0.2 x 10 = 2.0 pts)
1.Price 6. Camping
2.Dangerous 7.Nationality
3.Difficult 8.Highest
4. Beautiful 9.once
5. Pollution 10.tired

III.Complete the following sentences with the correct form of the verb in the brackets. (0.2 x
5 = 1.0 pts)
1. Is there to drink
2. Does…like to do
3. Don’t….go
4. Is, apply
5. Are ….looking, is…reading.
IV.Fill each gap of the following sentences with a suitable preposition. (0.2 x 5 = 1.0 pt)
1- In, 2- at, 3-with., 4- between, 5- by
D. READING.
I.Circle best option A, B, C or D to complete the following passage. (0.2 x 10 = 2.0 pts
1. B 2. A 3. C 4. D 5. D 6. C 7. A
Trang
22
8. D 9. A 10. C
II.Fill in each blank with ONE suitable word to complete the passage. (0.2 x 10 = 2.0 pts)

1. too 2. is 3. down 4. are 5. a lot

6. animals 7. of 8. have 9. there 10.danger
III. Read the following paragraph and decide whether the statements are True (T) or False
(F):0,25 x 4 = 1.0 pt)
1.F, 2. F, 3. F, 4.T
E.WRITING
I. Choose the underlined words or phrases that are not correct in standard written English.
(0,2 x 5 = 1pt)
1. B  Is 2. B  does 3. A  many 4. D some 5. B children
II. Rewrite each of the following sentences, beginning as shown, so that the meaning stays
the same.( O,2 x 10 = 2pts)
1. Has your room got a colorful picture?
2. How much does a bowl of noodles cost?
3. Why don't we go out for a walk?
4. Beef and vegetables are my favorite food.
5. Hoa is the owner of that pencil.
6. How old is this building?
7. The Red river is shorter than the Mekong river./The Red river isn't as/so long as the Mekong
river
8. It takes me two hours a day to do my homework.
9. Hoa is the most beautiful in my class.
10. It never cold in the summer.
III. Write a passage telling about your close friend ( 2.0pts)

Trang
23
 THCS ĐẠI XUÂN ĐỀ LUYỆN HỌC SINH GIỎI TIẾNG ANH 6
ĐỀ SỐ 5 Thời gian: 120 phút

I. PHONETICS:
a. Choose one word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others
by circling A, B, C, or D. (6¿ 0,2=1,2 pt)
1. A. invitation B. intersection C. station D. question
2. A. lives B. misses C. languages D. watches
3. A. down B. brown C. town D. show
4. A. between B. behind C. bakery D. geography
5. A. thank B. thin C. mother D. tooth
6. A. year B. repeat C. meat D. teacher

b. Choose the word whose stress pattern is different from the others (4¿ 0,2=0,8 pt)

7. A. weather B. idea C. winter D. movies

8. A. morning B. number C. routine D. ruler
9. A. dangerous B. accident C. telephone D. engineer
10. A. favorite B. banana C. tomato D. potato

II. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR:

a. Circle the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: (15¿ 0,2=3,0 pts)

11. How often do you do morning exercises in the summer?

A. I like it B. I play soccer C. Yes, I do D. I sometimes do
12. We are going to have an English examination ………………… April, 21st .
A. on B. to C. at D. in
13. There is a lot of …………………in Viet Nam. Our country is very green.
A. sun B. sunny C. rainy D. rain
14. My friend, Linh …………………drinks cocacola and beer.
A. don’t B. never C. doesn’t D. isn’t
15. …………………is your uncle going to stay here? - …………………about three days.
A. How long - For B. How far – For C. How long – At D. How long - From
16. …………………do they go to work every morning? - On foot.
A. How B. How far C. How long D. How often
17. The room of my parents is small. “The room of my parents” means:
A. my room’s parents B. my room’ parents C. my parents’s room D. my parents’ room
18. There are five …………………in one hand.
A. arms B. fingers C. toes D. feet
19. Why don’t we go to the zoo this Sunday morning?

Trang
24
 A. You are well B. Because I don’t like animals
C. That’s a good idea D. Thanks a lot
20. …………………is your father? He is very well, thank you.
A. How B. How much C. How many D. How often
21. When it is hot, we often feel quite…………………
A. happy B. hungry C. worried D. thirsty
22. In our country, the weather often …………………quickly.
A. change B. changes C. is changing D. is going to change
23. My French penpal, Jack can speak six …………………fluently.
A. speeches B. countries C. languages D. nationalities
24. What …………………your little sister …………………in the evening?
A. do / do B. does / do C. do / does D. does / does
25. I want a good pair of shoes because I always goes …………………in the morning.
A. sailing B. swimming C. jogging D. fishing

b. Fill in the blanks with the correct prepositions. (7¿ 0,2=1,4 pts)
26. I usually go to school by bicycle but today I am going……………….……foot.
27. Is there a flower garden ……………….…… front of your house? - Yes, there is.
28. My mother wants a sandwich and a glass ……………….……orange juice.
29. What would you like……………….……dinner? - I’d like some noodles.
30. The plane flies……………….…….mountains, rivers and towns.
31. What are they doing at the moment? - They are listening……………….……the tape.
32. Elizabeth and Charls are ……………….……England. They speak English.
c. Write the correct form of the words given in capital letters: (6¿ 0,2=1,2 pts)
33. My school is the …………………..one in Thanh Oai District. (NEW)
34. All of us are are very good ………………….. (STUDY)
35. In our school library, there are four ………………….. (BOOKSHELF)
36. Hung visits his grandparents …………………..a week. (ONE)
37. My house is on the …………………..floor of that tall building. (NINE)
38. Nobody in my class is …………………..than Trang. (GOOD)
d. Supply the correct form of the verbs in the brackets: (7 0,2=1,4 pts)
¿

39. Look! The plane is flying towards the airport. It (land) ……………….……
40. Ha’s father (drive) ……………….……his car to the garage at the moment.
41. How your sister (go) ……………….……to school every day? - By motorbike, of course.
42. Mr. Tung is a teacher and he (not have).……………….……classes in the afternoon.
43. You mustn’t (eat) ……………….……food in this canteen.
44. The Nile River (flow) ……………….……to the Mediterranean Sea.
45. Mrs. Thuy is cleaning the windows and doors. Let’s (help) ……………….……her.
III. READING:

a. Read and circle the best option A, B, C or D to complete the passage: (10¿ 0,2=2,0pts)

Everyone (46)……………….…… oranges. They are quite sweet and juicy. They are in
sections so (47)……………….…… is very easy to eat them. Some oranges (48)……………….
…… not have seeds. Some (49)……………….…… thick skins and some have thin skins. The
orange tree is beautiful. It has a lot of (50)……………….……. leaves. The small white flowers
Trang
25
smell very sweet. (51)……………….…… orange tree has a lot of flowers and fruit at the same
(52)……………….…… . "Orange" is both a fruit (53)……………….…… a colour. The (54)
……………….…… of orange is so beautiful that in English we use the name of the fruit (55)
……………….…… the colour.

46. A. love B. to love C. loves D. loving

47. A. they B. it C. oranges D. its
48. A. do B. does C. is D. are
49. A. have B. wear C. put D. take
50. A. yellow B. green C. red D. blue
51. A. A B. An C. Some D. Ø
52. A. morning B. afternoon C. evening D. time
53. A. but B. or C. and D. with
54. A. colour B. seed C. tree D. leaf
55. A. to B. at C. from D. for

b. There is a mistake in each line of the following passage. Find and correct it:
(5 ¿ 0,2 =1.0 pt)

Eg: 0. The students is singing a song in their classroom. 0/ are

Peter and Bill are brothers. Peter is twelve and Bill is ten. They live with
56.
their parents and their dog in a small towns in the south of England.
They do not look like each other. Peter is tall and dark and Bill is short
57.
and fair. They also like difference things. Peter likes sports but he is not
interested in school. He hates Mathematics and History and he never
58.
remembers the numbers. Bill likes to goes to school very much. He is
quite good at learn English, he reads and writes a lot. Bill can draw very
59.
well, too. But he never plays sports.
He spends most of his time indoors reading or drawing. He wants to be a
60.
writer or a artist in the future.

c. Read the passage and fill the suitable word in the blank: (10¿ 0,2=2,0pts)
My eldest brother, Tuyen is (61).……………….…… engineer in a big company. He lives in a
small apartment on (62).……………….…… third floor of a building in Ha Noi. The company is
far from his house, so he always goes to work (63).……………….…… bus. He leaves home at
seven o’clock to get to work (64).……………….…… 7.45 a.m. It is Saturday morning now,
and he is at home, in bed. (65).……………….……Saturdays he often gets up at a quarter to
seven in the (66).……………….…….,then he sits in the living room and (67).……………….
…… breakfast. On Saturday afternoons, he usually plays tennis or (68).……………….……
swimming with some (69).……………….…… his friends. On Saturday evenings, he doesn’t
stay at (70).……………….…… , he usually goes out.
IV. WRITING:
a. Rearrange the words to make meaningful sentences. (5 ¿ 0,2 = 1.0 pt)

71. stay / grandparents / am / with / this / I / to / my / going / weekend./

-> ………..………………………………………………………………………......................
72. out? / do/ want/ you/ when/ what/ you/ to/ say/ go/
-> ………..………………………………………………………………………......................
Trang
26
73. often/ brother/ his/ listens/ in/ to/ time./ my/music/ free
-> ………..………………………………………………………………………......................
74. I/ to/ to/ every/ city/ buy/ go/ books/ Sunday morning./ the
-> ………..………………………………………………………………………......................
75. good / the / there./ let’s / and / time / mountain / go / have / to / a /
-> ………..………………………………………………………………………......................

b. Complete the second sentence,

76. What about singing and dancing?

-> Why don’t……………………………………………………….…..?
77. Noone in our school is stronger than me.
-> I……..…………………......................?
78. What’s your brother’s height?
-> How ……………………….......………………….?
79. His teacher of English always drives to work.
-> His teacher of English always goes………………………………………………………….?
80. Peter is 1.80 meters tall. Linda is 1.70 meters tall.
-> Linda………………………..……..………

c. Write a composition (about 80 words) to tell about your family: (3,0pts)

(don’t show your name, your school or your village):

HƯỚNG DẪN CHẤM

Trang
27
I. PHONETICS:
a. Choose one word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others by
circling A, B, C, or D: (6¿ 0,2=1,2 pts)
1. D. question
2. A. lives
3. D. show
4. C. bakery
5. C. mother
6. A. year

b. Choose the word whose stress pattern is different from the others: (4¿ 0,2=0,8 pt)
7. B. idea
8. C. routine
9. D. engineer
10. A. favorite

II. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR:

a. Circle the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: (15¿ 0,2=3,0 pts)

11 –D. 12 –A. 13 –D. 14 –B. 15 –A.

I sometimes do On rain never How long – For
16 –A. 17 - D. 18 –B. 19 – C. 20 –A.
How my parents’ room fingers That’s a good idea How
21 –D. 22 - B. 23 – C. 24 – B. 25 – C.
thirsty changes languages does / do Jogging

b. Fill in the blanks with the correct prepositions: (7¿ 0,2=1,4 pts)

26. on 27. in 28. of 29. for

30. over 31. to 32. from

c. Write the correct form of the words given in capital letters to complete the following
sentences: (6¿ 0,2=1,2 pts)
33. oldest 34. students 35. bookselves
36. once 37. ninth 38. better

d. Supply the correct form of the verbs in the brackets: (7¿ 0,2=1,4 pts)

39. is going to land 40. is driving 41. does … go 42. doesn’t have
43. eat 44. flows 45. help

III. READING:
a. Read and circle the best option A, B, C or D to complete the passage: (10¿ 0,2=2,0 pts)

Trang
28
 46 - C. loves 47 - B. it 48 - A. do 49 - A. have 50 - B. green
51 - B. An 52 - D. time 53 - C. and 54 - A. colour 55 - D. for

b. There is a mistake in each line of the following passage. Find and correct it:
(5 ¿ 0,2 =1.0 pt)

56. towns -> town 57. difference -> different 58. goes -> go
59. learn -> learning 60. a -> an

c. Read the passage and fill the suitable word in the blank: (10¿ 0,2=2,0 pts)

61. an 62. the 63. by 64. at 65. On

66. morning 67. has/ eats 68. goes 69. of 70. home

IV. WRITING:
a. Rearrange the words to make meaningful sentences. (5 ¿ 0,2 = 1.0 pt)

71. I am going to stay with my grandparents this weekend.

72. What do you say when you want to go out?
73. My brother often listens to music in his free time.
74. I go to the city to buy books every Sunday morning.
75. Let's go to the mountain and have a good time there.

b. Complete the second sentence, using the word given in brackets so that it has a similar
meaning to the first sentence. Do not change the word given in any way. (5¿ 0,4=2,0 pts)

76. Why don’t we sing and dance?

77. I am the strongest (student) in our school.
78. How tall is your brother?
79. His teacher of English always goes to work by car.
80. Linda is shorter than Peter.
c. Write a composition (about 80 words) about your family:
(Don’t show the name of the school): (3,0pts)

THCS ĐẠI XUÂN ĐỀ LUYỆN HỌC SINH GIỎI TIẾNG ANH 6

ĐỀ SỐ 6 Thời gian: 120 phút (không kể thời gian giao đề)

I. LISTENING : (10¿ 0,2=2,0 pts)

II. PHONETICS: (10¿ 0,2=2,0 pts)
a. Choose one word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others
Trang
29
 by circling A, B, C, or D. (5¿ 0,2=1,0 pt)
11. A. peace B. east C. bean D. pear
12. A. sure B. sugar C. sing D. mission
13. A. chocolate B. classmate C. lemonade D. participate
14. A. parks B. stamps C. cats D. cars
15. A. bank B. plane C. travel D. math

b. Choose the word whose stress pattern is different from the others (5¿ 0,2=1,0 pt)

16. A. toothpaste B. sandwich C. cartoon D. chocolate

17. A. aerobics B. activity C. badminton D. basketball
18. A. police B. gymnast C. teacher D. farmer
19. A. different B. dangerous C. difficult D. delicious
20 A. visit B. unload C. receive D. correct

III. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR: (30¿ 0,2=6,0 pts)

a. Circle the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: (10¿ 0,2=2,0 pts)

21. How ......................... kilos of beef does she want?

A. many B. much C. any D. about
22. I don’t like vegetables but my sister .........................
A. do B. likes C. does D. would like
23. “Would you like some noodles, Lan?” - “No, .........................I’m full. Thanks.”
A. I wouldn’t B. I don’t C. I’m not D. I don’t like
24. “Is that your father?” - “Yes, .........................”
A. it’s B. he is C. that is D. it is
25. “How ......................... oranges would you like” - “A dozen, please. And ......................... tea.”
A. much, some B. many, any C. much, any D. many, some
26. “Does Mary like .........................?” - “Yes. She jogs every morning.”
A. jog B. to jog C. jogging D.jogs
27. “I’d like some meat, please.” - “How much .........................?”
A. do you like B. do you want C. ‘d you like D. you need
28. Which movie theater.........................?
A. do you want to go to B. do you want to go C. you want to go D. do you want to go
it
29. He has a garage. That garage is .........................
A. him B. of him C. his D. of his
30. She is going to .................. the citadel.
A. visits B. visit C. to visit D. visiting

b. Fill in the blanks with the correct prepositions. (5¿ 0,2=1,0 pt)
31. It is hot ......................... the summer.
32. “How do you go to school?” - “ ......................... bike.”
33. She has breakfast ......................... bread and milk.
Trang
30
 34. The beef is ......................... the table, .(35)..................... the chicken and the vegetables.
35. What's .......................... breakfast? - Bread and milk.

c. Write the correct form of the words given in capital letters: (10¿ 0,2=2,0 pts)
36. You must be ......................... when you cross the road. (CARE)
37. My aunt has two ......................... , a boy and a girl. (CHILD)
38. September is the ......................... month of the year. (NINE)
39. My father goes .........................every morning. (JOG)
40. There is a .......................... garden to the right of my house . (BEAUTY)
41. I don’t like…………... weather . (SUN)
42. His …………..are small and white . (TOOTH)
43. It’s very………………….. in the city . (NOISE )
44. Mount Everest is the ……………….mountain in the world . (HIGH)
45. In my ………………….., there is a supermarket , a hotel and a park . (NEIGHBOR)

d. Supply the correct form of the verbs in the brackets: (5¿ 0,2=1,0 pt)
46. My father and Mr Hung (work) ...............................in a big factory in Hue.
47. Listen! They ( speak) .........................English in the class.
48. Hoa ( not live) ................................in the city.
49. Jack (watch) ...................................TV after doing his homework every night.
50. How .......... ..Miss Lien ( travel).......................to work? - She goes by bike.

IV. READING: (25¿ 0,2=5,0 pts)

a. Read and circle the best option A, B, C or D to complete the passage: (10¿ 0,2=2,0pts)

I don’t usually eat breakfast. I only have (51) ________ of coffee. I don’t eat (52) ________ until
about eleven o’clock. Then I have a biscuit and a glass of (53) ________. For lunch I usually
have a salad. That’s (54) ________ about two o’clock. I have (55) ________at half past six in the
afternoon. I’m a vegetarian, so I don’t eat (56) _________ or fish. I eat cheese and eggs and
things like that. I have a glass of water or fruit (57) _________ with my meal. At the weekend I
go to a (58) _________ in the evening. You can (59) _________ vegetarian meals in a (60)
_________ restaurants now.
51. A. a packet B. a cup C. a can D. a bar
52. A. any B. some C. anything D. something
53. A. peas B. rice C. chocolate D. milk
54. A. at B. on C. in D. of
55. A. breakfast B. lunch C. dinner D. supper
5 6. A. meat B. rice C. vegetables D. noodles
57. A. water B. soda C. juice D. lemonade
Trang
31
 58. A. store B. restaurant C. shop D. apartment
59. A. get B. getting C. to get D. gets
60. A. many B. much C. dozen D. lot of

b. Read the passage and fill the suitable word in the blank: (10¿ 0,2=2,0pts)
There are four (61)…… in a year. (62)….. are spring, summer, fall and winter. In the (63)…….,
the weather is usually warm. Sometimes it is cold (64)…. not very cold. There are (65)….
flowers in the spring. In the summer, the day is long and the night is (66)…. People often (67)…
swimming in this season. The fall is the season (68)… fruits. In the (69)…, it is usually very cold.
The day is short and the (70)…. is long.
61. 66.
62. 67.
63. 68.
64. 69.
65. 70.

c. Read the passage and then answer the following questions (5¿ 0,2=1,0 pt)
Mr. Brown is a farmer. He has got some paddy fields and he grows a lot of wheat. He also has got
a small garden. He grows a few vegetables there. He has some animals. He has got two cows and
seven pigs. He also has got a lot of chickens, two dogs and one cat. The cows produce a lot of
milk. The dog keep the house safe. The cat kills a lot of mice on the farm. The chicken produce a
lot of eggs. The pigs produce a little pork and bacon. His animals are useful.

71. What does Mr. Brown do? ……………………………………………..

72. How many paddy fields has he got ? ……………………………………………..
73. How many cows has he got? ……………………………………………..
74. How many dogs has he got? ……………………………………………..
75. Are his animals useful? ……………………………………………..

V. WRITING: ( 5pts)
a. Sentence building . (5 ¿ 0,2 = 1.0 pt)

76. sister/ need/ 10 kilos/ rice/ half / kilo/ pork.

-> ………..………………………………………………………………………......................
77. Nam/ friends/ volleyball/ three/ a week.
-> ………..………………………………………………………………………......................
78. Milk/ apple juice/ my/ favorite drink
-> ………..………………………………………………………………………......................
79. There/ not / mangoes/ fridge.
-> ………..………………………………………………………………………......................
80. Mr. Young/ play / volleyball/ now?
-> ………..………………………………………………………………………......................

b. Complete the second sentence, using the word given in brackets so that it has a similar
meaning to the first sentence. Do not change the word given in any way. (10¿ 0,2=2,0 pts)
81. How about going to Huong Pagoda by minibus?
Why ..........................................................................................................................?

Trang
32
82. My house is not far from the post office.
My house is ...............................................................................................................
83. I often cycle to school.
I often go......................................................................................................................
84. What would Lan like for her birthday?
What does ....................................................................................................................
85. Jane is shorter than Mary.
Mary is ..........................................................................................................................
86. Nam gets up at 5.30.
Nam gets .......................................................................................................................
87. What is the price of this bike?
How much ....................................................................................................................?
88. The drugstore is to the right of the bakery.
The bakery .....................................................................................................................
89. What is she?
What ..............................................................................................................................?
90. Her hair is long. It is black and straight.
She has ...........................................................................................................................

c. Write a brief description about Viet Nam in about 80-100 words (2,0pts)

HƯỚNG DẪN CHẤM

¿
LISTENING : (10 0,2=2,0 pts)
III. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR: (30¿ 0,2=6,0 pts)
a. Circle the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: (10¿ 0,2=2,0 pts)

21 –A. 22 –B. 23 –A. 24 –C. 25 –D.

many likes
I wouldn’t that is many, some
26 –C. 27 - B.28 –B. 29 – C. 30 –B.
jogging do you want
do you want to his visit
go
b. Fill in the blanks with the correct prepositions: (5¿ 0,2=1,0pt)

Trang
33
 31. in 32. by 33. with 34. on 35. for

c. Write the correct form of the words given in capital letters to complete the following
sentences: (10¿ 0,2=2,0 pts)
36. careful 37. children 38. ninth 39. jogging 40. beautiful
41. sunny 42. teeth 43. noisy 44. highest 45. neighborhood

d. Supply the correct form of the verbs in the brackets: (5¿ 0,2=1,0 pt)

46. work 47. are speaking 48. doesn’t live 49. watches 50.does…. travel

IV. READING: (25¿ 0,2=5,0 pts)

a. Read and circle the best option A, B, C or D to complete the passage: (10¿ 0,2=2,0 pts)

51 - B. a cup 52 – C. anything 53 – D. milk 54 - A. at 55 – C. dinner

56 - A. meat 57 – C. juice 58–B. restaurant 59 – A. get 60 – lot of

b. Read the passage and fill the suitable word in the blank: (10¿ 0,2=2,0 pts)

61. seasons 62. They 63. spring 64. but 65. many
66. short 67. go 68. of 69. winter 70. night

c. Read the passage and then answer the following questions : (5 ¿ 0,2 = 1.0 pt)
71. He is a farmer.
72. He has got some pady fields.
73. He has got two cows.
74. He has got two dogs.
75. Yes , they are.

V. WRITING: (5,0pts)
a. Sentence building . (5 ¿ 0,2 = 1.0 pt)

76. My sister needs 10 kilos of rice and half a kilo of pork.

77. Nam and his friends play volleyball three times a week.
78. Milk and apple juice are my favorite drink.
79. There are not any mangoes in the fridge.
80. Is Mr. Young playing volleyball now?

b. Complete the second sentence, using the word given in brackets so that it has a similar
meaning to the first sentence. Do not change the word given in any way. (10¿ 0,2=2,0 pts)

81. Why don’t we go to Huong pagoda by minibus ?

Trang
34
82. My house is near the post office.
83. I often go to school by bike.( by bicycle)
84. What does Lan want for her birthday ?
85. Mary is taller than Jane.
86. Nam gets up at half past five.
87. How much is this bike ? ( or How much does this bike cost ? )
88. The bakery is to the left of the drugstore.

89. What does she do ?

90. She has long straight black hair.

c. Write a brief description about Viet Nam in about 80-100 words (2,0pts)
- Content: 0,8pts
- Length: 0,4pts
- Grammar and vocabulary: 0,8pts

**************************

THCS ĐẠI XUÂN ĐỀ LUYỆN HỌC SINH GIỎI TIẾNG ANH 6

Thời gian: 120 phút -
ĐỀ SỐ 7 -
-
-

PART ONE: LISTENING(0,2x10= 2.0pts)

PART TWO:PHONETICS (0.2x10 =2.0 pts)

I. Choose one word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others
by circling A, B, C, or D. (5¿ 0,2=1,0pt)

1. A. chemistry B. chair C. couch D. children

2. A. student B. bus C. duty D. unit
3. A. house B. about C. country D. our
4. A. clothes B. watches C. benches D. classes
5. A. clock B. come C. class D. city

II. Choose the word whose stress pattern is different from the others (5¿ 0,2=1,0 pt)

1. A. literature B. music C.history D. geography

Trang
35
 2. A. camera B. finally C. vacation D. idea
3. A. vacation B. collect C. desert D. destroy
4. A. favorite B. lemonade C. chocolate D. interesting
5. A. natural B. tomorrow C. behind D. banana
PART THREE: VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR: 0,2 x30 =6.0 pts)
I. Circle the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: (10¿ 0,2=2,0 pts)

1. Those children always help their parents …………….the house work.

A. to B. with C. do D. B&C are correct
2.A customer is a person who ………………
A. buys B. sells C. acts D. plays
3.My sister works ……………than me.
A. less hour B. few hours C. more hours D. little hours
4. ………. does Nga go to the movies? Once or twice a week.
A. How long B. How often C. How much D. How
5. Lan: Let’s go to the movies this evening.
Ba : Yes …………….
A. Good idea B. we are C. Thanks D. I am
6. He hates fish. He _____ eats fish.
A. usually B. sometimes C. never D. often
7. There is an intersection ahead. We……………………. .
A.must not slow B. must go fast C.can not go D. must slow down
down. straight
8. There is a ……………………..behind my classroom.
A. big flower garden B. flower big garden
C. garden big flower D. big garden flower
9. The road signs are very ........... They tell us what we must do.
A. useful B. dangerous C. easy D. difficult
10. My girlfriend is a ..........
A. gymnastic B. gymnasium C. gymnasts D. gymnast
II. Write the correct form of the words given in capital letters to complete the following
sentences: (10¿ 0,2=2.0 pts)
1. Is your brother an ……………………… ? ACT
2. Mai's sister is a ………………….…….. . SING
3. I am Vietnamese. What's your ……….…………… NATION
4. Van's classroom is on the ………….…………. floor. TWO
5. These children like ……………….….. weather. SUN
6. How are you today? - I am ……….……………… GOOD
7. She doesn't have many …………..………… in Ha Noi. RELATE
8. There are nineteen ………….………. in my school. CLASS
9. In Tan's ……………….…, there are many high buildings. NEIGHBOR
10. Students like taking part in many ……….……........ at recess. ACTIVITY
III. Supply the correct form of the verbs in the brackets: (5 0,2=1,0 pt)
¿

1.Where you ( be ) ................, Nam?

- I'm here. I (read).................. in my room
2. We mustn’t ………….(drive)fast on the street.
Trang
36
3. What about ( go) ............... to the cafeteria?
4. Would you like ( come)...............to my house for dinner tonight?
5. This summer vacation, my parents ( visit)………….……..to Hue.
Answers:

1. 2. 3. 4.

5.

IV. Fill in the blanks with the correct prepositions. (5¿ 0,2=1,0 pt) .

1.Why don’t you look ............................. the fish? - They are lovely.
2. My birthday is…(2)…………. ……March 5th, 1998.
3. What would you like…(3)…………….……dinner? - I’d like some noodles.
4. Miss Mai wants a kilo ………………… (4) meat and a dozen eggs.
5. Is he good …(5)…. ………..Physics and Math?
Answers:
1. 2. 3. 4.

5.

PART FOUR: READING(0,2x25 =5.0pts)

I. Read and circle the best option A, B, C or D to complete the passage: (10¿ 0,2=2,0pts)
Dear Hanh,
I’m writing to invite you to a party we ........................ (1) at the flat next Friday, December
14 . As you know, ...........................(2) Lan’s 13 th birthday next week and my birthday next
th

month, .......................... (3) we thought we’d celebrate together and have a joint party.
I can’t remember if you know my address or not, but anyway, if you ..............................(4)
the direction below, you shouldn’t get lost. Take the Number 15 bus from the station
and ........................... (5) at the Star Hotel. Walk down Long Viet Road, past the DanChu Cinema,
and then .........................(6) the first turning on the right. That’s LeLoi Road. Turn
left ..................... (7) the first junction, then go straight past the church as far as the next
crossroads. ......................(8) and our block of flats is the second on the right.
Do try and come. Of course you’re ..................... (9) to bring someone with you if you
want to.
Look forward .............................. (10) you then!
1. A. have B. are having C. going to have D. will has
2. A. it’s B. its C. they’re D. she’s
3. A. too B. but C. because D. so
4. A. to follow B. follow C. following D. follows
5. A. get up B. get by C. get on D. get off
6. A. have B. get C. take D. bring
7. A. in B. at C. of D. on
8. A. Right turn B. To right C. To turn D. Turn right
9. A. welcomed B. welcome C. welcoming D. to welcome
10. A. to see B. for seeing C. of seeing D. to seeing
Answers:
Trang
37
II.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
Read the passage and fill the suitable word in the blank: (10¿ 0,2=2,0pts)
I live (in) (1)........................town (2)........................... my uncle the house has
(3) ........................rooms: a bedroom, a kitchen and a bathroom. It is small but beautiful
(4).................................the right of the house (5)......................................is a supermarket. My
(6)...............................buys everything there. In (7).............................of the house there is a
(8)......................... beautiful flowers garden. I usually spend hours (9).......................trees and
flowers in (10)..................... summer to read books.

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. III.
6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
Read the passage carefully the answer the questions below it.(0,2 x5 =1,0 point)
Antarctica is a snow-covered continent. The average temperature at the South Pole is -
51C. Few plants or animals can live on the land- it is too cold for them. There are a few scientists
from different countries who live and work on special bases in Antarctica. On midsummer's day
( December 22nd) there is a daylight for 24 hours and so during this period a few tourists ships and
planes come to see this strange land. But in winter there is no daylight for months. It must be
terrible place during the winter. The snow is always there- winter and summer – but in fact , little
snow falls in the year ( an average of 12-20 cm). People say that it can be a beautiful place . At
first , it appears frightening but after a little time , some people fall in love with it.

1- What is the weather like in Antarctica?

=> ………………………….…………………………………………..

2- Why can few plants and animals live in Antarctica?

=> ………………………….…………………………………………..

3- Where do the scientists come from?

=> ………………………….…………………………………………..

4- How many tourist ships and planes come to see this strange land?

=> ………………………….…………………………………………..

5- What is always there in winter and summer?

=> ………………………….…………………………………………..
PART FIVE:WRITING(5.0pts)
I. Complete these sentences using the words or phrases given .
(5 ¿ 0,2 =1.0 pt)
Trang
38
1. Quang / brother / walk / movie theater / moment.
=> ………………………….…………………………………………………..
2. Ba / usually / play volleyball / fall / but / sometimes / sailing.
=> ………………………….…………………………………………..
3. Mrs. Baker / going / buy / some apples / children ?
=> ………………………….…………………………………………………..
4. What / weather / like / spring ?
=>………………………………………………………………………………
5. How / much / a fried rice ?
=>…………………………………

II. Complete the second sentence, using the word given in brackets so that it has a similar
meaning to the first sentence. Do not change the word given in any way. (10 ¿ 0,2 = 2.0 pts)

1. A year has twelve months.

-> There are ..........................................................................................................................
2. Lan is more intelligent than her sister.
-> Lan’s sister isn’t ..............................................................................................................
3. He looks after the sick people.
-> He takes ...........................................................................................................................
4. What’s the height of the Mount Everest?
-> How ………………………………………………………………………….?
5. What is your mother’s job?
-> What does .......................................................................................................................?
6. We have a two - month summer vacation.
-> Our summer vacation lasts ..............................................................................................
7. No house on the street is older than this house.
-> This house…………………………………………………………………………….…
8. Vietnamese students have fewer vacations than American ones.
-> American students ...........................................................................................................
9. It takes me about two hours each day to do my homework.
-> I spend ..............................................................................................................................
10. Hoa is a hard student.
-> Hoa studies .......................................................................................................................

III. Write a passage (80-100 words) about the meals in a day.: (2,0pts).
(don’t show your name, your school or your village):

Trang
39
 HƯỚNG DẪN CHẤM
PART ONE: LISTENING(0,2x10= 2.0pts)
PART TWO:PHONETICS: (0.2x10 =2.0 pts)
I. Choose one word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others by
circling A, B, C, or D: (6¿ 0,2=1,2 pts)
1. A. chemistry 2. B. bus 3. . country 4. D. classes 5. D. city
II. Choose the word whose stress pattern is different from the others: (5¿ 0,2=1,0 pt)
16. D. geography
17. D. idea
18. C. desert
19. B. lemonade
20. A. natural
PART THREE: VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR: 0,2 x30 =6.0 pts)
I. Circle the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: (10¿ 0,2=2,0 pts)

21 – D. B&C 22 – A. buys 23 – C. more 24 – B. How often 25 – A. Good idea

are correct hours
26 – C. never 27- D. must slow 28 – A. big 29 – A. useful 30- D. gymnast
down flower garden

II. Write the correct form of the words given in capital letters to complete the following
sentences: (10¿ 0,2=2.0 pts)

1. actor 2.singer 3. nationality

4. second 5. sunny 6.well
7. relatives 8. classses 9.neighborhood 10. activities
III. Supply the correct form of the verbs in the brackets: (5¿ 0,2=1,0 pt)
Trang
40
 1. are you?/ am 2. drive 3. going 4. to come
reading
5. are going to visit
IV. Fill in the blanks with the correct prepositions. (5¿ 0,2=1,0 pts) .

1. at 2. on 3. for 4. of 5. at

PART FOUR: READING(0,2x25 =5.0pts)

I. Read and circle the best option A, B, C or D to complete the passage: (10¿ 0,2=2,0
pts)
1.B. are having 2. A. it’s 3.D. so 4.B. follow 5.D. get off
II.
6.C. take 7.B. at 8.D.Turn 9.B. welcome 10.D.to
right seeing
Read the passage and fill the suitable word in the blank: (10 0,2=2,0 pts)
¿

1. a/the 3. three 5. there 7. front 9. a mong

2. with 4. to/on 6. uncle 8. very 10. the
III. Read the passage carefully the answer the questions below it.(0,2 x5 =1,0 point)
1.It is very cold.
2. Because it is too cold.
3. They come from many countries..
4. A few tourist ships and places come to see this strange land.
5. There is always snow in winter and summer.
PART FIVE:WRITING(5.0pts)
I. Complete these sentences using the words or phrases given .
(5 ¿ 0,2 =1.0 pt)
1. Quang and his brother are walking to the movie theater at the moment.
2. Ba usually plays volleyball in the fall but sometimes he goes sailing.

3. Is Mrs. Baker going to buy some apples for her children ?

4. What is the weather like in the spring ?

5. How much is a fried rice ?
II. Complete the second sentence, using the word given in brackets so that it has a similar
¿
meaning to the first sentence. Do not change the word given in any way. (10 0,2 = 2.0 pts)
1. There are twelve months in a year.
2. Lan’s sister isn’t as intelligent as her.
3. He takes care of sick people.
4. How high is the Mount Everest?
5. What does your mother do?
6. Our summer vacation lasts two months.
7. This house is the oldest on the street.
8. American students have more vacations than Vietnamese ones.

Trang
41
 9. I spend two hours each day doing my homework.
10. Hoa studies (very) hard.
III. Write a passage (80-100 words) about the meals in a day. The candidate’s paragraph should
include the following points:
- (0,25 pts)Organization: Introduction- body- ending- linking words…
- (1,5pts) Content: should be clear, logical and creative with explanations…
- (0,25 pts) Language skills: should be free of grammatical and spelling errors…
THCS ĐẠI XUÂN ĐỀ LUYỆN HỌC SINH GIỎI TIẾNG ANH 6
Thời gian: 120 phút
ĐỀ SỐ 8

A.LISTENING( 4 x 0,5 =2.0 pts)

B.PHONETICS (0,2 X 10 = 2.0 pts)

Choose one word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others words in
each group by circling A, B, C or D. ( 5 x 0,2 =1 pt)
6. .A. game B. geography C. vegetable D. change
7. A. read B. teacher C. eat D. ahead
8. .A. tenth B. math C. brother D. theater
9. .A. engineer B. between C. teeth D. greeting
10. A. intersection B. eraser C. bookstore D. history

II. Choose the word whose stress pattern is different from the others by circling A, B, C or D
( 5 x 0,2 =1 pt)

1.A.activities B.weekend C.winter D.summer

2.A.fishing B.packet C. pagoda D.purple
3.A.uncle B idea C.picnic D.sausage
4.A.listen B.usually C.video D.correct
5.A.apple B.tomato C.cooking D.bottle

C. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR

I. Circle best option A, B, C or D to complete the following sentences. (0.2 x 10 = 2.0 pts)
1. ……………..straight across the road.
A. Don’t run B. Not run C. No run D. Can’t run
2. I learn music………………. : on Mondays and Fridays.
A. two times a week B. once a week
C. one a week D. twice a week
3. What is your favourite food?
A. I favourite chicken B. My favourite food chicken
C. Chicken favourite me D. I like chicken best.
4. Linda ……… her hair every day.
A. washes B. wash C. clean D. cleans
5 .How many minutes are there in………… hour?
A. a B. an C. the D. these
6. Does Mrs. Mai go to school …………car? - Yes, she does.
A. on B. in C. by D. of
7. Is he good ……….. Physics and Math?
A. for B. at C. on D. in
Trang
42
8. I can’t speak French but my brother ………....
A. can B. can’t C. does D. doesn’t
9. My mother always wants me ………… the piano well.
A. to play B. playing C. play D. to
playing
10. Who ………… you English?
A. teach B. does teach C. do teach D. teaches

II. Use the words given in brackets to form a word that fits in the space. (0.2 x 10 = 2.0 pts))
1. The..................of this book is 2.000d (COST)
2. Don’t go out at night because it is very …………… (DANGER)
3. This exercise is very ………….. I can’t do it. (DIFFICULTY)
4. Vietnam has a lot of …… beaches. (BEAUTY)
5. Air ….. is a big problem in many cities in the world. (POLLUTE)
6. Our children sometimes go …..on the weekends. (CAMP)
7. I’m Vietnamese. What’s your ….? (NATION)
8. Mount Everest is very high. It is the ….. mountain in the world. (HIGH)
9. I visit my grandparents ..................... a month. ( ONE)
10. We went to bed early because we had a ……….. day. (tire)

III.Complete the following sentences with the correct form of the verb in the brackets. (0.2 x
5 = 1.0 pts)
1. What (there/ be / drink).............................................................for dinner?
2. What.................she (like / do).........................in her spare time?
3. Why..............we( not go).....................out for a meal?
4. This job (be).................interesting. You should (apply).....................for the job.
5. ( you/ look).....................for Peter?- I think he (read).......................books in the library.

IV.Fill each gap of the following sentences with a suitable preposition. (0.2 x 5 = 1.0 pt)
6. Are you interested………… history?
7. Is she good ………… English?
8. I agree ………… you about that.
9. The beef is on the table …….. ……the eggs and the fish..
10. My father always goes to work ………… car.
D. READING.
I.Circle best option A, B, C or D to complete the following passage. (0.2 x 10 = 2.0 pts)
I live in a house near the sea. It is ...(1)... old house, about 100 years old and...(2)... very small.
There are two bedrooms upstairs...(3)... no bathroom. The bathroom is downstairs ... (4)... the
kitchen and there is a living room where there is a lovely old fire place. There is a garden...(5)...
the house. The garden...(6)... down to the beach and in spring and summer...(7)... flowers every
where. I live alone...(8)... my dog, Rack, but we have a lot of visitors. My city friends often stay
with...(9)...
I love my house for... (10)... reasons: the garden, the flowers in summer.., but the best
thing is the view from my bedroom window.

1 A. a B. an C. the D. any
2 A. It's B. It C. there's D. They're

Trang
43
 3 A. and B. or C. but D. too
4 A. between B. next C. near to D. next to
5 A. in front B. front of C. of front in D. in front of
6 A. go B. going C. goes D. in goes
7 A. there are B. they are C. there is D. those are
8 A. for B. of C. on D. with
9 A. me B. I C. my D. I'm
10 A. a B. any C. many D. a lot

II.Fill in each blank with ONE suitable word to complete the passage. . (0.2 x 10 = 2.0 pts)
We are destroying the Earth. The seas and rivers are (1)......... dirty to swim in. There
(2)............ too smoke in the air in many cities in the world, we are cutting (3)...........too many
trees. We (4) ............ burning the forests. We are also destroying (5)............ of plants and
(6)......... . Many areas(7)........... Earth are wasteland. Farmers in many parts of the world can not
(8) ........... enough to eat. In some countries (9).......... is too little rice. The Earth is in (10).......... .
Save the Earth.
Your answers:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
6. 7. 8. 9. 10

III. Read the following paragraph and decide whether the statements are True (T) or False
(F):(0,25 x 4 = 1.0 pt)
The world cuts down more than a million trees every year to make paper and paper
products . In the USA , each person uses about 300 kilograms of paper each year . In Europe , the
figure is 200 kilograms . In India , each person uses only six kilograms of paper each year . It
takes two tons of wood ans 200,000 litres of water to make a ton of paper . About thirty per cent
of our rubbish is paper and paper products . It is better to save waste paper and other paper
products and recycle them .
1 .People use more than a billion trees a year to make paper and paper products .………
2 .People in Europe use more paper than people in the USA . ……….
3 .It takes 3 tons of wood and 200,000 litres of water a ton of paper . ………
4 .It is good to save waste paper and recycle them . ………

E.WRITING
I. Choose the underlined words or phrases that are not correct in standard written English.
(0,2 x 5 = 1pt)
1.I like watching TV. There are a good film on TV tonight.
A B C D
2. What is he often do when it’s hot?
A B C D
3. How much rooms are there in the new house?
A B C D
4. I’m very thirsty. I like any apple juice.
A B C D
5. How many childs does your sister have?
A B C D

Trang
44
 II. Rewrite each of the following sentences, beginning as shown, so that the meaning
stays the same.( O,2 x 10 = 2pts)
1. Is there a colorful picture in your room?
Has ………………………………………………………...…….........................?
2. How much is a bowl of noodles?
How much does .....................................................................................................
3. Let's go out for a walk.
Why .......................................................................................................................?
4. I like beef and vegetables best.
Beef .......................................................................................................................
5. That pencil belongs to Hoa.
Hoa is……………………………..........................................................................
6. What is the age of this building?.
How .................................................................................................................. …?
7. The Mekong river is longer than the Red river.
The red river …………………………………………….......................................
8. I spend two hours a day doing my homework.
It...............................................................................................................................
9. No one in my class is as beautiful as Hoa.
Hoa............................................................................................................................
10. It's often hot in the summer.
It's never.......................................................................................................
III. Write a passage telling about your close friend ( 2.0pts)
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………

Trang
45
 ĐÁP ÁN VÀ HƯỚNG DẪN CHẤM
A.LISTENING( 5x 0,4 =2.0 pts)
. B.PHONETICS (0,2 X 10 = 2.0 pts)
I. Choose one word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others words
in each group by circling A, B, C or D. ( 5 x 0,2 =1 pt)
2. .A. game 2. D. ahead 3. C. brother 4. A. engineer 5. B. eraser
II. Choose the word whose stress pattern is different from the others by circling A, B, C or D
( 5 x 0,2 =1 pt)
.A.activities
C. pagoda
B idea
D.correct
B.tomato

C. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR

I. Circle best option A, B, C or D to complete the following sentences. (0.2 x 10 = 2.0 pts)
1. A 2. D 3. D 4. A 5. B
6. C 7. B 8. A 9. A 10. D
II. Use the words given in brackets to form a word that fits in the space. (0.2 x 10 = 2.0 pts)
1.Price 6. Camping
2.Dangerous 7.Nationality
3.Difficult 8.Highest
4. Beautiful 9.once
5. Pollution 10.tired

III.Complete the following sentences with the correct form of the verb in the brackets. (0.2 x
5 = 1.0 pts)
6. Is there to drink
7. Does…like to do
8. Don’t….go
9. Is, apply
10. Are ….looking, is…reading.
IV.Fill each gap of the following sentences with a suitable preposition. (0.2 x 5 = 1.0 pt)
2- In, 2- at, 3-with., 4- between, 5- by
D. READING.
I.Circle best option A, B, C or D to complete the following passage. (0.2 x 10 = 2.0 pts
1. B 2. A 3. C 4. D 5. D 6. C 7. A
8. D 9. A 10. C
Trang
46
II.Fill in each blank with ONE suitable word to complete the passage. (0.2 x 10 = 2.0 pts)

1. too 2. is 3. down 4. are 5. a lot

6. animals 7. of 8. have 9. there 10.danger
III. Read the following paragraph and decide whether the statements are True (T) or False
(F):0,25 x 4 = 1.0 pt)
1.F, 2. F, 3. F, 4.T
E.WRITING
I. Choose the underlined words or phrases that are not correct in standard written English.
(0,2 x 5 = 1pt)
1. B  Is 2. B  does 3. A  many 4. D some 5. B children
II. Rewrite each of the following sentences, beginning as shown, so that the meaning stays
the same.( O,2 x 10 = 2pts)
1. Has your room got a colorful picture?
2. How much does a bowl of noodles cost?
3. Why don't we go out for a walk?
4. Beef and vegetables are my favorite food.
5. Hoa is the owner of that pencil.
6. How old is this building?
7. The Red river is shorter than the Mekong river./The Red river isn't as/so long as the Mekong
river
8. It takes me two hours a day to do my homework.
9. Hoa is the most beautiful in my class.
10. It never cold in the summer.
III. Write a passage telling about your close friend ( 2.0pts)

Trang
47
 THCS ĐẠI XUÂN ĐỀ LUYỆN HỌC SINH GIỎI TIẾNG ANH 6
ĐỀ SỐ 9 Thời gian: 120 phút

PART ONE: LISTENING:

Listen and fill in the blank with ONE word. (0.2 x 10 = 2.0pts)
PART TWO: PHONETICS: (0.2 x 10 = 2.0pts)
I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the rest in each
group. (0.2 x5 = 1.0pt)
1. A. chair B. school C. couch D. children
2. A. game B. change C. vegetable D. geography
3. A. intersection B. eraser C. bookstore D. history
4. A. tenth B. tooth C. brother D. theater
5. A. boot B. tooth C. food D. flood

Write your answers here:

1…………….. 2........................ 3........................... 4........................... 5..................

II. Choose the word that has the stress pattern different from that of the other words. (0.2 x5 =
1.0pt )
1 A.computer B. museum C.visitor D.important
2 A.orange B.banana C.tomato D. champage
3 A.twelve B.sixteen C.sixty D.twice
4 A.eyes B.body C. mouth D.nose
5 A.copy B.garden C.photo D.ahead

Write your answers here:

1…………… 2………………. 3…………….. 4……………… 5………………

PART THREE: VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR: (0.2 x 30 = 6.0pts)

I. Choose the best answer to complete the following sentences. (0.2 x 10 = 2.0pts)
1. Those children always help their parents …………….the house work.
A. to B. with C. do D. B&C are correct
2.A customer is a person who ………………
A. buys B. sells C. acts D. plays
3.My sister works ……………than me.
A. less hour B. few hours C. more hours D. little hours
4. ………. does Nga go to the movies? Once or twice a week.
A. How long B. How often C. How much D. How
5. Lan: Let’s go to the movies this evening.
Ba : Yes …………….
A. That’s a good idea B. we are C. Thanks D. I am
6. He hates fish. He _____ eats fish.
A. usually B. sometimes C. never D. often
7. How _________ wine can he drink?
A. far B. much C. many D. long

Trang
48
8. There is an intersection ahead. We……………………. .
A.must not slow down. B. must go fast C.can not go straight D. must slow down
9. There is a ……………………..behind my classroom.
A. big flower garden B. flower big garden
C. garden big flower D. big garden flower
10. There ............ of stars in the sky.
A. is million B. are million C. has millions D. are millions

Write your answers here:

1 ………….. 2........................ 3........................ 4........................ 5.......................

6 ………….. 7........................ 8........................ 9........................ 10.....................

II. Give the correct forms of the words given in brackets. (0.2 x 10 = 2.0pts

1. AIDS is a_______ disease. DANGER →..............................

2. There are a lot of _______ mountains in our country. BEAUTY →..............................
3. My neighborhood is _______ for good and cheap FAME
restaurants. →..............................
4. I need two _______ for cooking the dinner. KNIFE →..............................
5. My parents are_______. They usually work in the FARM
field. →..............................
6. The children like _______ weather SUN →..............................
7. Let him do it_______. HE →..............................
8. We don’t like going in his car as he is a________
CARE
driver. →..............................
9. Mary likes attending the English _______ contests. SPEAK →..............................
10. What does your father do? - He is a _______. POLICE →..............................

III. Give the correct forms of the verbs given in brackets. (0.2 x 5 =1.0pt)
1. Let’s (go) _______________________ to the library.
2. James and his brother (play) _______________________ soccer at the moment?
3. She’s hungry. She’d like (eat) ____________________ some cakes.
4. There (be) ______________ some mineral water in the bottle.
5. Look! A car (come) ____________________________.
Write your answers here:

1……… …… 2................... 3.................... 4........................... 5.........................

IV. Fill each gap of the following sentences with a suitable preposition:
( 0.2 x 5 = 1.0pt)
1. It is hot.......................the summer.
2. She has breakfast.................... bread and milk. .................. lunch, she has rice,meat, vegetables
Trang
49
 and orange juice.
3. I have lessons..................... 7 o’clock.................... a quarter past eleven.
4.They live .................... an apartment......................their parents.
5. “How do you go to school?” – “........................ my father’s car.”

Write your answers here:

1……… …… 2................... 3.................... 4........................... 5.........................

PART FOUR: READING: ( 0.2 x 25 = 5.0pts)

I.Read the passage and choose one correct answer to fill in each blank:
(10 x 0,2 = 2 pts)
Miss Linda…(1)……a doctor….(2) ….a big hospital.She…(3)…...in a small apartment…(4)
…...the sixth floor of a building in the center of LonDon.The hospital is not far (5)………her
apartment so she goes on (6)…………She leaves home …(7)……7.00 and arrives at work at
7.30.It is Sunday morning now and Miss Linda is at home,in bed.On Sundays,She gets …(8)..
….at 8 o’clock. She often(9) ……….breakfast in the living room and watches TV.On Sunday
afternoons,she usually goes shopping (10)………….her friends or sometimes She goes
swimming.She always goes to bed early on Sundays evening.
1. A. is B. are C. be D. to be
2. A. on B. in C. for D. with
3. A. Is B. be C. gets D. lives
4. A. in B. at C. on D. of
5. A. to B. from C. with D. 0
6. A. foot B. bus C .bicycle D. train
7. A. for B. in C. about D. at
8. A. on B. up C. for D. ready
9. A. have B. having C. has D. to have
10. A. on B. of C. with D. along
Write your answers here:
1.................; 2................; 3.................; 4...................; 5.....................;
6.................; 7................; 8.................; 9...................; 10...................;

II. Read the text below and think of the word which best fits each space. Use only ONE word in
each space. (0.2x 10 =.20 pts)
We are destroying the Earth. The seas and rivers are (1)______dirty to swim in. There is too
(2)_____smoke in the air many cities in the world. We are cutting( 3)____too many trees. We
(4)_____burning the forests. We are also destroying (5)____ of plants and (6)_____.Many areas (
7)______Earth are wasteland . Farmers in many parts of the world can not ( 8)_____enough to
eat. In some countries (9)____ is too little rice . The Earth is in (10)_____ Save the Earth !.
Write your answers here:

1 ………….. 2........................ 3........................ 4........................ 5.......................

6 ………….. 7........................ 8........................ 9........................ 10.....................

III. Read the passage and then answer the questions below.( 0.2 x 5 = 1.0pt)
Mr. Baker, 45 years old, is a teacher. He is English but he lives in France, in the village of
Yerville. Mr. Baker lives in France but he works in England.
Every Monday, he leaves home at 2.30 in the morning and drives 101 miles from his village
to Boulogne, where he leaves his car and catches the ferry to Folkston. Then he catches the train
Trang
50
to Maidstone in Kent and arrives at Manor school at 8.25. He teaches French from 9.00 in the
morning to 3.30 in the afternoon, and then leaves school. He stays in Maidstone and only comes
home on Friday every week.
Questions:
1. How old is Mr. Baker?
……………………………………………………………………………….
2. Where does he work?
……………………………………………………………………………….
3. What time does he leave home to work on Monday?
……………………………………………………………………………….
4. How does he travel to Boulogne?
……………………………………………………………………………….
5.What does he teach?
……………………………………………………………………………….
PART FIVE: WRITING: ( 5pts)
I. Complete the sentence using the words given. (0.2 x 5 =1.0 pt)

1. She / need / 200 grams / beef

......................................................................................................
2. What/ she / do / when / it/ hot/ ?
......................................................................................................
3. He / always/ play/ basketball/ spring
......................................................................................................
4. I/ not / hungry/ but / thirsty/ like / glass/ water
.....................................................................................................
5. Look/ they/ drink/ tea/ and eat sandwiches / over there
.....................................................................................................

II. Complete each of the following sentences in such a way that it means exactly the same as
the sentence printed before it. (0.2 x 10 =2.0 pts)
1. How much is a bowl of noodle?
-> How much does ............................................................................................................?
2. Let's go camping in Suoi Mo.
-> Why ..............................................................................................................................?
3. What time does she go to work?
-> When..............................................................................................................................?
4. Nga usually walks to school.
-> Nga ...............................................................................................................................
5. Hoa likes noodles.
-> Her favorite...................................................................................................................
6.My school has over twenty –five classrooms.
-> There………………………………………………………………………………….
7. Miss White’face is oval.It’s small.
-> Miss White……………………………………………………………………………
8.What food do you like?
-> What………………………………………………………………………………….
9.He gets up at five fifteen.
-> He gets ………………………………………………………………………………
10.I brush my teeth after breakfast, lunch and dinner.
-> I brush…………………………………………………………………………………
Trang
51
III/ Write a composition (about 80 words) about you and your family:
(don’t show your name, your parents’ name, your school or your village): (2pts)
……………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………
……….……………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………

-The end-

THCS ĐẠI XUÂN ĐỀ LUYỆN HỌC SINH GIỎI

ĐỀ SỐ 10 TIẾNG ANH 6
Thời gian: 120 phút

PART ONE: LISTENING:

Listen and fill in the blank with ONE word. (0.2 x 10 = 2.0pts)
PART TWO: PHONETICS: (0.2 x 10 = 2.0pts)
I.Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the rest in each
group. (0.2 x5 = 1.0pt)
1. B. school 2.A. game 3.B. eraser 4.C. brother 5.D. flood
II.Choose the word that has the stress pattern different from that of the other words. (0.2 x5 =
1.0pt )
1 2 3 4 5
Trang
52
 C A B B D
PART THREE: VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR: (0.2 x 30 = 6.0pts)
I. Choose the best answer to complete the following sentences. (0.2 x 10 = 2.0pts)
1.D. B&C are 2.A. buys 3.C. more hours 4.B. How often 5.A. That’s a good
correct idea.
6.C. never 7.B. much 8.D. must slow 9.A. big flower 10.D. are millions
down garden
II. Use the words given in brackets to form a word that fits in the space.
(0.2 x 10 = 2.0 pts)

1. dangerous 2. beautiful 3. famous 4. knives 5. farmers

6. sunny 7. himself 8. careless/ 9. speaking 10. policeman

uncareful
III. Give the correct forms of the verbs given in brackets. (0.2 x 5 =1.0pt)
1. go 2.Are …playing 3. to eat 4. is 5.is coming
IV. Fill each gap of the following sentences with a suitable preposition:
( 0.2 x 5 = 1.0pt)
1. in 2. with / for 3. from / to
4. in / with 5. by
PART FOUR: READING: ( 0.2 x 25 = 5.0pts)
I.Read the passage and choose one correct answer to fill in each blank:
(10 x 0,2 = 2 pts)
1.A. is 2.B. in 3.D. lives 4. C. on 5.B. from
6. A. foot 7. D. at 8. B. at 9. C. has 10. C.with
II. Read the text below and think of the word which best fits each space. Use only ONE word in
each space. (0.2x 10 =.20 pts)
1. too 2. much 3. down 4. are 5. lots
6. animals 7. on 8. grow 9. there 10. danger

III. Read the following passage and answer the questions below. (5×0,2=1,0 pt
1. He is 45 years old.
2. He works in France.
3. He leaves home at 2.30 in the morning.
4. He travels to Boulogne by car.
5. He teaches French.
PART FIVE: WRITING: ( 5pts)
I. Complete the sentence using the words given. (0.2 x 5 =1.0 pt)
1. She needs 200 grams of beef.
2. What does she do when it’s hot?
3. He always plays basketball in spring.
4. I am not hungry but I’m thirsty. I’d like a glass of water.
5. Look! They are drinking tea and eating sandwiches over there.

II. Complete each of the following sentences in such a way that it means exactly the same as
the sentence printed before it. (0.2 x 10 =2.0 pts)
1. How much does a bowl of noodle cost?
Trang
53
2. Why don’t we go camping in Suoi Mo?
3.When does she go to work?
4. Nga usually goes to school on foot.
5. Her favorite food is noodles.
6. There are twenty-five classrooms in my school.
7. Miss White has small oval face.
8. What is your favorite food?
9. He gets up at a quarter past five.
10. I brush my teeth three times a day.
III/ Write a composition (about 80 words) about you and your family:
(don’t show your name, your parents’ name, your school or your village): (2pts)
The essay must have at least three ideas below.
1. Mở bài: Nêu được chủ đề về gia đình. (được 0,5 điểm)
2. Thân bài: Nêu và trình bày được một số vấn đề liên quan về bản thân và các thành viên trong
gia đình như: Hình dáng, nghề nghiệp của các thành viên, tuổi tác. Các hoạt động hàng ngày của
các thành viên như thế nào vv……… (được 1 điểm)
3. Kết luận: Tóm tắt, khẳng định lại tất cả lý do đã trình bày ở hai phần trước .
(được 0,5điểm)

THCS ĐẠI XUÂN ĐỀ LUYỆN HỌC SINH GIỎI TIẾNG ANH 6

ĐỀ SỐ 11 Thời gian: 120 phút

I. PHONETICS:
a. Choose one word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others
by circling A, B, C, or D. (6¿ 0,2=1,2 pt)
1. A. invitation B. intersection C. station D. question
2. A. lives B. misses C. languages D. watches
3. A. down B. brown C. town D. show
4. A. between B. behind C. bakery D. geography
5. A. thank B. thin C. mother D. tooth
6. A. year B. repeat C. meat D. teacher

b. Choose the word whose stress pattern is different from the others (4¿ 0,2=0,8 pt)
Trang
54
 7. A. weather B. idea C. winter D. movies
8. A. morning B. number C. routine D. ruler
9. A. dangerous B. accident C. telephone D. engineer
10. A. favorite B. banana C. tomato D. potato

II. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR:

a. Circle the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: (15¿ 0,2=3,0 pts)

11. How often do you do morning exercises in the summer?

A. I like it B. I play soccer C. Yes, I do D. I sometimes do
12. We are going to have an English examination ………………… April, 21st .
A. on B. to C. at D. in
13. There is a lot of …………………in Viet Nam. Our country is very green.
A. sun B. sunny C. rainy D. rain
14. My friend, Linh …………………drinks cocacola and beer.
A. don’t B. never C. doesn’t D. isn’t
15. …………………is your uncle going to stay here? - …………………about three days.
A. How long - For B. How far – For C. How long - At D. How long - From
16. …………………do they go to work every morning? - On foot.
A. How B. How far C. How long D. How often
17. The room of my parents is small. “The room of my parents” means:
A. my room’s parents B. my room’ parents C. my parents’s room D. my parents’ room
18. There are five …………………in one hand.
A. arms B. fingers C. toes D. feet
19. Why don’t we go to the zoo this Sunday morning?
A. You are well B. Because I don’t like animals
C. That’s a good idea D. Thanks a lot
20. …………………is your father? He is very well, thank you.
A. How B. How much C. How many D. How often
21. When it is hot, we often feel quite…………………
A. happy B. hungry C. worried D. thirsty
22. In our country, the weather often …………………quickly.
A. change B. changes C. is changing D. is going to change
23. My French penpal, Jack can speak six …………………fluently.
A. speeches B. countries C. languages D. nationalities
24. What …………………your little sister …………………in the evening?
A. do / do B. does / do C. do / does D. does / does
25. I want a good pair of shoes because I always goes …………………in the morning.
A. sailing B. swimming C. jogging D. fishing

b. Fill in the blanks with the correct prepositions. (7¿ 0,2=1,4 pts)
26. I usually go to school by bicycle but today I am going……………….……foot.
27. Is there a flower garden ……………….…… front of your house? - Yes, there is.

Trang
55
28. My mother wants a sandwich and a glass ……………….……orange juice.
29. What would you like……………….……dinner? - I’d like some noodles.
30. The plane flies……………….…….mountains, rivers and towns.
31. What are they doing at the moment? - They are listening……………….……the tape.
32. Elizabeth and Charls are ……………….……England. They speak English.
c. Write the correct form of the words given in capital letters: (6¿ 0,2=1,2 pts)
33. My school is the …………………..one in Thanh Oai District. (NEW)
34. All of us are are very good ………………….. (STUDY)
35. In our school library, there are four ………………….. (BOOKSHELF)
36. Hung visits his grandparents …………………..a week. (ONE)
37. My house is on the …………………..floor of that tall building. (NINE)
38. Nobody in my class is …………………..than Trang. (GOOD)
d. Supply the correct form of the verbs in the brackets: (7¿ 0,2=1,4 pts)
39. Look! The plane is flying towards the airport. It (land) ……………….……
40. Ha’s father (drive) ……………….……his car to the garage at the moment.
41. How your sister (go) ……………….……to school every day? - By motorbike, of course.
42. Mr. Tung is a teacher and he (not have).……………….……classes in the afternoon.
43. You mustn’t (eat) ……………….……food in this canteen.
44. The Nile River (flow) ……………….……to the Mediterranean Sea.
45. Mrs. Thuy is cleaning the windows and doors. Let’s (help) ……………….……her.
III. READING:

a. Read and circle the best option A, B, C or D to complete the passage: (10¿ 0,2=2,0pts)

Everyone (46)……………….…… oranges. They are quite sweet and juicy. They are in
sections so (47)……………….…… is very easy to eat them. Some oranges (48)……………….
…… not have seeds. Some (49)……………….…… thick skins and some have thin skins. The
orange tree is beautiful. It has a lot of (50)……………….……. leaves. The small white flowers
smell very sweet. (51)……………….…… orange tree has a lot of flowers and fruit at the same
(52)……………….…… . "Orange" is both a fruit (53)……………….…… a colour. The (54)
……………….…… of orange is so beautiful that in English we use the name of the fruit (55)
……………….…… the colour.

46. A. love B. to love C. loves D. loving

47. A. they B. it C. oranges D. its
48. A. do B. does C. is D. are
49. A. have B. wear C. put D. take
50. A. yellow B. green C. red D. blue
51. A. A B. An C. Some D. Ø
52. A. morning B. afternoon C. evening D. time
53. A. but B. or C. and D. with
54. A. colour B. seed C. tree D. leaf
55. A. to B. at C. from D. for
b. There is a mistake in each line of the following passage. Find and correct it:
(5 ¿ 0,2 =1.0 pt)

Trang
56
 Eg: 0. The students is singing a song in their classroom. 0/ are
Peter and Bill are brothers. Peter is twelve and Bill is ten. They live with
56.
their parents and their dog in a small towns in the south of England.
They do not look like each other. Peter is tall and dark and Bill is short
57.
and fair. They also like difference things. Peter likes sports but he is not
interested in school. He hates Mathematics and History and he never
58.
remembers the numbers. Bill likes to goes to school very much. He is
quite good at learn English, he reads and writes a lot. Bill can draw very
59.
well, too. But he never plays sports.
He spends most of his time indoors reading or drawing. He wants to be a
60.
writer or a artist in the future.

c. Read the passage and fill the suitable word in the blank: (10¿ 0,2=2,0pts)
My eldest brother, Tuyen is (61).……………….…… engineer in a big company. He lives in a
small apartment on (62).……………….…… third floor of a building in Ha Noi. The company is
far from his house, so he always goes to work (63).……………….…… bus. He leaves home at
seven o’clock to get to work (64).……………….…… 7.45 a.m. It is Saturday morning now,
and he is at home, in bed. (65).……………….……Saturdays he often gets up at a quarter to
seven in the (66).……………….…….,then he sits in the living room and (67).……………….
…… breakfast. On Saturday afternoons, he usually plays tennis or (68).……………….……
swimming with some (69).……………….…… his friends. On Saturday evenings, he doesn’t
stay at (70).……………….…… , he usually goes out.
IV. WRITING:
a. Rearrange the words to make meaningful sentences. (5 ¿ 0,2 = 1.0 pt)

71. stay / grandparents / am / with / this / I / to / my / going / weekend./

-> ………..………………………………………………………………………......................
72. out? / do/ want/ you/ when/ what/ you/ to/ say/ go/
-> ………..………………………………………………………………………......................
73. often/ brother/ his/ listens/ in/ to/ time./ my/music/ free
-> ………..………………………………………………………………………......................
74. I/ to/ to/ every/ city/ buy/ go/ books/ Sunday morning./ the
-> ………..………………………………………………………………………......................
75. good / the / there./ let’s / and / time / mountain / go / have / to / a /
-> ………..………………………………………………………………………......................

b. Complete the second sentence, using the word given in brackets so that it has a similar
meaning to the first sentence. Do not change the word given in any way. (5¿ 0,4=2,0 pts)

76. What about singing and dancing?

-> Why don’t…………………………………….…..?
77. Noone in our school is stronger than me.
-> I……..……………………….......................?
78. What’s your brother’s height?
-> How ………………………...............……….?
79. His teacher of English always drives to work.
-> His teacher of English always goes………………………………………………………….?
80. Peter is 1.80 meters tall. Linda is 1.70 meters tall.
-> Linda………….…………..……..………

Trang
57
c. Write a composition (about 80 words) to tell about your family: (3,0pts)
(don’t show your name, your school or your village):
HƯỚNG DẪN CHẤM ĐỀ

I. PHONETICS:
a. Choose one word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others by
circling A, B, C, or D: (6¿ 0,2=1,2 pts)
1. D. question
2. A. lives
3. D. show
4. C. bakery
5. C. mother
6. A. year

b. Choose the word whose stress pattern is different from the others: (4¿ 0,2=0,8 pt)
7. B. idea
8. C. routine
9. D. engineer
10. A. favorite

II. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR:

a. Circle the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: (15¿ 0,2=3,0 pts)

11 –D. 12 –A. 13 –D. 14 –B. 15 –A.

I sometimes do On rain never How long – For
16 –A. 17 - D. 18 –B. 19 – C. 20 –A.
How my parents’ room fingers That’s a good idea How
21 –D. 22 - B. 23 – C. 24 – B. 25 – C.
thirsty changes languages does / do Jogging

b. Fill in the blanks with the correct prepositions: (7¿ 0,2=1,4 pts)

26. on 27. in 28. of 29. for

30. over 31. to 32. from

c. Write the correct form of the words given in capital letters to complete the following
sentences: (6¿ 0,2=1,2 pts)
33. oldest 34. students 35. bookselves
36. once 37. ninth 38. better

d. Supply the correct form of the verbs in the brackets: (7¿ 0,2=1,4 pts)

39. is going to land 40. is driving 41. does … go 42. doesn’t have

Trang
58
 43. eat 44. flows 45. help

III. READING:
a. Read and circle the best option A, B, C or D to complete the passage: (10¿ 0,2=2,0 pts)

46 - C. loves 47 - B. it 48 - A. do 49 - A. have 50 - B. green

51 - B. An 52 - D. time 53 - C. and 54 - A. colour 55 - D. for

b. There is a mistake in each line of the following passage. Find and correct it:
(5 ¿ 0,2 =1.0 pt)

56. towns -> town 57. difference -> different 58. goes -> go
59. learn -> learning 60. a -> an

c. Read the passage and fill the suitable word in the blank: (10¿ 0,2=2,0 pts)

61. an 62. the 63. by 64. at 65. On

66. morning 67. has/ eats 68. goes 69. of 70. home

IV. WRITING:
a. Rearrange the words to make meaningful sentences. (5 ¿ 0,2 = 1.0 pt)

71. I am going to stay with my grandparents this weekend.

72. What do you say when you want to go out?
73. My brother often listens to music in his free time.
74. I go to the city to buy books every Sunday morning.
75. Let's go to the mountain and have a good time there.

b. Complete the second sentence, using the word given in brackets so that it has a similar
meaning to the first sentence. Do not change the word given in any way. (5¿ 0,4=2,0 pts)

76. Why don’t we sing and dance?

77. I am the strongest (student) in our school.
78. How tall is your brother?
79. His teacher of English always goes to work by car.
80. Linda is shorter than Peter.
c. Write a composition (about 80 words) about your family:
(Don’t show the name of the school): (3,0pts)

Trang
59
 THCS ĐẠI XUÂN ĐỀ LUYỆN HỌC SINH GIỎI TIẾNG ANH 6
ĐỀ SỐ 12 Thời gian: 120 phút

I. Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently: (2 ¿ 0.25 = 0.5 pt)
1. A. mother B. gather C. together D. thirteen
2. A. wirelessB. reduce C. electricity D. environment
II. Choose the word whose main stress pattern is not the same as that of the others:
(2 ¿ 0.25 = 0.5 pt)
1. A. symbol B. palace C. pollute D. future
2. A. opinion B. factory C. beautiful D. universe

III – Choose the best option to complete the following sentences: (8 ¿ 0.25 = 2.0 pts)
1. My brother likes playing soccer …………………I like watching cartoons at home.
A. or B. but C. and D. because
2. If I tell you a secret, …………………you …………………not to tell it to anyone else?
A. do ... promise B. did ... promise C. will...promise D. have ... promised
3. They would like some vegetables, some meat and some rice…………………dinner.
A. for B. from C. in D. at
4. Is the Nile River …………………river in the world?
A. long B. longer C. longest D. the longest
5. It’s important …………………our skin from harmful effects from the sun.
A. protect B. protected C. to protect D. protecting
Trang
60
6. The students in my school…………………part in a lot of outdoor activities in summer.
A. have B. do C. take D. bring
7. …………….…your eldest sister read and write Enlgish when she …………………five?
A. Can...is B. Can...was C. Could...is D. Could ... was
8. I think that life in the future …………………far better than it is now.
A. is B. was C. will be D. being
IV. Complete the second sentence with the same meaning as the first one: (4 ¿ 0.5 = 2.0 pts)
1. We started to collect old clothes for our charity programme last week.
-> We have………………………………
2. We will probably go to the moon for our summer holidays in 2050.
-> We might …………...........………….……
3. Did your class have forty students two years ago?
-> Were ……………...……..…..?
4. Unless your father leaves right away, he will miss the train.
-> If........… ………….............………

V. Write meaningful sentences, using the words and phrases given below. Make any
changes if necessary: (4 ¿ 0.5 = 2.0 pts)
1. I/ not/ able/do everything/ myself/ if/ not have/ modern robot/ ./
-> ……………………………………………………………………………………………...
2. Tung’s little sisters/ see “Tom and Jerry”/ many times/ ./
-> ……………………………………………………………………………………………...
3. The children/ enjoy/ stay/ on/ farm/ during/ summer vacation./
-> ……………………………………………………………………………………………...
4. Mr. Tinh/ often/ go/work/ foot/ but now/ he / go/ car/ ./
-> ……………………………………………………………………………………………...

VI. Read the text, then answer the questions below: (6 ¿ 0.5 = 3.0 pts)
We are destroying the the earth. The seas and rivers are too dirty to swim in. There is too much
smoke in the air in many cities in the world. We are cutting down too many trees. We are burning
the forests. We are also destroying lots of plants and animals. Many areas of the earth are
wasteland. Farmers in many parts of the world can not grow enough to eat. In some countries,
there is too lillte rice. The earth is in danger now. Save the Earth right now!
1. Are the seas and rivers too dirty to swim in?
-> ..……………………………………………………………………………………………
2. What is there in the air in many cities in the world?
-> ..……………………………………………………………………………………………
3. What are we doing to our environment?
-> ..……………………………………………………………………………………………
4. Can farmers in many parts of the world grow enough to eat?
-> ..……………………………………………………………………………………………
5. How is the earth now?
-> ..……………………………………………………………………………………………
Trang
61
6. What must we do to the earth right now?

ĐÁP ÁN VÀ BIỂU ĐIỂM CHẤM

I. Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently: (2 ¿ 0.25 = 0.5 pt)

1. D. thirteen 2. A. wireless
II. Choose the word whose main stress pattern is not the same as that of the others:
(2 ¿ 0.25 = 0.5 pt)

1. C. pollute 2. A. opinion
III – Choose the best option to complete the following sentences: (8 ¿ 0.25 = 2.0 pts)

1. B. but 2. C. will ... promise 3. A. for

4. D. the longest 5. C. to protect 6. C. take
7. D. Could ... was 8. C. will be

IV. Complete the second sentence with the same meaning as the first one: (4 ¿ 0.5 = 2.0 pts)

1. We have collected old clothes for our charity programme since last week.
2. We might go to the moon for our summer holidays in 2050.
3. Were there forty students in your school two years ago?
4. If your father doesn’t leave right away, he will miss the train.

V. Write meaningful sentences, using the words and phrases given below. Make any
changes if necessary: (4 ¿ 0.5 = 2.0 pts)
Trang
62
 THCS ĐẠI XUÂN ĐỀ LUYỆN HỌC SINH GIỎI TIẾNG
ĐỀ SỐ 13 Thời gian: 120 phút

1. I won’t be able to do everything myself if I don’t have a modern robot.

2. Tung’s little sisters have seen “Tom and Jerry” many times.
3. The children enjoy staying on a farm during their summer vacation.
4. Mr. Tinh often goes to work on foot but now he is going by car.

VI. Read the text, then answer the questions below: (6 ¿ 0.5 = 3.0 pts)

1. Yes, they are.

2. There is too much smoke in the air in many cities in the world.
3. We are cutting down too many trees. We are burning the forests. We are also destroying
lots of plants and animals.
4. No, they can’t.
5. The earth is in danger now.
6. We must save the Earth right now!
The end!

PART ONE: LISTENING : (0.2x10=2.0pts).Listen and fill in the blanks with one word you
hear:
PART TWO – PHONETICS: (0.2 x10 = 2.0pts)
I-Choose one word with different pronunciation of the underlined part. Write A, B, C or D
in the space provided. (0.2 x 5 = 1.0pt)
1 A. tenth B. math C. brother D. theater
2 A. have B. name C. family D. lamp
3 A. does B. watches C. finishes D. brushes
4 A. like B. fine C. kind D. city
5 A. bottle B. job C. movie D. chocolate
II- Choose the word with different stress pattern. Write A, B, C or D in the space provided (
0.2 x 5 = 1.0pt)
1 A. forest B. desert C. building D. mountain
2 A. pastimes B. classroom C. housework D. canteen
3 A. hotel B. remember C. repeat D.classroom
4 A. dangerous B. engineer C. telephone D. accident
5 A. visit B. unload C. receive D. correct

PART THREE - VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR. (0.2 X 30 = 6.0pts)

I- Circle the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: Write A, B, C or D in the
box (0.2 x 10 = 2.0pts)
1. ………………. you like a drink?
A. What B. Would C. Want D. How
2. I need a large ………….. of toothpaste.
A. bar B. can C. tube D. box
3. What about …………….. to Hue on Sunday?
A. to go B. go C. goes D. going
Trang
63
4. Mr & Mrs Brown & their father have ……………… legs.
A. four B. six C. eight D. ten
5. I usually go swimming in hot …………………..
A. winter B. autumn C. day D. summer
6. There are …………………. fingers in one hand.
A. two B. five C. ten D. one
7. My school …… three floors and my classroom is on the first floor.
A. have B. has C. are D. is
8. His mother is a doctor. She works in a ………………… .
A. hospital B. post office C. restaurant D. cinema
9. Vietnam has four main ……………… each year.
A. seasons B. months C. weeks D. summers
10. It is twenty – five past …………………….
A. fifty B. a quarter C. four o’clock D. eleven
II. Write the correct form of the words given in capital letters write the answers in the box (
0.2 x 10 = 2.0pts)
1. She is very ……………….. .(BEAUTY)
2. Mai’s sister is a ………………… .(SING).
3. It is very ………........... in the city. (NOISE)
4. Her …………….. are small and white. (TOOTH)
5. There are two ……………… in his office. (SECRETERY)
6. Do you know the …………….. of this book? (WRITE)
7. This is my favorite chair. It’s so …………….. . (COMFORT)
8. My father often ………………. his work at 4.30. (FINISH)
9. My aunt has two …………………, one boy and one girl. ( CHILD)
10. That ……………….can play the guitar very well. ( MUSIC)

III. Give the correct form of the verbs in brackets. Give your answers in the space provided.
( 0.2 x5 = 1.0pts)
1. Your father……………….. (go) to work by bike everyday?
2. We ……………….. (not watch) television at the moment.
3. Let’s help your friend, Nam. She (do) …………..her homework.
4. What you……………….. (do) this summer vacation?
- We are going to Ha Long Bay.
5. She ……………….. (not have) breakfast at 6.30 every morning.
IV. Fill in the blanks with the correct prepositions ( 0.2 x 5 = 1.0 pts).
1.I live (1) …………… a small house (2) …………… the countryside.
2.My house is (3) ………………… a bookstore and a toystore: the bookstore to the left and the
toystore to the right.
3.Miss Mai wants a kilo …………(4) meat and a dozen eggs.
4.Nga goes to school (5) ………………… foot every morning
PART FOUR- READING: ( 0.2 x 25 = 5.0pts )
I.Circle best option A,B,C or D to complete the following passage ( 0.2 x 10 = 2.0 pts)
Dear Hanh,
I’m writing to invite you to a party we .................(1) at the flat next Friday, December 14 th.
As you know, ................(2) Lan’s 13th birthday next week and my birthday next
month, ................. (3) we thought we’d celebrate together and have a joint party.
I can’t remember if you know my address or not, but anyway, if you .................(4) the
direction below, you shouldn’t get lost. Take the Number 15 bus from the station and ............ (5)
at the Star Hotel. Walk down Long Viet Road, past the DanChu Cinema, and then ................(6)
Trang
64
the first turning on the right. That’s LeLoi Road. Turn left ............... (7) the first junction, then go
straight past the church as far as the next crossroads. ....................(8) and our block of flats is the
second on the right.
Do try and come. Of course you’re ..................... (9) to bring someone with you if you
want to.
Look forward .............................. (10) you then!
1. A. have B. are having C. going to have D. will has
2. A. it’s B. its C. they’re D. she’s
3. A. too B. but C. so D. because
4. A. to follow B. follow C. following D. follows
5. A. get up B. get by C. get on D. get off
6. A. have B. get C. take D. bring
7. A. in B. at C. of D. on
8. A. Right turn B. To right C. To turn D. Turn right
9. A.to welcome B. welcome C. welcoming D. welcomed
10. A. to see B. for seeing C. of seeing D. to seeing

II. Fill in each blank with ONE suitable word to complete the passage
( 0.2 x 10 = 2.0pts)
Vietnam is in the South- East Asia. It has (1) _________ of beautiful mountains, rivers and
beaches. (2) _________ are two long (3) __________ in Vietnam: the Red River in the north and
the Mekong River in the (4) _________. The Mekong River is the (5) _________river in the
South- East Asia and of course it is longer
(6) _________the Red River. The Mekong River starts in Tibet and (7) __________to the Bien
Dong. Phanxipang is (8) _________ highest mountain in Vietnam. It’s 3,143 meters (9)
________. Vietnam also (10) ______many nice beaches such as Sam Son, Do Son, Nha Trang,
Vung Tau.
III- Read the following passage and write T (for True ) or F (for False )
( 0.2x 5=1.0pt)
It’s six o’clock in the evening. Many people are at home. They are having dinner. They are
watching T.V. They are listening to music. But Mrs. Bich is going to the work. She’s a doctor
and she works at night in the hospital. Today she’s late. The hospital is not in her neighborhood
so she usually goes by car. Mrs. Bich is in her car now. She’s driving fast. She should slow down
but she must be at work by six thirty. A policeman stops her. “ You are driving too fast !” he
says. You are going to have an accident. It’s six thirty. Mrs. Bich is not at the hospital. She’s at
the police station. Her car must stay there for fourteen days.
…………… 1. Mrs. Bich is a night doctor
…………… 2. She goes to work by motorbike
…………… 3. She is late for work
…………… 4. A policeman doesn’t keep her car
…………… 5. She arrives at the hospital at 6.30
PART FIVE: WRITING.(5.0pts)
I-There is a mistake in each sentence. Find and correct it (0,2x 5 = 1,0pt)
1. I’m the younger person in my family. ____________________
2. My brother is busyer than I am. ____________________
3.The school have twenty classrooms. ____________________
Trang
65
4. Zhang is from China. She speaks Chinan. ____________________
5. How height is the Petronas Twin Towers?____________________
II - Complete the second sentence, using the word given in brackets so that it has a similar
meaning to the first sentence. Do not change the word given in any way.
(0.2 x10 = 2,0pts).
1. My mother and I walk to the supermarket every day.
-> My mother and I go................................................................................
2. How much is this hat?
-> How much does.........................................................................................?
3. Why don’t we sing an English song?
-> What about.................................................................................................?
4. No house in the village is older than this house.
-> This house...................................................................................................
5. Does your school have twenty classrooms and six hundred students?
-> Are.............................................................................................................?
6. My house has a living- room , two bedrooms and a kitchen .
-> There...........................................................................................................
7. What’s your father’s weight?
->How..............................................................................................................?
8. This pencil belongs to my sister.
-> This is .........................................................................................................
9. What time does she go to work ?
-> When ......................................................................................................... ?
10. How high is this building ?
-> What ...........................................................................................................?
III. Write a passage about your village :(about 80 words). (2.0 pts)
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
......................................................The end.......................

Trang
66
 HƯỚNG DẪN CHẤM
Part one:Listen (0.2x10=2.0pts).Listen and fill in the blanks with one word you hear:
Part two:Phonetis (0,2 x10 =2.0pts)
1. Choose one word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others by
circling A, B, C, or D: (5¿ 0,2=1 pt)
1.C 2.B 3.A 4.D 5C
2. Choose the word whose stress pattern is different from the others: (5¿ 0,2=1.0 pt)
1.C 2.D 3.D 4.B 5.A

Part three :Vocabulary and grammar :( 0,2 x30 =6.0pts):

I.Circle best option A,B,C…
1.B 2.C 3.D 4.B 5.C
6.C 7.B 8.A 9.A 10.D
II.Use the words given to form a words that fits in the space (0.2x 10=2.0pts)
1.beautiful 2.singer 3.noisy 4.teeth 5.secretaries
6.writer 7.comfortable 8.finishes 9.childen 10.musician
III.Complete the sentences with correct forms of the verbs in bracket (20ms)
1.Does…go…? 2.aren’t watching ..? 3.is doing 4.are… going to do ,
5.doesn’t have
IV. Complete the sentences with a suitable preposition (1.0pt)
1.in 2.in 3.between 4.of 5.on
PART FOUR- READING: ( 0.2 x 25 = 5.0pts )
I.Circle best option A,B,C or D to complete the following passage ( 0.2 x 10 = 2.0 pts)
1.B 2.A 3.C 4.B 5.D
6.C 7.B 8.D 9.A 10D
II. Fill in each blank with ONE suitable word to complete the passage ( 0.2 x 10 = 2.0pts)
1.lots 2.There 3.rivers 4.south 5.longest
6.than 7.flows 8.the 9.high 10.ÍA

III- Read the following passage and write T (for True ) or F(for False ).
( 0.2x 5=1.0pt)
1.T 2.F 3.T 4.F 5.F
PART FIVE: WRITING.(5.0pts)
I-There is a mistake in each sentence. Find and correct it (0,2x 5 = 1,0pt)
Trang
67
1. I’m the younger person in my family. youngest_______
2. My brother is busyer than I am. busier__________
3.The school have twenty classrooms. has _______
4. Zhang is from China. She speaks Chinan. chinese_______
5. How height is the Petronas Twin Towers? tall
II - Complete the second sentence, using the word given in brackets so that it has a similar
meaning to the first sentence. Do not change the word given in any way.
(0.2 x10 = 2,0pts).
1-> My mother and I go to the supermarket every day on foot .
2-> How much does this hat cost?
3-> What about singing an English song.?
4.-> This house is the oldest in the village.
5.-> Are there twenty classrooms and six hundred students in your school ?
6-> There is a living- room , two bedrooms and a kitchen.
7->How heavy is your father ?
8-> This is my sister’s pencil.
9-> When does she go to work ?
10-> What is the height of this building?
III. Write about your village :(about 80 words). (2.0 pts)
(Don’t show your name, your school or your village)
The essay must have at least three ideas below.
1. Mở bài: Nêu được chủ đề viết về ngôi làng. ( được 0,5 điểm)
2. Thân bài: Nêu và miêu tả về cảnh đẹp,con người …………..
(được 1 điểm).
3. Kết luận: Tóm lại được nội dung bài viết. (được 0,5 điểm

Trang
68
 THCS ĐẠI XUÂN ĐỀ LUYỆN HỌC SINH GIỎI TIẾNG ANH 6
ĐỀ SỐ 14 Thời gian: 120 phút

PART ONE: LISTENING (0.2 X 10 = 2.0 pts)

Listen and complete the gaps in the passage bellow:
I don’t __(1) __eat breakfast. I only have a cup of coffee. I don’t eat anything until about
__(2) __ o’clock. Then I __(3) __ a biscuit and a __(4) __ of milk . For __(5)_ I usually have a
salad. That’s at about two __(6) __. I have dinner at half pass six in the ____(7)_. I’m a
vegetarian, so I don’t eat meat or __(8) __. I eat cheese and eggs and things like that. I have a
glass of __(9) __ or fruit juice with my meals.
At the weekends, I go to a __(10) __ in the evenings. You can get vegetarian meals in a lot of
restaurants now.

PART TWO: PHONETICS (0.2 X 10 = 2.0 pts)

I. Choose the word whose underlined part pronounced differently from that of the others by
circling A, B, C or D (0.2 x 5 = 1.0 pt)
1. A. chemistry B. chair C. couch D. children
2. A. student B. bus C. duty D. unit
3. A. house B. about C. country D. our
4. A. clothes B. watches C. benches D. classes
5. A. clock B. come C. class D. city
II. Choose the word whose stress pattern is different from the others by circling A, B, C or D
(0.2 x 5 = 1.0 pt)
1. A. visit B. listen C. travel D. arrive
2. A. citadel B. minibus C. pagoda D. finally
3. A. repeat B. prepare C. purpose D. police
4. A. complain B. luggage C. improve D. forgive
5. A. attend B. option C. percent D. become
PART THREE: VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR (0.2 X 30 = 6.0 pts)
I. Circle best option A, B,C or D to complete the following sentences. (0.2 x 10 = 2.0 pts)
1. I don’t want to go to Da Lat. What_______going to Ha Long Bay?
A. for B. about C. on D. to
2. _______ book is this, yours or mine?
A. What B. Which C. Whose D. Who’s
Trang
69
 3. Who _______ that horrible noise? - It’s Nam practicing the violin.
A. makes B. made C. is making D. making

4. How_______ to work everyday?

A. is your father go B. do your father go
C. ofen do your father go D. does your father go
5. _______are you going to stay in Hue, Lan? - For a week.
A. How much B. How many C. How far D. How long
6. How_______is it from your house to the stadium? - About 7 kilometers.
A. often B. many C. much D. far
7. I’d like some rice. I’m _______.
A. hungry B. thirsty C. full D. thin
8. We need a tent to go_______.
A. fishing B. camping C. jogging D. swimming
9. _______are these? - They’re blue.
A. How long B. How far C. What color D. Where
10. Are there _______students in the classroom? - No, there aren’t.
A. some B. a C. an D. any
II. Use the words given in brackets to form a word that fits in the space. (0.2 x 10 = 2.0 pts)

1. AIDS is a_______ disease. DANGER →..............................

2. There are a lot of _______ mountains in our country. BEAUTY →..............................
3. My neighborhood is _______ for good and cheap FAME
restaurants. →..............................
4. I need two _______ for cooking the dinner. KNIFE →..............................
6. My parents are_______. They usually work in the FARM
field. →..............................
6. The children like _______ weather SUN →..............................
7. Let him do it_______. HE →..............................
8. We don’t like going in his car as he is a________
CARE
driver. →..............................
9. Mary likes attending the English _______ contests. SPEAK →..............................
10. What does your father do? - He is a _______. POLICE →..............................
III. Complete the following sentences with the correct form of the verb in the brackets. (0.2 x 5
= 1.0 pt)
1. Nam usually_______ (play) sports, but at the moment he________ (fly) his kites.
2. What he_______ (do)? - He is going to visit Hue.
3. Lan______ (brush) her teeth twice a day.
4. What you often ______ (do) in the morning?
5. Where is your mother? – She is in the kitchen. She ______(cook) the dinner.
IV. Fill each gap of the following sentences with a suitable prepotision. (0.2 x 5 = 1.0 pt)
1. I live (1) ………………… a small house (2) ………………… the countryside.
Trang
70
2. My house is (3) ………………… a bookstore and a toystore: the bookstore to the left and the
toys tore to the right.
3. Miss Mai wants a kilo ……………… (4) meat and a dozen (5) …………… eggs.
4. Nga goes (6) …………… school (7) ……………foot every morning and she goes home (8)
……… four thirty (9)…… the afternoon.
5. Who do you usually play badminton (10) …………………?
PART FOUR: READING (0.2 X 25 = 5.0 pts)
I. Circle best option A, B, C or D to complete the following passage. (0.2 x 10 = 2.0 pts)
It’s Sunday morning. The Browns are sitting in (1)……… living room. They are talking
(2)……….. the dinner this evening. David likes beef and Susan does, too. He says that beef (3)
………..good for children. Their father, Mr. Brown, prefers chicken to beef. He asks his wife to
buy (4)……….. for him . Helen, their youngest daughter doesn’t want any meat. She would (5)
……….. cakes and sweets. Mrs. Brown doesn’t like beef. She doesn’t like chicken, either. She
likes fish, vegetables and fruit. She says that fish and vegetables (6) …………. good for old men
and everybody (7)……… .. to eat fruit. At last they decide to go out (8)………. dinner (9)……..
…..Mrs. Brown says that she can’t cook so (10) ………… food for everybody in the family.
1. A. the B. a C.an D. to
2. A. with B. for C. about D. to
3. A. are B. has C. does D. is
4. A. little B. some C. any D. none
5. A. like B. likes C. have D. has
6. A. is B. have C. are D. do
7. A. need B. needs C. are D. have
8. A. to B. of C. with D. for
9. A. because B. but C. so D. and
10. A. many B. little C. much D. lots of
II. Fill in each blank with ONE suitable word to complete the passage. ( 2.0 pts) (0.2 or
0.4/each)
I _______(1) in a house near the sea. It is_______ (2) old house, about 100 _______(3) old
and it's very small. _______(4) are two bed rooms upstairs but no bathroom. The bathroom is
down stairs, next to the kitchen and there _______(5) a living room where there is a lovely old
fire place. There is a _______(6) in front of the house. The garden _______(7) down to the beach
and in Spring and Summer there are flowers every where. I like alone _______(8) my dog, Rack,
but we have a lot of visitors. My city friends often stay with me.
I love my house for many _______(9): the garden, the flowers in Summer, the fire in Winter,
but the best thing is the view _______ (10) my bedroom window.
Your answers:
1.................... 2.................... 3.................... 4.................... 5.....................
6.................... 7.................... 8.................... 9.................... 10....................
III. Read the passage and answer the questions. (0.2 x 5 = 1.0 pt)/ or (True or False)
Salina lives in a village in Africa. Her day starts at 4 o’clock. She gets up, and she walks
three kilometers to the river. She collects some water, and carries it back to her house. The water

Trang
71
is very heavy. It isn’t clean but there isn’t any water in the village. Salina doesn’t go to school.
She can’t read or write. She helps her mother in the house.
• Questions:
1. Where does Salina live?=> …………………………
2. What does Salina do after she gets up?=> ………………………….
3. Is the water clean?=> ……………………
4. Can Salina read? => …………………………
5. Where does Salina help her mother?=> …………………………

PART FIVE: WRITING (5.0pts)

I. Mistake correction (0.2 x 5 = 1.0 pt)
1. She doesn't do his homework after going home.
A B C D
…………………………………………………………………………………………….
2. Lan is my parents' daughter, so she is my brother
A B C D
…………………………………………………………………………………………….
3. Everyday, Dan and Viet go aerobics with their friends in the gym.
A B C D
…………………………………………………………………………………………….
4. Today we have math but we aren't have it on Saturday.
A B C D
…………………………………………………………………………………………….
5. The store is between we house and the movie theater.
A B C D
…………………………………………………………………………………………….
II. Finish the second sentence in such a way that is similar to the original one. (0.2 x 10 = 2.0
pts)
1. Huong’s school bag is new.
=> Huong has ……………………………………………………………………….…..
2. Does Phong’s school have forty classrooms?
=> Are………………………………………………………………………………..…?
3. How many apples does she want?
=> How many apples would…………………………………………………………....?
4. Mr. Hung drives very carefully.
=> Mr. Hung is …………………………………………………………………..…..….
5. Does your father cycle to work?
=> Does your father get …………………………………………..……………….…...?
6. How much does a box of chocolates cost?
=> What …………………………………………………………………………..……?
7. Nam likes tea.
=> Nam’s favorite …………………………………………………………………….
8. My house is behind the hotel.
Trang
72
 => The hotel..................................................................................................................
9. What about going to Dam Sen park ?
=> Why don't we ...........................................................................................................?
10. He goes to school on foot.
=> He .............................................................................................................................
III. In about 80 words write about your family. (2.0pts)
........................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................................

Trang
73
KEYS
PART ONE: LISTENING (0.2 X 10 = 2.0 pts)
Listen and complete the gaps in the passage bellow:
1. usually 6. o’clock
2. eleven 7. afternoon
3. have 8. fish
4. glass 9. water
5. lunch 10. restaurant
PART TWO: PHONETICS (0.2 X 10 = 2.0 pts)
I. Choose the word whose underlined part pronounced differently from that of the others by
circling A, B, C or D (0.2 x 5 = 1.0 pt)
1. A 2. B 3. C 4. A 5. D
II. Choose the word whose stress pattern is different from the others by circling A, B, C or D
(0.2 x 5 = 1.0 pt)
1. D 2. C 3. C 4. B 5. B
PART THREE: VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR (0.2 X 30 = 6.0 pts)
I. Circle best option A, B,C or D to complete the following sentences. (0.2 x 10 = 2.0 pts)
1. B 4. D 7. A
2. C 5. D 8. B
3. C 6. D 9. C
10. D
II. Use the words given in brackets to form a word that fits in the space. (0.2 x 10 = 2.0 pts)
1. dangerous 6. sunny
2. beautiful 7. himself
3. famous 8. careless/ uncareful
4. knives 9. speaking
5. farmers 10. policeman
III. Complete the following sentences with the correct form of the verb in the brackets. (0.2 x 5
= 1.0 pt)
1. plays….. is flying….
2. …is he …doing….?
3. brushes
4. … do you often do….?
5. ….is cooking
IV. Fill each gap of the following sentences with a suitable prepotision. (0.2 x 5 = 1.0 pt)
1.in 2.in 3.from 4.of 5. back
6. to 7.on 8.at 9.in 10.with

Trang
74
PART FOUR: READING (0.2 X 25 = 5.0 pts)
I. Circle best option A, B, C or D to complete the following passage. (0.2 x 10 = 2.0 pt)

1 - A. the 2 - C. about 3 - D. is 4 - B. some 5 - A. like

6 - C. are 7 - B. needs 8 - D. for 9 - A. because 10 - C. much
II. Fill in each blank with ONE suitable word to complete the passage. ( 2.0 pts) (0.2 or
0.4/each)
1. live 2. an 3. years 4. There 5. is
6. garden 7. goes 8. with 9. reasons 10. from
III. Read the passage and answer the questions. (0.2 x 5 = 1.0 pt)/ or (True or False)
1. Salina lives in a village in Africa.
2. She walks to the river, collects some water and carries it back to her house.
3. No, it isn’t.
4. No, she can’t.
5. She helps her mother in the house.
PART FIVE: WRITING (5.0pts)
I. Mistake correction (0.2 x 5 = 1.0 pt)
1. B - her 2. D - my sister 3. A - do 4. C – don’t 5. C – our house.
II. Finish the second sentence in such a way that it is similar to the original one. (0.2 x 10 =
2.0 pts)
1. Huong has a new schoolbag.
2. Are there forty classrooms in Phong’s school.
3. How many apples would she like?
4. Mr. Hung is a careful driver.
5. Does your father get to work by bike?
6. What is the price of a box of chocolates?
7. Nam’s favorite drink is tea.
8. The hotel is in front of my house.
9. Why don’t we go to Dam Sen park?
10. He walks to school.

THCS ĐẠI XUÂN ĐỀ LUYỆN HỌC SINH GIỎI TIẾNG ANH 6

ĐỀ SỐ 15 Thời gian: 120 phút (không kể thời gian giao đề)

Trang
75
PART ONE: LISTENING:

.
PART TWO: PHONETICS: (10 x 0.2 = 2.0 pts)
I. Choose the word whose underlined part pronounced differently from that of the others by
circling A, B, C or D (5 x 0.2 = 1.0 pt)
16. A. accident B. soccer C. clinic D. camera
17. A. thank B. that C. this D. those
18. A. station B. intersection C. question D. invitation
19. A. arm B. charm C. farm D. warm
20. A. languages B. dresses C. watches D. becomes

II. Choose the word whose stress pattern is different from the others by circling A, B, C or
D (5 x 0.2 = 1.0 pt)
21. A. classmate B. greeting C. morning D. afternoon
22. A. open B. armchair C. teacher D. pencil
23. A. brother B. student C. doctor D. arrive
24. A. apartment B. motorbike C. telephone D. volleyball
25. A. stereo B. family C.engineer D. difficult
PART THREE: VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR (25 x 0.2 = 5.0 pts)
I. Circle best option A, B, C or D to complete the following sentences. (10 x 0.2= 2.0 pts)
26. My brother, Minh ……………….……English on Monday and Friday.
A. not have B. don’t have C. isn’t have D. doesn’t have
27. Hoang’s father gets up at 7.00 and eats ……………….……
A. a big breakfast B. the big breakfast C. big breakfast D. a breakfast big
28. They like ……………….……weather because they can go swimming.
A. hot B. cold C. windy D. foggy
29. ……………….……fruit does Mr. Thanh produce?
A. How much B. How many C. How long D. How often
30. Hung and ……………….……would like to join the English Speaking Club.
A. me B. my C. mine D. I
31. We’re having an English examination ……………….……Friday, 11th December.
A. at B. in C. to D. on
32. They are playing table tennis now. - ……………….……you like table tennis?
A. Have B .Is C. Are D. Do
33. I hope the ……………….……can repair our car quickly.
A. mechanic B. architect C. reporter D. dentist
34. Is your school ……………….……the zoo?
A. near to B. in front to C. next D. in front of
35. My friends often go to school at ……………….……in the morning.
A.a quarter to seven B.seven to a quarter C. seven quarter D. a quarter
seven
36. 37. 38. 39. 40.
41. 42. 43. 44. 45.

II. Use the words given in brackets to form a word that fits in the space. (5 x 0.2 = 1.0 pt)
36. It’s very ……………….……… in the city. (noise)
37. There is a ……………….……… next to my house. (bake)
38. I brush my ……………….……… twice a day. (tooth)
Trang
76
 39. Peter……………….……… a very big truck. (driver)
40. Their house is on the ……………….……… floor of the building. (five)
III. Complete the following sentences with the correct form of the verb in the brackets.
(5 x 0.2 = 1.0 pt)
41. Our school (have) ……………….……… a small garden. There are many flowers in it.
42. What time your son (get up) ……………….……… every morning?
43. Your parents (go) ……………….……… to work every day?
44. Nam’s brother, Hung (wash) ……………….……… his face at the moment.
45. We (not have) ……………….……… breakfast at 6.30 every morning.

IV. Fill each gap of the following sentences with a suitable preposition. (5 x 0.2 = 1.0 pt)
46. How many seasons are there in a year……………….……… your country?
47. When you go to the market, please buy some books and pens ……………….……… me.
48. There are some trees ……………….……… my house and the lake.
49. Mrs. Nhung and her friends are listening……………….……… music at the moment.
50. What ……………….……… going going to Ha Long Bay with them this weekend?

PART FOUR: READING (25 x 0.2 = 5.0 pts)

I. Circle best option A, B, C or D to complete the following passage. (10 x 0.2 = 2.0 pts)
I live in a house near the sea. It is ……….………(51) old house, about 100 years old and
…………………(52) very small. There are two bed rooms upstairs ……………….(53) no
bathroom. The bathroom is downstairs ……………….…(54) the kitchen and there is a living
room where there is a lovely old fire place. There is a garden ……………….…(55) the house.
The garden ……………….…(56) down to the beach and in spring and summer ……………….
…(57) flowers every where. I like being alone ……………….…(58) my dog, Rack, but we have
a lot of visitors. My city friends often stay with ……………….…(59)
I love my house for ……………….…(60) reasons the garden, the flowers in summer, the fire
in winter, but the best thing is the view from my bedroom window.

51. A. a B. an C. the D. any

52. A. it B. it's C. there's D. they're
53. A. and B. or C. too D. but
54. A. between B. next C. near to D. next to
55. A. in front B. front of C. of front in D. in front of
56. A. go B. goes C. going D. in goes
57. A. they are B. there are C. these are D. those are
58. A. for B. of C. on D. with
59. A. my B. I C. me D. I'm
60. A. a B. any C. many D. a lot

II. Fill in each blank with ONE suitable word to complete the passage. (10 x 0.2 = 2.0 pts)
Dear Lan Anh,
I am visiting Ha Long Bay with my family ……………….……(61) June 12 th to 20th.
……………….……(62) you have a room with a shower for these days? How ……………….
……(63) is the room? We would like ……………….……(64) room facing the sea if it is

Trang
77
possible. We ……………….……(65) eat meat but we ……………….……(66) all other kinds of
food.
We are arriving….………….……(67) Ha Long Bay..…………….……(68) about six o’clock
on Monday evening. We plan to leave the hotel ……………….……(69) Sunday morning.
I ……………….……(70) forward to hearing from you soon.

III. Read the passage and decide the sentences are True or False (5 x 0.2 = 1.0 pt):
His sister’s name is Thuy Anh. She is a teacher of literature. She’s thirty - five years old. She
is very, very beautiful. She has an oval face and round eyes. Her lips are quite full. Mrs. Thuy
Anh has long black hair and a small nose. Her favorite food is fish, and her favorite drinks are
orange juice and lemon juice.
71. What does Mrs. Thuy Anh do?
-> ………………………………………………..………………………………………………
72. Are her lips thin? -> …………………………………………………………………………
73. Does she have a round face or an oval face?
-> ………………………………………………..………………………………………………
74. What color is her hair?
-> ………………………………………………..………………………………………………
75. Does she like orange juice?
-> ………………………………………………..………………………………………………

PART FIVE: WRITING (5.0 pts)

I. Circle the underlined word or phrase in each sentence that needs correcting and then
correct it. (5 x 0.2 =1.0 pt)
Your corrections
76. A lot of my friends play soccer, but not much of them play tennis. 76. ………………
A B C D …………………..
77. Mr. Phong rides his bike to work at the moment. 77………………..
A B C D
78. The Browns are traveling to Ho Chi Minh City in train now. 78. ………………
A B C D …………………..
79. My brother, Quan, is twenty-one year old and he is a student. 79. ………………..
A B C D ………….………..
80. There is an England examination on Friday, 11th December. 80. …….…………
A B C D ……………………

II. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first one, using the
word given in brackets. Do not change the words given in any way. (5 x 0.2 = 1.0 pt)
81. I cycle to school every day.
-> I go to………………………….…………….…………..
82. How much is your hat ?
-> What is……………………..……………….......................?
83. My house is behind the police station.
-> The police station is………………….…………….
84. What’s the height of the Mount Everest?
-> How ……………………………………….?
85. My mother cooks very well.
-> My mother is………………………
III. Write a passage (about 100 words) to tell about your family: (3,0pts)

Trang
78
 HƯỚNG DẪN CHẤM

PART ONE: LISTENING: Listen to the tape and fill in the gaps with the words you hear:
(15 x 0.2 = 3.0 pts)
PART TWO: PHONETICS: (10 x 0.2 = 2.0 pts)
I. Choose the word whose underlined part pronounced differently from that of the others by
circling A, B, C or D (5 x 0.2 = 1.0 pt)
16. A. accident 17. A. thank 18. C. question 19. D. warm 20. D.
becomes

Trang
79
 THCS ĐẠI XUÂN ĐỀ LUYỆN HỌC SINH GIỎI TIẾNG ANH 6
ĐỀ SÓ 16 Thời gian: 120 phút

II. Choose the word whose stress pattern is different from the others by circling A, B, C or
D (5 x 0.2 = 1.0 pt)
21-D. afternoon 22-B. armchair 23-D. arrive 24-A. apartment 25-C.engineer

PART THREE: VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR (25 x 0.2 = 5.0 pts)

I. Circle best option A, B, C or D to complete the following sentences. (10 x 0.2= 2.0 pts)
26. D. 27. A. 28. A. 29. A. 30. D.
doesn’t have a big breakfast hot How much I
31. D. 32. D. 33. A. 34. D. 35. A.
On Do mechanic in front of a quarter to seven
II. Use the words given in brackets to form a word that fits in the space. (5 x 0.2 = 1.0 pt)
36. noisy 37. bakery 38. teeth 39. drives 40. fifth
III. Complete the following sentences with the correct form of the verb in the brackets.
(5 x 0.2 = 1.0 pt)
41 – has 42 - does … get 43 - Do … go 44 - is washing 45 - don’t have

IV. Fill each gap of the following sentences with a suitable preposition. (5 x 0.2 = 1.0 pt)
46 – in 47 - for 48 - between 49 - to 50 - about

PART FOUR: READING (25 x 0.2 = 5.0 pts)

I. Circle best option A, B, C or D to complete the following passage. (10 x 0.2 = 2.0 pts)
51 - B. an 52 - B. it's 53 - D. but 54 - D. next to 55 - D. in front of
56 - B. goes 57 - B. there are 58 - D. with 59 - C. me 60 - C. many

II. Fill in each blank with ONE suitable word to complete the passage. (10 x 0.2 = 2.0 pts)
61. from 62. Do 63. much 64. a 65. don’t
66. eat 67. in 68. at 69. on 70. look

I . Circle the best option for each sentence. (Choïn ñaùp aùn thích hôïp nhaát (A,B,C,or D)ñeå
hoaøn thaønh caùc caâu sau .khoanh tròn ñaùp aùn mà em chọn).( 3 points)
1. Nam______English on Monday and Friday.
A. not have B. isn’t have C. don’t have D. doesn’t have
2. We go to school at ______ in the morning.
A. a quart
B. er to seven B. seven to a quarter C. seven quarter D. a quarter seven to
3. Do children have math on Monday ? -……………….
A. Yes, they have B. No, they don’t C. Yes, they don’t D. No, they not have
4. Mr. Nam gets up at 7.00 and eats ______
Trang
80
 A. a big breakfast B. the big breakfast C. big breakfast D. a breakfast big
5. Is her school ______the park ?

A. in front of B. next C. in front to D. near to

6. Is this her______?
A. erasers B. books C. an eraser D. eraser
7. Tan likes ______ weather because he can go swimming.
A. hot B. cold C. windy D. foggy
8. Mr. Baker ______ breakfast at the moment.
A. is having B. are having C. has D. have
9. My father is ..................... man.
A. a old B. an old C. not young D. not very young
10. I’m tired. I’d like ..................... .
A. sit down B. sitting down C. to sit down D. to sitting down
11. ______ milk does your father drink?
A. How much B. How many C. How long D. How often
12 When it is hot , people often feel ______
A. hungry B. thirsty C. happy D. cold
13.The sign says “ No smoking “ . You ______ smoke . ( smoke (v): hút thuốc)
A. can B. are not C. must not D. must
14 . I’m playing table tennis . _______ you like table tennis ?
A.Have B .Is C. Are D. Do
15 . We have English ______ Friday
A. at B. in C. to D. on
16. What time _______________you tomorrow?
A. is she going to visit B. visits she C. she does visit D. she visits
17 . The boy looks thin , ______ he is strong.
A. and B. for C. or D. but
18. It’s very hot. ..................... swimming?
A. Why don’t we go B. Let’s go C. What about going D. all A, B& C
19. Mary and _______ would like to go to the movies.
A. me B. my C. mine D. I
20. There _______ any milk in the glass.
A. isn’t B. aren’t C. is D. are
II. Choose the best word in brackets to complete the sentences.( Chọn từ đúng trong ngoặc để
hoàn thành câu) (3 points)
1. I’d like some rice. I’m ………………………. (hungry / thirsty / thin)
2. Are there any …………………….. in the fridge ? (rice / milk / bananas)
3. I like fish very much, but she ………………… . (don’t / doesn’t / isn’t)
4. Is ……………………… any milk ? (it / there / this)
5. What’s your favorite ……………………, Mai? I like orange juice. (drink/water/fruit)
6. There isn’t any ……………………… . (soda / oranges / apples)
7. How much …………………….. do you want ? (eggs / apples / meat)
8. There …………….. a lot of milk today. (is / are / be)
9. She …………………………………. aerobics now. (doing / is doing / is playing)
10. A ……………………….. of toothpaste is 15 000d. (tube / half / bar)
11. It is ……………….. in the summer. (cool / cold / hot)
12. We often ………………………. swimming in the summer. (play / have / go)

Trang
81
 13. ……………………………... go to Hue ? (Let’s / How about / What about)
14. What about …………………… to the movies ? (go / to go / going)
15. He is going …………………………………. his grandparents next week. (visit / to visit /
visiting)
16. ………………. doesn’t Nga want to walk? Because it’s too far. (What/When/Why)
17. Which language does she speak ? She speaks ………………………………………….
(English / England / language English)
18. Tuan is ………………………………………….. student in my class. (fatter / fattest / the
fattest)
19. What …………….. Ba often do after school ? (is / do / does)
20. Ha Noi is ………………………………. than Ho Chi Minh city. (small / smaller / the
smallest)

III. Read the passage. Then circle the best answer for each numbered blank. (Đọc đoạn văn
sau, rồi chọn đáp án thích hợp nhất cho mỗi chỗ trống . khoanh tròn đáp án đó).(2pts)
I live in a house near the sea. It is ...(1)... old house, about 100 years old and...(2)... very
small. There are two bed rooms upstairs...(3)... no bathroom. The bathroom is downstairs ... (4)...
the kitchen and there is a living room where there is a lovely old fire place. There is a garden...
(5)... the house. The garden...(6)... down to the beach and in spring and summer...(7)... flowers
every where. I like alone with my dog, Rack, but we have a lot ...(8)... visitors. My city friends
often stay with...(9)...
I love ….(10)…. house for many reasons: the garden, the flowers in summer, the fee in winter,
but the best thing is the view from my bedroom window.
NEW WORDS:
Upstairs: ở trên gác downstairs: ở dưới gác bathroom: phòng tắm sea: biển

1. A. a B. an C. the D. any
2. A. It's B. It C. there's D. They're
3. A. so B. or C. but D. too
4. A. between B. next C. near to D. next to
5. A. in front B. front of C. of front in D. in front of
6. A. go B. going C. goes D. in goes
7. A. these are B. they are C. there are D. those are
8. A. for B. of C. on D. with
9. A. me B. I C. my D. I'm
10. A. my B. I C. me D. it
IV.Put the verbs in brackets in the correct tense: present simple, present continuous or
future tense with “be going to”.(Chia động từ trong ngoặc ở thì hiện tại đơn, hiện tại tiếp
diễn, hoặc thì tương lai )(`3points)
1. Every morning , Linda ( have ) ……………breakfast at 6:10 . After breakfast , she ( brush )
……………..her teeth . She ( go ) ……………..to school at 6:30 . She ( have )…………….lunch
at 11:30 at school .
2 . We ( watch ) …………….T.V every morning .
3 . Where ………….you ( go ) ……………….now ?
Trang
82
 I (go ) ………………to the market .
4 . She is cooking and we ( do ) ……………………..the housework .
5 . He isn`t in the room . He ( play ) ………………..in the garden .
6. I ( go ) ………………….to school by bus every day , but today I ( go )
………………………..to school by bike .
7. What ………. you (do)…………………………….tomorrow morning?
I (help) ……………………………………my mother.
8. Mai ( brush ) …………………..her teeth every morning . She ( brush ) ……………………her
teeth now .
9. Listen ! Lan ( play ) ……………………….the piano .
10. Mai ( be ) ………………….tired now .
11 . Bao and Mai ( do ) ………………………the housework tomorrow.
12. Mrs. May (visit)…………………………………….Nha Trang next week.
How long………… she (stay)………………………………..in Nha Trang?
V.There are 11 mistakes in the paragraph below. Correct and write them in the table below.
Đoạn văn sau có 11 lỗi sai đã được gạch chân. Em hãy sửa chúng và ghi vào ô bên dưới
(2 points)
Miss Lien live in a small house on Hanoi. She teaches English at a school there. She usually is
breakfast in seven in the morning and she has dinner at twelve o'clock in the canteen of the
school. She teaches his students in the morning. She teaches them dialogues on Wednesdays to
Fridays. On Mondays, she teach them grammar. On the evening, she usually stays at home and
listens books. She sometimes goes to the movie theatre. She always go to bed at ten o'clock.
New words: them = they teach (v): dạy dialogue (n): bài hội thoại
VI. Put a suitable word in each blank. (Điền một từ thích hợp vào mỗi chỗ trống trong đoạn
văn sau. Em hãy ghi từ đó vào các ô bên dưới) (1.5pts)
My brother lives in HCM city. He ..(1)… a teacher of math. He goes to work ...(2)... Monday
to Saturday. The school starts ...(3)...7.00 in the morning and ...(4)...at eleven fifty. After work, he
comes back ...(5)...and has lunch at ...(6)...quarter past twelve. In the afternoon, he ...(7)...the
housework and plays games. In the ...(8)...after dinner he watches T.V or...(9)...books. He goes to
bed at half ...(10)... eleven.
YOUR ANSWERS
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

VII. Rewrite the following sentences without changing their meaning. Begin with the given
words. (Viết lại các câu sau sao cho ý nghĩa không đổi . Bắt đầu với từ đã cho) (1.5 points)
1. Does Phong’s school have forty classrooms ?→ Are there…………
2. Phuong has a brother, Nam. →Nam is ……………
3. My father usually drives his car to work. My father usually goes
4. This house is smaller than my house. → My house is ..............
5. The bookstore is to the right of the toystore. → The toystore is..................

VIII. Sắp xếp lại những từ sau thành câu hoàn chỉnh:(2points)
1. house/ a/ Minh/ lake/ a/ lives/ in/ near.
………………………………………………………………………
2. yard/ front/ school/There/ big/ of/ is/ our/ in/ a.
………………………………………………………………………
3. many/ right/ the/ museum/ Are/ flowers/ the/ there/ to/ of/?
Trang
83
………………………………………………………………………
4. in / PETRONAS Twin Towers / the / building / the world / highest / is.
………………………………………………………………………
5. hospital/ My father/ in/ the/ city/ / a/ works/ in.
………………………………………………………………………
6. there/ family/ many/ in/ are/ How/ Linh’s/ people/ ?
………………………………………………………………………
7. his/ My friend/ in/ family/ Hanoi/ doesn’t/ with/ live.
………………………………………………………………………
8. brushes/ six/ gets/ her/ o’clock/ Hoa/ at/ up/ teeth/ and.
………………………………………………………………………
9. on/ floor/ classroom/ the/ is/ Our/ first.
………………………………………………………………………
10. Minh’s/ six/ There/ in/ rooms/ house/ are.
………………………………………………………………………

THCS ĐẠI XUÂN ĐỀ LUYỆN CHỌN HỌC SINH GIỎI 6

ĐỀ SỐ 17

******THE END *******

QuestionI:Chọn và khoanh tròn từ có phần gạch chân phát âm khác so với các từ cùng
hàng (10 điểm)

1. A. gray B. face C. orange D. make

2. A. big B. time C. fine D. light
3. A. tall B. fat C. cat D. hat
4. A. do B. brother C. two D. to
5. A. has B. name C. family D. lamp
6. A. through B. author C. clothes D. thumb
7. A. middle B. mile C.kind D.time
8. A.school B.scout C. sew D. sure
9. A. everything B.tooth C. theater D., they
10. A. marbles B. classes C. teaches D.changes.

Question II. Chọn và khoanh tròn từ không cùng nhóm trong mỗi câu sau (5 điểm):
1. A. teacher B. brother C. farmer D. doctor
2. A. watches B. brushes C. teaches D. goes
3. A. meat B. fish C. beef D. tea
4. A. are B. am C. do D. is
5. A. have B. eat C. is D. play

Question III. Chọn đáp án đúng nhất bằng cách Khoanh tròn các chữ cái (10 điểm):
1. ______ trash over there.
Trang
84
A. Don’t throw B. Not throw C. Throw D. Can’t throw
2. There is _____ oil in the bottle . We should buy some more .
A. little B. a little C. few D. a few
3. ______ fruit does your father produce ?
A. How much B. How many C. How long D. How often
4. What would you like to do at the weekend ?
A. I like to do a lot B. I can’t do it C. I’d like to do D. I don’t like the weekend
5. What about ______ a cup of coffee ?
A. A have B. having C. you have D. do you have
6. Are there ................... stores on your street?
A. a B. an C. any D. the
7. My sister and I ............................. television in the living - room now.
A. am watching B. are watching C. is watching D. watching
8. ........................... do you go to school? - I walk.
A. How B. By what C. How many D. How by
9. “Does Nga play volleyball?” - “No, ........................”
A. she not plays B. she don’t C. she isn’t D. she doesn’t
10. How many floors .......................... in your school?
A. there are B. there has C. are there D. have there
Question IV. Đoạn văn sau đây có 10 lỗi sai, em hãy gạch chân các lỗi sai (10 điểm)

Ours country is small and very beautiful . It has four season in a year . They are Spring ,
Summer , Autumn and Winter . It is warm on spring , hot in summer coll in autumn and cold in
winter . When a weather is warm, we often playing volleyball , tennis or go fishing . When it is
hot, we often go camping or go swimming . When it cool we often play footballs or go
jogging . When the weather is cold , we often play basketball , skip or play video game . We
favourite season is autumn because the weather in autumn is not very cold and not very hot .
The weather is cool so it is very good with our health.
Question V-Cho dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc (15 điểm):
1.Tuan and his brother (not watch)…TV at the moment. They (be)…asleep.
……………………………………………………………………………………….
2. My father always (come)….home late. He (finish)…work at 5 o’clock.
……………………………………………………………………………………….
3. I (not understand)…this sentence. What this word (mean)…?
……………………………………………………………………………………….
4. Right now I (look)…around the classroom. Minh (write)…in his book.
……………………………………………………………………………………….
5. Lien’s friend (have)…a new bike but he (not like)…it very much.
……………………………………………………………………………………….
6. Where your children ( be) ...? - They’re upstairs. They (play) ...video games.
……………………………………………………………………………………….
7. What you ( do) ... now? - I (unload) ... the vegetables.
……………………………………………………………………………………….
8. Nam (work) .... in the garden at the moment?
……………………………………………………………………………………….
QUESTION VI- Đặt câu hỏi cho phần gạch chân (10 điểm)
1. She walks to school veryday.
……………………………………………………………………?
2. My sister works in Sydney, Australia.
……………………………………………………………………?
3. We are having bread and milk for breakfast.
……………………………………………………………………?
Trang
85
 4. There are 10 boys and 19 girls in our class.
……………………………………………………………………?
5. Thu is reading a book.
……………………………………………………………………?
QUESTION VII –Dựa vào thông tin trong nhật ký của Ann để hoàn thành đoạn hôi thoại
sau: ( 20 điểm)
Mon Tues. Wed. Thur Fri Sat Sun.
Language Study for Guitar TV Movie camping rest
class test lesson

Mary: What (1)…………………………………….next week, Ann?

Ann: I’m very busy indeed. On Monday (2)…………………………………………..….
Mary:Are you? Do you go to language class every Monday?
Ann: Yes, I do
Mary:What’s (3)……………………………………………………..…….evening?
Ann: I’m staying at home to study (4)…………………………………….…..
Mary: (5)…………………………………………free on Wednesday night?
Ann: No, I’m not. I always have (6)……………………………..……..Wednesdays.
Mary:Do you ever stay at home and (7)………………………………………..….?
Ann: Yes, I’m doing that on Thursday. But on Friday, I’m not (8) …………………… I’m going
(9)………………………………with Sarah.
Mary: Surely you are staying at home on the weekend.
Ann: Well, On Saturday I’m (10)…………………..…..but on Sunday I’m taking a rest.

Question IX: Viết lại các câu sau giữ nguyên nghĩa so với câu gốc (10 điểm):
1. Lan’s hair is long.
-> Lan …………….…………………………………………………………….
2. Nam rides his bike to school everyday.
-> Nam goes ……………………………………………………………………
3. Let’s go swimming.
-> What about …………………………………………………………………..?
4. My house is behind the post office.
-> The post office ……………………………………………………………….
5. She likes drinking milk.
-> Milk is …………………………………………………………………….
6. What’s the height of the Mount Everest?
-> How ………………………………………………………………………….?
7. This boy is strong.
-> He is …………………………………………………………………………..
8. My room is smaller than your room.
-> Your room is ………………………………………………………………….
9. Mr. Hung drives very carefully.
-> Mr Hung is ……………………………………………………………………
10. Does Phong’s school have forty classrooms?
-> Are ………………………………………………………………………….?

VIII. Sắp xếp những từ sau thành câu hoàn chỉnh (10 điểm)
1. house/ a/ Minh/ lake/ a/ lives/ in/ near.
Trang
86
………………………………………………………………………
2. yard/ front/ school/There/ big/ of/ is/ our/ in/ a.
………………………………………………………………………
3. many/ right/ the/ museum/ Are/ flowers/ the/ there/ to/ of/?
………………………………………………………………………
4. next/ photocopy/ What/ store/ there/ the/ is/ to /?
………………………………………………………………………
5. hospital/ father/ in/ the/ city/ My/ a/ works/ in.
………………………………………………………………………
6. there/ family/ many/ in/ are/ How/ Linh’s/ people/ ?
………………………………………………………………………
7. his/ friend/ in/ family/ My/ Hanoi/ doesn’t/ with/ live.
………………………………………………………………………
8. brushes/ six/ gets/ her/ o’clock/ Hoa/ at/ up/ teeth/ and.
………………………………………………………………………
9. on/ floor/ classroom/ the/ is/ Our/ first.
………………………………………………………………………
10. Minh’s/ six/ There/ in/ rooms/ house/ are.
………………………………………………………………………

Trang
87
 THCS ĐẠI XUÂN ĐỀ LUYỆN HỌC SINH GIỎI TIẾNG
ĐỀ SỐ 18 ANH 6
Thời gian: 120 phút
PART
ONE:
LISTENING: listen and match the names with the right pictures. (0.5 x 4 = 2.0pts

PART TWO – PHONETICS: (0.2 x10 = 2.0pts)

I- Choose one word with different pronunciation of the underlined part. Write A, B, C or D
in the space provided. (0.2 x 6 = 1.2pts)
5 A. plays B. says C. days D. stays
6 A. what B. who C. where D. when
6 A. sport B. start C. listen D. eat
8 A. game B. geography C. vegetable D. change
9 A. station B. intersection C. question D. invitation
10 A. teacher B. children C. lunch D. chemistry
II- Choose the word with different stress pattern. Write A, B, C or D in the space provided
(0.2 x 4 = 0.8pt)

11 A. delicious B. difficult C. dangerous D. different

12 A. activity B. badminton C. basketball D. aerobics
13 A. sandwich B. chocolate C. cartoon D. toothpaste
14 A. correct B. receive C. visit D. unload

PART THREE - VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR. (0.2 X 30 = 6.0pts)

I- Circle the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: Write A, B, C or D in the
box (0.2 x 10 = 2.0pts)
15. How…………. rice does he want?
A. many B. much C. any D. about
16. I don’t like coffee but my brother………….
A. do B. likes C. does D. would like
17. Ha ………….goes swimming in the winter because the winter is cold.
A. never B. always C. usually D. often
18. I don’t want………….to Ho Chi Minh City because I’m very tired.
A. going B. goes C. go D. to go
19. “Does Jane like………….?” – “Yes, She goes Jogging every morning.”
A. jog B. to jog C. jogs D. jogging.
20. What……….…going by bike to the pagoda?
A. there B. sport C. about D. time
21. Which supermarket………….?
A. do you want to go to. B. do you want to go it
C. you want to go D. do you want to go.
22. Where’s the chalk?
A. It’s hers B. It’s on the table C. It’s of the table D. It’s mine
23. I don’t have………….apples but I have………….oranges.
A. any- any B. some- any C. some- some D. any- some
24. Don’t throw trash into the river. It……….…water
A. plows B. saves C. damages D. pollutes

15. 16. 17. 18. 19.

Trang
88
 20. 21. 22. 23. 24.
II. Write the correct form of the words given in capital letters write the answers in the box
(0.2 x 10 = 2.0pts)
25. Her birthday is on the……….…of September. (TWENTY)
26. There are five…….……in the kitchen. (KNIFE)
27. There are a lot of interesting…….……in the summer. (ACT)
28. He is a……….…person, so he sometimes has accidents. (CARE)
29. Don’t make a fire here. It’s very…….…… (DANGER)
30. They often play sports. They are very…….…… (SPORT)
31. Hoa’s sister goes.…….…..twice a week (SHOP)
32. My friend’s parents work at a secondary school. They are.…….…..of English.
(TEACH)
33. In my……….…, there is a market, a clinic, a post office and a supermarket. (NEIGHBOR)
34. Air…….……is a big problem in the big cities. (POLLUTE)

25. 26. 27.

28. 29. 30.
31. 32. 33
34.
III. Give the correct form of the verbs in brackets. Give your answers in the space provided.
(0.2 x5 = 1.0pts)
35. Tuan and his brother (not watch)… …….…T.V at the moment. They (be) …….……asleep.
36. He usually (listen) ..…….…. to music and (watch). …….…..a newspaper in his free time.
37. I (not understand)… …….…this sentence. What this word (mean) …….……
38. Their parents (travel). …….…..to Sapa next week.
39. (not, drive). …….…..your car too fast. It (be). …….…..dangerous.

35. 36. 37. 38.

39.

IV. Fill in the blanks with the correct prepositions (0.2 x 5 = 1.0 pts).
40. We always go……….…the city center…….……our own car.
41. I’d like to stay……….…home tonight. Is there anything interesting…….……T.V?
42. The Red River flows…..……..the Gulf of Tonkin.
43. John is often late…….……school but I’m always early.
44. Let’s listen…….……some music……….…the radio.
40. 41. 42. 43.
54.

PART FOUR- READING: (0.2 x 25 = 5.0 pts)

I- Circle best option A, B, C or D to complete the following passage (0.2 x 10 = 2.0 pts)
Kate has three (45) …………..a day: breakfast, lunch and dinner. She usually (46) …………..
breakfast at home. She has bread, eggs and milk (47) …………..breakfast. (48)…………..school,
Lan and her friends always (49) …………..lunch at one o’clock. They often have fish or meat,
vegetables for lunch. Kate has dinner (50) ………….. her parents at home at 7 o’clock. They
often have meat or fish, bread, chicken (51) ………….. vegetables for dinner. After dinner, they
eat (52) ………….. fruits or cakes. Kate (53) ………….. dinner because it is a big and happy
meal of the day. Her family goes out for dinner (54) ………….. a month.
45. A. breakfast B. lunch C. meals D. cooking
Trang
89
 46. A. have B. has C. do D. does
47. A. on B. in C. to D. for
48. A. At B. In C. On D. For
49. A. has B. have C. having D. to have
50. A. to B. for C. with D. and
51. A. and B. or C. to D. in
52. A. a B. an C. any D. some
53. A. like B. likes C. to like D. not like
54. A. one B. one time C. once D. once time

II. Fill in each blank with ONE suitable word to complete the passage (0.2 x 10 = 2.0pts)
Dear Mai,
I am writing Ha Long Bay with my family (55) ………..…June 12 th to 20th. (56) ………..…you
have a double room with a shower for these days? How (57) ………..…is the room? We would
like (58) ………..…room facing the sea if it is possible. We (59) ………..…eat meat but we (60)
………..…all other kinds of food.
We are arriving (61) ………..…Ha Long Bay (62) ………..…about six o’clock on Monday
evening. We plan to leave the hotel (63) ………..…Sunday morning.
I (64)… ………..forward to hearing from you soon.
Love
Nga
55. 56. 57.
58. 59. 60.
61. 62. 63
64.

III- Read the following passage and choose the best answer. (0.2x 5=1.0pts)
Nhan and Huong want to know their friends’ favorite free time activities, so they are asking their
friends about what they like to do in their free time. Many of their friends say that usually eat and
drink as well as chat with their friends. They like to talk about many things around them: their
teachers, their friends, their families as well as their favorite musicians, singers, soccer players
and movie stars. There are some popular activities after lessons at their school such as: skipping
rope, reading books and playing sports. At home, many of their friends say they like to watch TV,
listen to music or play computer games. They rarely go to the movies. Some of the girls like to go
shopping. Very few of their friends like to do English exercises on the Internet. Many of their
friends don’t take part in art, music club.
65. What do many of Nhan and Huong’s friends usually do in free time?
A. eat, drink and chat. B. go shopping
C. go to the movie. D. do English exercises on the Internet.
66. What do their friends like to talk about?
A. their teachers, friends and families B. their favorite musician and singers
C. their favorite soccer players and D. many things around them
movie stars
67. Which of the following activities is NOT popular with their friends at school?
A. Skipping rope B. Take part in art, music club
C. Reading books D. Playing sports
68. Which of the following activities is NOT popular with their friends at home?
A. Watching T.V B. Listening to music
C. Do English exercises on the Internet D. Playing computer games
69. What does the passage talk about?
Trang
90
 A. Nhan and Huong’s friends B. Free time activities of Nhan and Huong’s friends
C. Nhan and Huong’s school D. Nhan and Huong’s pastimes
65 66 67 68 69

PART FIVE: WRITING. (5.0pts)

I- There is a mistake in each sentence. Find and correct it (5x 2 = 1,0pt)
70. Children shouldn’t playing video games.
->..................................................................................................................................
71. My house is between the tall trees.
->...................................................................................................................................
72. Would you want to go to the zoo with us?
->...................................................................................................................................
73. How much is that packet of milk cost?
->...................................................................................................................................
74. He never drinks coffee so it is not good for his health.
->..................................................................................................................................
II - Complete the second sentence, using the word given in brackets so that it has a similar
meaning to the first sentence. Do not change the word given in any way.
(0.2 x10 = 2,0pts).
75. Her mother and she walk to school in the morning.
-> Her mother and she go...................................................................................................
76. How much is a bottle of water?
-> What..............................................................................................................................?
77. Let’s dance and sing a song.
-> What about....................................................................................................................?
78. No hotel on the street is newer than this hotel.
-> This hotel.......................................................................................................................
79. Does her school have twenty- three classrooms and eight hundred-eighty students?
-> Are.................................................................................................................................?
80. His house has a living- room, two bedrooms and a kitchen.
-> There...............................................................................................................................
81. What’s your brother’s weight?
->How................................................................................................................................?
82. This building belongs to my brother.
-> This is ............................................................................................................................
83. What time does Mai go to work?
-> When ............................................................................................................................?
84. How high is the Mount Everest?
-> What ...........................................................................................................................?
III. Write a composition (about 80 words) to tell about your mother. (2.0 pts)
(don’t show your name, your school or your village)

………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
Trang
91
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………
......................................................The end.........................................................................

THCS ĐẠI XUÂN ĐỀ LUYỆN HSG ANH 6

ĐỀ SỐ 19
II. PHONETICS: ( 0,2 x10 = 2,0 pts)

a. choose one word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others by
circling A, B, C or D

1 A. noodle B. food C. door D. stool

Trang
92
 2 A. architect B. teacher C. watch D. lunch
3 A. number B. plum C. put D. but
4 A. watches B. brushes C. classes D. lives
5 A. head B. hear C. dear D. clear

b. choose the word whose stress pattern is different from the others.

6 A. suggestion B. grandmother C. pagoda D. tomorrow

7 A. capital B. national C. vacation D. chocolate
8 A. chicken B. destroy C. forest D. plastic
9 A. toothpaste B. thousand C. canteen D. orange
10 A. result B. classmate C. homeless D. paddle

III. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR. ( 6,0 pts)

a. Circle the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. ( 0,2 x10 = 2,0 pts)

1. We have English ........... Monday ...............the afternoon.

A in/in B. on/in C. in/in D. on/on
2. Both Hoa and Linh ..............in the city.
A. Live B. Lives C. Living D. to live
3. Where is ......................school?- It is in the country.
A. Nam B. Nams C. Nam's D. the Nam's
4 . My classroon is on ........................floor.
A. Third B. Three C. the three D. the third
5. Look! Trang ..........................in the park with her dog.
A. Walking B. Walk C. Walks D. is walking
6. How ................ do you go jogging? - I go jogging twice a week.
A. Long B. Far C. Many D. Often
7. Where is your father, Long? - He .............................. on the farm.
A. Works B. Is working C. Working D. Work
8. Our family usually eat in a cheap ......................near our house.
A. Temple B. Bookstore C. Restaurant D. Hospital
9.Are there.....................apples in the fridge? - Yes, there are...................
A. Some/some B. Any/some C. Some/any D. Any/any
10. ...................is waiting for Lan?- Her mother is waiting for her.
A. When B. What C. Where D. Who

b. Use the words given in brackets to form a word that fits in the space. ( 0,2 x10 =
2,0 pts

1 My mother is a....................................................of English. (TEACH)

2. Our .....................................................are in the bookstore . (CHILD)
3. In the ......................................there is a museum, a factory, and a stadium
(NEIGHBOUR)
4. He ..............................................................TV every evening . (WATCH)
5. AIDS is a.................................................disease. (DANGER)
6. There is a .........................................rice paddy near my house (BEAUTY)

Trang
93
7. His ......................................................are small and long. (FOOT)
8. It is very ....................................................in the city. (NOISE)
9. Miss Thuy is ...............................................her motorbike to work. (RIDE)
10. Is Mr. Quang a .................................................. (BUSINESS)

c. complete the following sentences with the correct form of the verb in the brackets. ( 0,2 x5
= 1,0 pt)

1.My father and Mr Hung (work) ...............................in a big factory in Hue.

2. Listen! They ( speak) .........................English in the class.
3. Hoa ( not live) ................................in the city.
4. Jack (watch) ...................................TV after doing his homework every night.
5. How ..........miss Lien ( travel).......................to work? - She goes by bike.

d. fill each gap of the following sentences with a suitable preposition.( 0,2 x5 = 1,0 pt)

1. I’m waiting _____ the post man to arrive.

2. Look ______ that picture, it’s very beautiful. I like it.

3. Are you interested_______ history?

4. Is she good _______ English?

5. I agree ______ you about that.

IV. READING. (5pts)

a. circle the best option A, B, C or D to complete the following passage. ( 0,2 x10 = 2,0 pts)

I don’t usually eat breakfast. I only have (1) ________ of coffee. I don’t eat (2) ________
until about eleven o’clock. Then I have a biscuit and a glass of (3) ________. For lunch I usually
have a salad. That’s (4) ________ about two o’clock. I have (5) ________at half past six in the
afternoon. I’m a vegetarian, so I don’t eat (6) _________ or fish. I eat cheese and eggs and things
like that. I have a glass of water or fruit (7) _________ with my meal. At the weekend I go to a
(8) _________ in the evening. You can (9) _________ vegetarian meals in a (10) _________
restaurants now.

1. A. a packet B. a cup C. a can D. a bar

2. A. any B. some C. anything D. something

3. A. peas B. rice C. chocolate D. milk

4. A. at B. on C. in D. of

5. A. breakfast B. lunch C. dinner D. supper

6. A. meat B. rice C. vegetables D. noodles

Trang
94
 7. A. water B. soda C. juice D. lemonade

8. A. store B. restaurant C. shop D. apartment

9. A. get B. getting C. to get D. gets

10. A. many B. much C. dozen D. lot of

b. fill in each blank with one suitable word to complete the passage. ( 0,2 x10 = 2,0 pts)

Vietnam is in the South- East Asia. It has (1) ________ of beautiful mountains, rivers and
beaches. (2) ________ are two long (3) _________ in Vietnam: the Red River in the north and
the Mekong River in the (4) _______. The Mekong River is the (5) _______ river in the South-
East Asia and of course it is longer

(6) _______ the Red River. The Mekong River starts in Tibet and (7) __________ to the Bien
Dong. Phanxipang is (8) _______ highest mountain in Vietnam. It’s 3,143 meters (9) ________.
Vietnam also (10) ___________ many nice beaches such as Sam Son, Do Son, Nha Trang, Vung
Tau.
c. read the passage and answer the questions. ( 0,2 x5 = 1,0 pt)

We are all destroying the earth. The sea and the rivers are too dirty to swimming in. There is so
much smoke in the air that it is unhealthy to live in many of world’s cities. We have cut down so
many trees that there are now vast areas of wasteland all over the world. As a result, farmers in
parts of Africa can’t grow enough rice to eat. Wild animals are quickly disappearing. We must
save the earth.
1) Are we all destroying the earth? .....................................................................
2) What are too dirty to swimming in? ......................................................
3) Why is it unhealthy to live in many of world’s cities? ……………
4) What’s disappear quickly? ………………………
5) What should we do now? ……………………

V. WRITING. (5pts)

a. Each sentence has a mistake. Find the mistakes and correct them. ( 0,2 x5 = 1,0 pt)

1. I’m the younger person in my family. __________

2. My brother is busyer than I am. __________

3. Mary is taller that her sister. __________

4. Zhang is from China. She speaks Chinan. __________

5. Hanoi have a population of 2.6 million. __________

Trang
95
b. Rewrite the following sentences so that they have the same meaning as the sentences
printed before them. ( 0,2 x10 = 2,0 pts)
1. The bookstore is to the left of his house.
His house …………………………………………………………………………
2. The building is tall.
It’s .....……………………………………………………………………………
3. Tom drives to work every morning.
Tom travels ………………………………………………………………………
4. How much meat do you want?
How much meat would ………………………………………………………….
5. This box has twenty packets of tea.
There …………………………………………………………………………….
6. What is the price of the two notebooks ?
How ………………………………………………………………………………
7. Phong has a siter, Nhung.
Phong is ..…………………………………………………………………………
8. He goes to work at seven fifteen.
He goes to work at ……………………………………………………………….
9. Does your school have over eight hundred students?
Are ……………………………………………………………………………….
10. That motorbike belongs to Mr.Trung.
That is…………………………………………………………………………….
c. in about 80 words write about your close friend. (2,0 pts)

ANSWER KEYS:

I LISTENING. ( 0,2 x 10=2,0 pts)

II PHONETICS. ( 0,2 x 10=2,0 pts)

a. 1C b. 6B

2A 7C

3C 8B

4D 9C

5A 10A

III. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR. (6,0 pts)

Trang
96
a. ( 0,2 x 10=2,0 pts)

1B 6D

2A 7B

3C 8C

4D 9B

5D 10D

b. ( 0,2 x 10=2,0 pts)

1. teacher 6. beautiful

2. chidren 7. feet

3. neighbourhood 8. noisy

4. watches 9. riding

5. dangerous 10. Businessman

c. .(0,2 x 5 = 1 pt)

1. work

2. are speacking

3. dosen’t live

4. watches

5. does …. Travel

d.(0,2 x 5 = 1 pt)

1. for

2. at

3. in

4. for

5. with

IV. READING. (5pts)

a. ( 0,2 x 10=2,0 pts)

1B 6.A

2C 7.C
Trang
97
3D 8.B

4A 9.A

5C 10.D

b. ( 0,2 x 10=2,0 pts)

1. a lot 6. than

2. there 7. flow

3. rivers 8. the

4. south 9. long

5. longest 10. Has

c. .(0,2 x 5 = 1 pt)

1. yes, we are

2. The sea and the rivers are too dirty to swimming in.

3. There is so much smoke in the air

4. Wild animals are quickly disappearing

5. We must save the earth.

V. WRITING. (5 pts)

a. (0,2 x 5 = 1 pt)

1. younger  youngest

2. busyer  more busy

3. that  than

4. chinan  chiness

5. have  has

b. ( 0,2 x 10=2,0 pts)

1. his house is to the right of the bookstore.

2. it is the taller building.

3. Tom travels to work by car every morning.

4. How much meat would you like?

Trang
98
5. There are twenty packets of tea in this box.

6. how much are tow notebook.

7. phong is Nhung’s brother.

8. He goes to work at a quarter to seven.

9. are there over eight hundred students in your school?

10. that is Mr Trung’s motorbike.

c. .(2 pts)

THCS ĐẠI XUÂN ĐỀ LUYỆN HSG ANH 6

ĐỀ SỐ 20

I. Chọn 1 từ có phần gạch chân được phát âm khác so với các từ còn lại.
1. A. hats B. pens C. cats D. books
2. A. bus B. museum C. drug D. lunch
3. A. heavy B. leave C. head D. ready
4. A. fly B. hungry C. usually D. early
5. A. brother B. these C. thank D. that
6. A. door B. book C. look D. cook
7. A. read B. teacher C. near D. eat
8. A. face B. small C. grade D. late
9. A. twice B. swim C. skip D. picnic
10. A. arm B. charm C. farm D. warm
11. A. citadel B. vacation C. destination D. lemonade
12. A. teachers B. doctors C. students D. workers
13. A. accident B. soccer C. clinic D. camera
14. A. brother B. orange C. front D. dozen
15. A. station B. question C. intersection D. destination
II. Chọn phương án đúng nhất điền vào chỗ trống để hoàn thành các câu sau.
1. It’s twelve o’clock, Nam. Let’s________ home.
A. go B. to go C. going D. goes
2. Tuan and I________ badminton in the yard.
Trang
99
 A. playing B. is playing C. are playing D. am playing
3. This sign says “Stop!”. We ________ go straight ahead.
A. can B. don’t can C. must D. must not
4. They are going to New York ________ plane.
A. in B. by C. with D. on
5. Viet is ________ something on his book.
A. writing B. writting C. wrote D. writes
6. Are there ________ stores on your street?
A. a B. an C. any D. the
7. My sister and I ________ television in the living room now.
A. am watching B. are watching C. is watching D. watching
8. ________ do you go to school? . I walk.
A. How B. By what C. How many D. How by
9. “Does Nga play volleyball?” . “No, ________”
A. she not plays B. she don’t C. she isn’t D. she doesn’t
10. How many floors ________ in your school?
A. there are B. there has C. are there D. have there
11. She is not doing __________ in the garden, just walking about.
A. anything B. nothing C. something D. one thing
12. It is twelve o’clock, Mai Anh. Let’s ________ home
A. goes B. to go C. going D. go
13. These are my note books, and those are ________
A. you B. your C. yours D. your’s
14. Nam usually goes ________ after school.
A. to fishing B. home C. the cinema D. house
15. Are there ________ stores on your street?
A. a B. an C. any D. the
16. ________do you get there? – We walk, of course.
A. Why B. What C. How by D. How
17. What time ________ on television?
A. is the news B. are the news C. is news D. are news
18. I am very tired. . ________.
A. Me too B. for me the same C. Also me D. I also
19. Don’t be late ________ your school.
A. on B. at C. to D. for
20. I don’t want much sugar in my coffee. Just _______ please.
A. little B. a little C. few D. a few
21. ________ is that? ~ It’s a pencil.
A. How many B. How C. Who D. What
22. Is this an ________?
A.umbrellas B. book C. eraser D. pen
23. I am ________, so I don’t want to eat any more.
A. hungry B. thirsty C. full D. small
24. ________do you work? . I work at a school.
A. What B. Where C. When D. How
25. I’m going to the ________now. I want to buy some bread.
A. post office B. drugstore C. bakery D. toystore
26. Is this her ________?
A. erasers B. books C. an eraser D. eraser
27. The opposite of “weak” is ________.
Trang
100
 A. thin B. small C. strong D. heavy
28. She doesn’t have ________friends at school.
A. a B. some C. many D. much
29. ________long or short?
A. Does Mai have hair B. Is Mai’s hair C. Does Mai’s hair have D. Is
Mai of hair
30. I need a large ________of toothpaste.
A. bar B. can C. tube D. box
III. Cho dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc.
a. I (1 - not like) …………… coffee very much.
b. Mrs. Nga (2 - be) …………… a doctor. She (3 - work) …………… in a hospital.
c. Lan (4 - visit)…………… Hue this summer vacation.
d. What you (5 - do) …………… now? ~ I (6 - do) …………… my home work
e. There (7 - be) …………… some milk in the fridge.
f. Look! The plane is flying towards the airport. It (8 - land)……………
g. My father (9 - watch) …… TV in the living room. He often (10 - watch) …… TV in the
evening.
IV. Sử dụng từ loại đúng của các từ cho sẵn để hoàn thành câu.
1. It’s very …………… in the city. (noise)
2. There is a …………… next to my house. (bake)
3. She is a …………… of English. (teach)
4. I brush my …………… twice a day. (tooth)
5. Long goes …………… at the weekend. (sail)
6. Their house is on the …………… floor of the building. (five)
7. Thai Binh is …………… than Hanoi. ( small)
8. Do you …………… play video games?. (usual)
9. This is the …………… house in my village. (old)
10. Peter ……………… a very big truck. (driver)
V. Điền vào chỗ trống bằng 1 giới từ thích hợp.
There are trees (1)……………..…… my house.
Lee is Chinese. He is (2)…………………… China.
She lives (3)………………….… Hanoi (4)…………..……… her aunt and uncle.
The cat is not on the table. It’s (5)……………..……… the table.
I often listen (6)…………………… music (7)……………………… my free time.
Can I help you? ~ I’d like a tube (8)……………………… tooth paste.
We go to school (9)………………….…… the morning.
Jane often goes to work (10)………………….…… bus.
VI. Đặt câu hỏi cho phần gạch chân trong các câu sau.
1. Thuy goes to school by bus.
2. I am in grade 6.
3. There are four people in his family.
4. Her eyes are brown.
5. It is cool and nice in the fall in my country.
6. They are going to school.
7. Mrs. Trang feels very tired.
8. Those are peas and beans.
9. An ice – cream is 4,000 dong.
10. Marie speaks French.
VII. Viết lại câu sao cho nghĩa không đổi.
1. My school has over 25 classrooms.
Trang
101
2. There

3. Miss White’s face is oval. It is small.

Miss White
4. Jane goes to school on foot.
Jane
5. What food do you like?.
What
6. He gets up at five fifteen.
He …………………………..
7. I brush my teeth after breakfast, lunch and dinner.
I
8. What does he do?
What
9. Why don’t we go to Dam Sen Park?
What about
10. The bookstore is to the right of the restaurant.
The restaurant is
11. Carol doesn’t live far from her office.
Carol lives
VIII. Tìm 10 lỗi sai trong đoạn văn sau và sửa lại cho đúng.
Miss Lien live in a small house on Hanoi. She teaches English at a school there. She usually
is breakfast in seven in the morning and she has dinner at twelve o’clock in the canteen of the
school. She teaches his students in the morning. She teaches them dialogue on Wednesday to
Friday. On Mondays, she teach them grammar. In the evening, she usually stays at home and
listens books. She sometimes goes to the movies theater. She always go to bed at ten o’clock.
IX. Sắp xếp lại các từ bị sáo trộng thành câu có nghĩa.
1. house / a / Minh /lake / lives / in / near / a.
2. a / plays / badminton / Paul / week / twice.
3. like / the / weather / fall/ what / is / the / in?
4. building / tallest / in / this / my city / the / is .
5. good / the/ there /let’s / and/ time / beach / go / have / to / a.
6. small / thin / sister / white / and / his / lips / teeth / has.
7. hot / go / when / I/ often/ swimming / it / is.
8. camping / often / do / how / you / go?
9. stay / grandparents / vacation / are / with / next / we / to / our / going / summer.
10. in / the / Nile River / the / longest / the / is / world.

Trang
102
THCS ĐẠI XUÂN ĐỀ LUYỆN HSG ANH 6
ĐỀ SỐ 21

I. Tìm từ không cùng nhóm với từ còn lại.

1. a. Wednesday b. everyday c. Friday d. Thursday
2. a. third b. two c. twelve d. thirty
3. a. history b. English c. literature d. timetable
4. a.finish b. read c. watch d. soccer
5. a. evening b. morning c. homework d. afternoon
II. Chọn đáp án đúng cho mỗi câu sau.
1. …………… sports do you play?
a. How b. Who c. Which d. What’s
2. My mother wants a good pair of shoes because she often goes ………….
a. jogging b. fishing c. sailing d. running
3. He often …………….. his kite when he’s not busy.
a. does b. plays c. goes d. flies
4. How ......................... kilos of beef does she want?
a. many b. much c. any d. about
5. “Is that your father?” - “Yes, .........................”
a. it is b. that is c. he is d. it’s
6. “Would you like some noodles, Lan?” - “No, .........................I’m full. Thanks.”
a. I wouldn’t b. I don’t c. I’m not d. I don’t like
7. There is …………………….. oil in this bottle. We should buy some more.
a. a few b. few c. little d. a little
8. Can I help you? - …………., please. I need a kilo of beef.
a. Sorry b. Yes c. Can d. No
9. Minh …………… likes fish and beef.
a. isn’t b. don’t c. doesn’t d. never
10. He goes to work six days a week. He ………………..…. goes to work.

Trang
103
 a. always b. usually c. often d. never
11. ............................ are you going to spend your summer vacation?
a. Where b. Which c. What d. Who
12. Let’s ................................. some photos.
a. to take b. takes c. taking d. take
13. Why don’t we go to the cinema tonight?
a. Because we don’t like film b. That’s a good idea
c. You are right d. Thank you very much
14. We are going to stay..................................... my uncle’s house.
a. in b. at c. with d. on
15 ....................................to go for a walk?
a. How about b. Would you like c. Why don’t d. Let’s
16. “How ..................... oranges would you like” - “A dozen, please. And ..................... tea.”
a. much, some b. many, any c. much, any d. many, some
17. I don’t like vegetables but my sister .........................
a. do b. likes c. does d. would like
18. Ba ………….lunch at school.
a. does b. has c. have d. eat
19.What time……….classes start ?
a. do b. does c. it d. are
20.Lan’s brother…………..volleyball now.
a. playing b. plays c. is playing d
III. Cho dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc.
1. What they (do) .............tonight? - They (listen)................. to music on the radio.
2. Your brother (can, swim)............. ? - Yes, he can. He (swim)............. very well.
3. He (be)…….......... tired and he’d like (sit)……........ down.
4. Hoa (not do)............. her homework in the afternoon. She (do)............. it in the evening.
5. Look! The plane (fly)..................... towards the airport. It (land).........................
IV. Điền giới từ thích hợp cho mỗi câu sau.
1. I live (1) ………………… a small house (2) ………………… the countryside.
2. My house is (3) ………………… a bookstore and a toystore: the bookstore to the left and the
toys tore to the right.
3 .Miss Mai wants a kilo ……………… (4) meat and a dozen (5) …………… eggs.
4.Nga goes (6) …………… school (7) ……………foot every morning and she goes (8)
………… home (9) ……… four thirty in the afternoon.
5. Who do you usually play badminton (10) …………………?
V. Cho dạng đúng của từ ttrong ngoặc.
1. There are lots of (beauty) ……………………beaches in Viet Nam.
2. Is Mr.Ha a (business) ……………………………………………..?
3. September is the (nine)......................................... month of the year.
4. My father goes (jog)..............................................every morning.
5. She has small white (tooth) ……………………......................... .
VI. Tìm và sửa lỗi sai.
1. My brother are working in the city.
2. Mr Minh rides his bike to work at the moment.
3. I don’t have some oranges, but I have some bananas.
Trang
104
4. How many homework does Lien have everyday?
5. What would you like buying at the canteen?
6. I go to Ha Long tomorrow.
7. The children play games usually in the afternoon.
8. It’s often cold in the summer.
9. How many season are there in a year?
10. We need eight hundred gram of meat.
VII. Em hãy điền một từ thích hợp để hoàn thành lá thư sau.
Dear Mai,
I am visiting Ha Long Bay with my family ...................… June 12 th to 20th……………… you
have a double room with a shower for these days? How ………..… is the room? We would like
….…….…… room facing the sea if it is possible. We …… eat meat but we ……………… all
other kinds of food. We are arriving ………… Ha Long Bay …………..… about six o’clock on
Monday evening. We plan to leave the hotel ……………Sunday morning.
I …………..… forward to hearing from you soon.
Love
Nga.
VIII. Đặt câu hỏi cho phần gạch chân.
1. You can go to the supermarket to buy
beef ..........................................................................................
2. Lan goes to school with her
friends. ........................................................................................................
3. They go to the zoo every
weekend..................................................................................................................
4. I’d like some beef...................................................................................................................
5. She is going to stay there for two
days. ..............................................................................................
6. My daughters do aerobics every morning............................................................................
7. This bar of soap is 8000
dong..................................................................................................................
8. His pencils are brown.......................................................................................................
9. Lan is going to live in China...........................................................................................................
10. They are going to paint their
house..........................................................................................................
11. We want two English
books...................................................................................................................
IX. Sắp xếp các câu sau thành đoạn hội thoại hợp lí.
A. Thanks. How much are they?
B. Can I help you?
C. How many oranges do you want?
D. I’d like some oranges.
E. Half a dozen, please .
F. Yes. I’d like a bottle of cooking oil.
G. Is there anything else?
H. Here you are.
I. Ten thousand dong. ………Thank you.

Trang
105
THCS ĐẠI XUÂN ĐỀ LUYỆN HSG ANH 6
ĐỀ SỐ 22

I. Choose the best options to complete the sentences.

1. ..………………. your teacher?- Yes, she is very kind.
A. Do you like B. Do you want C. Would you like D. How is
2. My father is……………………..man.
A. a old B. an old C. not young D. not very young
3. I need some tea. Please give me a……………… of tea.
A. bottle B. bar C. tube D. packet
4. We are waiting……………... a bus.
A. to B. of C.for D. at
5. Is there any……………….in the bottle?- Yes, there is some.
A. peas B.carrots C.milk D.beans
6. Does your brother………………..any games?- No, he doesn’t.
A. play B. plays C. playing D. to play
7. I don’t like vegetables but my sister……………………
A. do B. likes C. does D. would like
8. Would you like some biscuits, Lan?-No,……………..I’m full.
A. I wouldn’t B. I don’t C. thanks D. I don’t like
9. How do they want ………………to work?- By minibus.
A. to go B. to travel C. to walk D. Both a and b
10. …………………………….tonight?- Nothing.
A.What are you do B. What do you do
C. What are you going to do D. Both a and b
11. ………………….go to the zoo?- That’s a good idea!
A. What do we B. Would we like to C.Why don’t we D.Are we going to
12. We need …………… water.
A. blue B. fresh C. green D. red
13. …………………are you going to stay with?- My sister and my brother.
A. Who B. Where C. How D. How long
14. There are four seasons …………a year……………are they?
A. in/Which B. at/What C. in/What D. on/Which
15. The opposite of “weak” is………………..
Trang
106
 A. strong B.thin C. heavy D. small
16. My grandparents are old, they don’t like……………..because it’s very cold.
A. summer B. fall C. spring D. winter
17. He usually goes swimming once………………………..
A. the week B. a week C. all weeks D. in the week
18. The room of my parents is small. “The room of my parents” means:
A. my room’s parents B. my parents’s room
C. my parents’ room D. my room’parent
19. How…………..oranges would you like?- Six, please. And …………..tea.
A. much/some B. many/any C. much/any D. many/some
20. Does Mary like …………….?- Yes, she goes jogging every morning.
A. jog B. to jog C. jogs D. jogging
21. The children are playing………………..the garden.
A. in B. on C. under D. at
22. Don’t be late ……… your school!
A. in B. for C. at D. on
23. We go there by car and they go…………foot.
A. on B. by C. to D. with
24. How much is a bowl of noodles?-……………..five thousand five hundred dong.
A. They are B. It is C. It has D. There is
25. He is…………….English at a big school.
A. teach B. teaches C. teacher D. teaching
26. I want a ……………..of orange juice.
A. can B. box C. tube D. bar
27. I’d like some meat, please. How much……………………………?
A. do you like B. do you want C. you’d like D. you need
28. They are going to stay ……………….their grandparents in the country.
A. in B. to C. at D. with
29. It’s a lovely day! Let’s……………….to the beach.
A. go B. to go C. going D. we go
30. Listen! ………………to your sister?
A.Who is going to talk B. Who talks
C.Who does talk D .Who is talking
II. Put the words into the correct word forms
31. It’s very …………… in the city. (noise)
32. There is a …………… next to my house. (bake)
33. She is a …………… of English. (teach)
34. I brush my …………… twice a day. (tooth)
35. Long goes …………… at the weekend. (fish)
36. Their house is on the …………… floor of the building. (two)
37. Hanoi is …………… than Thai Binh (big)
38. Do you …………… play video games?. (usual)
39. This is the …………… house in my village. (beautiful)
40. Peter is a taxi…………………………. (drive)
III. Put the verbs into the correct verb forms
41. I (be) ………………………………… at school at the weekend.
42. Where (be)……………………………. your children?
Trang
107
43. Look! The girl ( come)……………………………..............
44. My life is so boring. I just (watch)………………….TV every night.
45. ………the children (skip)……………….......... in the yard now?
46. ………… he……….. (like) milk or tea?
47. Where is Nam?- He(watch)…………………… TV in his room at the moment.
48. I often go to school by bicycle but today I ……………….. (go) to school by bus
49. My best friend (write)………………………… me a letter every week.
50. I (not, like)…………………………….. coffee very much
IV. Choose the word or the phrase that are not correct
51. I like watching TV. There are a good film on TV tonight.
A B C D
52. What is he often do when it’s hot?
A B C D
53. How much rooms are there in the new house?
A B C D
54. I’m very thirsty. I like some apple juice.
A B C D
55. How many children does your sister has?
A B C D

Trang
108
THCS ĐẠI XUÂN ĐỀ LUYỆN HSG ANH 6
ĐỀ SỐ 23

I. Fill in the blanks with the suitable words:

Mr.Bao is (1)………………. teacher at a big school. He is young, tall and thin. He is not
weak. He is (2)…… He (3)…………….… morning exercises everyday. He lives (4)
………………… a small house in Ha Noi. The school isn’t near (5)…………………… house,
so he travels to work (6)……………… bus and he often (7)………….… his house at 7 o’clock.
He works from Monday to Friday. On Thursdays and Sundays, he (8)… free time. (9)
…………….… Sundays, he gets up at 8 o’clock, then he sits in the kitchen to have (10)
……………… After that, he plays soccer. It’s his favorite sport. He goes to bed at ten o’clock.
II. There is a mistake in each sentence below. Find and correct them.
11. …………………….. Miss Lien live in a small house in Hanoi.
12. ……… ……………. She teaches English of a school there.
13. …………………….. She usually is breakfast at seven in the morning.
14. ……………………. She eats lunch at twelve o’clock in the canteen of the school.
15. ……… ……………. She teaches his students in the morning.
16. ……… …………… She teaches them dialogue in Wednesday and Friday.
17. ……… …………… On Mondays, she teaches it grammar.
18. ……… …………... In the evening, she usually stay at home.
19. …………………….. Sometimes, she listens books.
20. ………… ………… She always go to bed at ten o’clock.
III: Choose the word which is pronounced differently from the others.
1. A. chemistry B. chair C. couch D. children
2. A. student B. bus C. duty D. unit
3. A. house B. about C. country D. our
4. A. clothes B. watches C. benches D. classes
5. A. clock B. come C. class D. city
6. A. these B. brother C. think D. that
7. A. change B. Christmas C. school D. chemistry
8. A. car B. city C. cook D. cake
9. A. flower B. town C. know D. brown
IV: Fill in the blank of the following passage with ONE suitable word :

Trang
109
 I _______(1) in a house near the sea. It is_______ (2) old house, about 100 _______(3) old
and it's very small. _______(4) are two bed rooms upstairs but no bathroom. The bathroom iis
down stairs, next to the kitchen and there _______(5) a living room where there is a lovely old
fire place. There is a _______(6) in front of the house. The garden _______(7) down to the beach
and in Spring and Summer there are flowers every where. I like alone _______(8) my dog, Rack,
but we have a lot of visitors. My city friends often stay with me.
I love my house for many _______(9): the garden, the flowers in Summer, the fire in Winter,
but the best thing is the view _______ (10) my bedroom window.
V. Rewrite each of the following sentences in such a way that it means exactly the same
1. Huong’school bag is new. Huong has ………………………………………………..…..
2. Does Phong’s school have forty classrooms?
Are…………………………………………………………?
3. Phuong has a brother, Nam.
Phuong………………………………………………………………
4. No house on the street is older than this house. This
house……………………………………………….………
5. How many apples does she want? How many apples would………………………………..?
6. Learning how to use a computer is very easy It is ………………………….…………….
……………………
7. He drives very carefully He is ..………….……………………………………………
8. Why don’t we listen to music tonight? How about ……………….
……………………………..………
9. How much is this dictionary?
What ............................................................................................................................
10.It’s often hot in the summer. It’s
never...............................................................................................
VI. Rearrange the words given into the meaning sentences
1. yard/ front/ school/There/ big/ of/ is/ our/ in/ a.
......................................................................................................................................................
2. many/ right/ the/ museum/ Are/ flowers/ the/ there/ to/ of/?
......................................................................................................................................................
3. next/ photocopy/ What/ store/ there/ the/ is/ to /?
......................................................................................................................................................
4. hospital/ father/ in/ the/ city/ My/ a/ works/ in.
......................................................................................................................................................
5. there/ family/ many/ in/ are/ How/ Linh’s/ people/ ?
……………………………………………………………………………………………………
VII. Choose the best answer.
1. There are five …………. in one hand.
A. fingers B. arms C. toes D. feet
2. How..............................kilos of beef does she want?
A. many B. much C. often D. about
3. His father is waiting ..............................a bus.
A. to B. for C. of D. at
4. The room of my parents is small. “The room of my parents” means:
A. my room’s parents B. my parents’s room
C. my parents’ room D. my room’ parents
Trang
110
5. How.......................oranges would you like? - Six please. And ....................... tea.
A. much/some B. many/any C. much/any D. many/some
6. We go there by car and they go..................... foot.
A. on B. by C. to D. with
7. Listen! Who................................... to your sister?
A. is going to talk B. talks C. does talk D. is talking
8. .....................................go to the zoo? - That’s a good idea!
A. What do we B. Would you like C. Why don’t we D. Are we going to
9. Fall means ..............................in British English.
A. summer B. winter C. spring D. autumn
10. Don't forget to buy five .............. of bread!
A. bottles B. loaves C. cans D. bars
11. They buy some fruit but ............. vegetables.
A. some B. any C. little D. no
12. It's seven thirty and Minh is late ................ school.
A. for B. at C. to D. in
13. Lan combs her ............ every morning.
A. face B. nose C. hair D. mouth
14. There is a ............... water in the bottle.
A. much B. lot C. little D. few
15. Is there .............. else you want?
A. a B. an C. some D. anything
16. My sister and I ............................. television in the living - room now.
A. am watching B. are watching C. is watching D. watching
VIII. What do you say in these situations?
1. What do you say when you want to know the way to the post office?- "................"
2. What do you say when you want to go out? - "........................................................"
3. What do you say when you want to know the price of a book? - ".........................."
4. What do you say when you want to know the time now? - "..................................."
5. What do you say when you want to know the weather today? - "............................"
6. What do you say when you want to invite your friend home for dinner? - "..........."
7. What do you say when you want to borrow your friend's ruler? - "........................"
8. What do you say when you want to know your friend's phone number? - "............"
9. What do you say when you want to help someone? - "..........................................."
10. What do you say when you want to know the distance between Ha Noi and Da Nang? -
"......................................................................................................................."
IX. Supply the correct form of the word in capital.
1. My birthday is on the ................................ of September. TWENTY
2. There are four ..................................... in my bedroom. BOOKSHELF
3. The ........................language of Vietnam is Vietnamese. NATION
4. In my ......................, there is a supermarket, a hotel and a park. NEIGHBOR
5. There are a lot of interesting............................ in the summer. ACT
6. Viet Nam has plenty of ...................................... beaches. BEAUTY
7. Mount Everest is the ............................. mountain in the world. HIGH
8. Lan’s mother goes ................................... twice a week. SHOP
9. My parents work at a Secondary School. They are ...... of English. TEACH
10. I go to visit my grandparents ..................... a month. ONE
11. He is a …………… person, so he sometimes has accidents. CARE
12. He is ……………………in learning English. INTEREST
13. They are good ............................................................... STUDY
Trang
111
14. He often plays sports. He is very .................................. SPORT
15. My classroom is on the ...... ……………….floor. THREE
16.Has your sister got a .................. ? She looks tired. HEAD
17. This is my favorite chair. It’s so .......... COMFORT
18. Nobody in my class is ......................than Thuy GOOD
19. This tree has a lot of green .................... . LEAF
20. His ambition is to be a ..................... one day. MILLION

Trang
112
THCS ĐẠI XUÂN ĐỀ LUYỆN HSG ANH 6
ĐỀ SỐ 24

I. Pick out the word whose underlined part in pronounced differently from
1. A. beach B. Seat C. meat D. Great
2. A. boots B. Floor C. toothpaste D. Food
3. A. idea B. Year C. Wear D. Near
4. A. camp B. Plan C. Plane D. badminton
5. A. maps B. Beds C. Rooms D. Taxis
6. A. full B. Summer C. Sunny D. Sunday
7. A. orange B. Hot C. Hobby D. Nose
8. A. sometimes B. Washes C. benches D. couches
9. A. ride B. night C. River D. Tired
10. A. teeth B. Tree C. between D. engineer
II. Choose the best answer
1. There are...................eggs in the fridge.
A. a lot B. a few C. a little D. little
2. What do you do .............................the weekend.
A. on B. in C to D. for
3. I am going .........Ha Long bay
A. visiting B. visit C. visited D. to visit
4. There isn’t _______milk in the bottle.
A. an B. a C. any D. some
5. How much is a _________of toothpaste.
A. can B. bar C. tube D. box
6. What about ______table-tennis?
A. to play B. playing C. plays D. play
7. Fall means ……………..in British-English.
A. summer B. winter C. autumn D. spring
8. What is her _____________? _ She is Australian.
A. language B. nationality C. population D. country
9. They are going _________vacation in London.
A. in B. on C. at D. for
10. ________languages can you speak?
A. When B. How C. How much D. Which
11. The Great Wall of China is the world’s _____structure.
A. long B. longer C. the longest D. longest
12. Ho Chi Minh has a ___________of 3.5 million.
A. city B. capital C. population D. country
13. I am Mary. I am __________ Great Britain.
A. to B. from C. at D. on
14. ______are you going to stay? _ In a hotel.
A. Which B. Where C. When D. What
15. Tomatoes, lettuce and potatoes are ………………
A. fruits B. vegetables C. drinks D. flowers
16. There is an intersection ahead. You must______ .
Trang
113
 A. slow down B. go fast C. stop D. go ahead
17. There isn’t any water in the bottle. I am going to take ______.
A. many B. an C. any D. some
18. A. What is the matter with you? – B: ______
A. I go by bike B. I’m heavy C. I like chicken D. I’m tired
19. A: Would you like a glass of lemon juice? – B: ______
A. No, I’m not B. No, I don’t like C. No, thanks D. No. It’s too hot.
20. PETRONAS Twin Towers is the…………. building in the world.
A. tall B. taller C. tallest D. the tallest
21. Mai needs ……………………chocolates.
A. a bar of B. a packet of C. a box of D. a bottle of
22. He ……………………his bicycle at the moment.
A. rides B. is riding C. ride D. to ride
23. Phanxipang is the ……………………mountain in Viet nam.
A. high B. higher C. highest D. the highest
24……………………is the weather like?
A. How B. What C. Who D. How much
25.My house is as ……………………as Hoa’s house.
A. smaller B. small C. biggest D. bigger
26.We ……………………waste food and feed it to pigs.
A. damage B. collect C. leave D. throw
27.Chi is……………………girl in her class.
A. more beautiful B. the most beautiful C. beautiful D. a most beautiful
28.I’m going ……………………the Ngoc Son Temple tomorrow
A. see B. sees C. to see D.seeing
29.What ……………………you ……………………to do tomorrow?
A. does / go B.is / going C.are / going D. do / go
30. We shouldn’t ………… our environment.
A. destroying B. to destroy C. destroys D. destroy
31. He often ________ he ________ the kites when he isn’t busy?
A. does / flies B. does / fly C. does / play D. does / play
32. Why don’t we ________ to the movies? ~ That’s a good idea.
A. go B. to go C. going D. to going
33. Some people can speak many ________
A. countries B. nationalities C. languages D. speeches
34. There are four ________ in a year: spring, summer, fall and winter.
A. activities B. pastimes C. weathers D. seasons
35. Can I help you? ~ ________ please. I need a kilo of beef.
A. Yes B. Sorry C. Can D. No
36. Mr Thanh is a policeman. He has a ……………….job
A. fast B. careful C. difficult D. bad
37. Her sister has an…………face and long black …………
A. round - hairs B. long - hairs C. oval -hair D. oval - hairs
38. What are ………? …………..are his shoulders
A. those-These B. those-Those C. this-This D. those-This
39. How many oranges, Mom? ……… dozen, please
A. A half of B. Half a C. A half D. Half
40.You ……… eat too much meat. It isn’t good for your health.
A. should B. shouldn’t C. not D. don’t want
III. Supply the correct verb tense/ form of the verbs in the brackets.
Trang
114
1. Mrs Thu (do) …………… the housework every day. => ………………………………….
2. My brother (listen) ………………. to music now. => …………………………………….
3. They (visit)……………. Da Lat this summer vacation. => ………………………………….
4. Long is thirsty. He’d like (drink)………….. some water. => ………………………………...
5. Now they ( play ) …………soccer. => ………………………………….
6. He ( not go ) ………….fishing in the winter. => ………………………………….
7. You usually ( jog) ………in the morning? – Yes, I do. => ……………………………...
8. This summer vacation, my parents ( visit)……..to Hue. => ………………………………….
9. What about ( go) ……….to Nha Trang? => ………………………………….
10. We mustn’t (drive) fast on the street. => …………………………………..
IV. Supply the correct form of the words in brackets to complete each sentence.
1. It is very …………………………………….. in the city. NOISE
3. This is my favorite chair. It’s so ………………… . COMFORT
4. There is a ………………………. next to my house. BAKE
5. She is a ……………………. of English. TEACH
6. I brush my ……………….. twice a day. TOOTH
7. Long goes ……………….. at the weekend. SAIL
8. Their house is on the ………………… floor of the room. FIVE
9. Bac Giang is ………………………… than Ha Noi. SMALL
10. Do you ……………………… play video games? USUAL
V. Read the passage carefully and then answer the following questions.
My name is Petty and this is my husband, Phil. We both work in offices in London. We
have breakfast at half past seven. We don’t have a big breakfast. We usually have bread, coffee
and orange juice.
For lunch we usually have a salad or soup and sandwich. That’s at about 1.30.
We usually have dinner at half past seven in the evening. It is a big meal of the day and we
have meat or fish with vegetables and potatoes or rice. We have orange juice with the milk. On
Saturday evenings we go to a restaurant for dinner at about eight o’clock.
1. Who is Petty’s husband?................................... ………
2. What do they have for lunch?………………………………
3. What time do they usually have dinner?……………………
4. What do they drink for dinner?…………………………..
5. Where do they have dinner on Saturday evenings?………………………

Trang
115
6. Is dinner a big meal for Petty and her husband?..................................................
VI. Choose the suitable word for each blank in the following passage
pollution best world visit
five population streets clock
London has a (1) ……….. of 6.7 million. London is a famous city. Tourists come from all
over the world to (2) ……… its historic buildings, theaters, museums, and its many shops. You
can also see and hear the famous (3) ………., Big Ben. Like many big cities, London has
problems with traffic and (4) ……….. There are too many cars on the (5) ………..
The (6) ……….. thing about London is the parks. There are (7) ……….. in the city center.
But my children’s favorite place is Harleys. It is the biggest toyshop in the (8) ………..
VII. Rewrite the following sentences so that the second sentence means the same as the first
one
1. What about eating some rice?-->
Let’s .................................................................................................
2. Her eyes are brown.--> She
has .................................................................................................................................
3. What drink do you like?--> What
is ...............................................................................................................................
4. Our school has 12 classrooms.--> There
are .................................................................................................................
5. Let’s go to the park.→ What about
………………………………………………………………………………?
6. How about watching Television?→ Why don’t you
……………………………………………………………….?
7. . Why don’t we go to the movies? → What
………………………………………………………………………….?
8. What’s the weather like in the spring? →How
………………………………………………………………………?
9. How about visiting our friends?
→Why..............................................................................................................................?
10. How’s the weather this morning? →
What ............................................................................................................?
VIII. Correct the mistakes in the following sentences

Trang
116
 a) There are an books. =>
b) This are benches. =>
c) What time it is? =>
d) She is ride her bike. =>
e) There aren’t some tall trees behind my house. =>
f) My father watching TV at the moment. =>
g) Chi is beautiful. Her tooth are small and white=>
h) I like drink apple juice. It’s my favorite drink. =>
i) I’m very full. I’d like a bowl of noodles, Mom. =>
j) There are four season in a year in Viet Nam. =>
IX. Write the sentences with the cue words.
1. I/ going to / visit Ha Long Bay/ summer vacation.=>…………....
2. It/ cool/ fall.=>…………......................................
3. Where / you/ from?=>…………......................
4. Ho Chi Minh City / big/ Ha Noi.=>…………................................
5. Mexico City / big city/ world.=>…………..................................
6. The Nile River/ long river/ world.=>…….............................
7. We / going to / visit / Hue / next week.=> …………………………………
8. Hoa / often / go fishing / on Sundays.=> …………………………………
9. It / hot / summer.=> ………………………………………
10. There / be / a lot of / rivers and mountains / my country.=>………………………
X. Rearrange the following words to make a complete sentences
1. I’d / am / so / like / noodles / I / hungry / some
.=>…………………………………
2. Skipping / her / and / younger / like / winter / Mai / sister / in.
=>……………………………………………………………………………………………
3. Vietnamese / is / Vietnam / He / and / speak / He / from
=>……………………………………………………………………………………………
4. language / you / often / French / ? / Which / do / speak / English / or
=>…………………………………………………………………………………………………
5. like / what / the / is / weather/ in / winter /the / ?
=>…………………………………………………………………………………………………
6. often / Peter / to / school / goes / 6:30 / at

Trang
117
=>…………………………………………………………………………………………………
7. often / at / dinner / I / o’clock / have / seven. =>….
…………………………………………………………………………………………..
8. bigger / Ho Chi Minh City / which / or / Ha Noi / is? =>….
……………………………………………………………………………………………..
9. don’t / Pagoda / go / why / to / we / Huong? =>….
……………………………………………………………………………………………..
10. listens / usually / in / to / free / Lan / her / music / time. =>….
……………………………………………………………………………………………...

THCS ĐẠI XUÂN ĐỀ LUYỆN HSG ANH 6

ĐỀ SỐ 25

I. Fill in each gap with a suitable word given.

I live in a house near the sea. It is ...(1)... old house, about 100 years old and...(2)... very
small. There are two bedrooms upstairs...(3)... no bathroom. The bathroom is downstairs ... (4)...
the kitchen and there is a living room where there is a lovely old fire place. There is a garden...
(5)... the house. The garden...(6)... down to the beach and in spring and summer...(7)... flowers
every where. I live alone...(8)... my dog, Rack, but we have a lot of visitors. My city friends often
stay with...(9)...
Trang
118
 I love my house for... (10)... reasons: the garden, the flowers in summer, the fee in winter,
but the best thing is the view from my bedroom window.
1 A. a B. an C. the D. any
2 A. It's B. It C. there's D. They're
3 A. and B. or C. but D. too
4 A. between B. next C. near to D. next to
5 A. in front B. front of C. of front in D. in front of
6 A. go B. going C. goes D. in goes
7 A. there are B. they are C. there are D. those are
8 A. for B. of C. on D. with
9 A. me B. I C. my D. I'm
10 A. a B. any C. many D. a lot
II. Fill in each gap with ONE suitable word.
Mr. Tuan is…………(1) engineer in a big factory. He lives in a small apartment…………
(2) the fifth floor of a building in Ho Chi Minh City. The factory is (3)……… near his house, so
he goes to work by bus. He ……….(4) home at 7 o’clock to arrive to work at 7.45. …………(5)
is Saturday morning now, and Mr. Tuan is…………..(6) home, in bed. On Saturdays he………..
(7) up at a quarter to seven. Then he sits in the living room and………..(8) breakfast. On
Saturday afternoons he………….(9) tennis or goes swimming. On Saturday evenings, he (10)
………. stay at home, he usually goes out.
III. Rearrange the words to make meaningful sentences.

1. stay / grandparents / vacation / are / with / next / we / to / our / going / summer/.

………………………………………………………………………......................
2. in / the / Nile River / the / longest / the / is / world / river /.
………………………………………………………………………………………
3. good / the / there / let’s / and / time / beach / go / have / to / a /.
……………………………………………………………………………………...
4. small / thin / sister / white / and / his / lips / teeth / has /.
....................................................................................................................................
5. "No parking" / here /, so / sign / mustn’t / says / park / this / we/ .
...................................................................................................................................
6. happy / always / John / home / feels / when / he / comes / .
...................................................................................................................................
7. sister / home / rides/ and / my/ at / has/ and / lunch/ twelve / a / to / quarter/ .
..................................................................................................................................
8. usually / notebook / cheaper / dictionary / a / a / is / than / .
...................................................................................................................................
9. isn't / water / much / bottle / there / the / in / .
...................................................................................................................................
10. still / more / hungry / need / some / I / and / am / rice / I / .
....................................................................................................................................
IV. Rewrite sentences as directed so that the meaning stay the same.

Trang
119
1. Is there a colorful picture in your room?Has ……………………………………...
……..................?
2. How much is a bowl of noodles?How much
does .......................................................................................
3. Let's go out for a walk.Why ....................................................................?
4. I like beef and vegetables best.Beef ..........................................................................
5. That pencil belongs to Hoa.Hoa is……………………………..................................
6. What is the age of this building?. How ..................................................................... ?
7. The Mekong river is longer than the Red river.The red river ……………………
8. I spend two hours a day doing my homework.It..........................
9. No one in my class is as beautiful as Hoa.Hoa..................................................................
10. How heavy is that big bag? How much.............................................................
V Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently
31. a.lamp b.table c.family d.bag
32. a.copy b.post c.body d.orange
33. a.weak b.head c.heavy d.breakfast
34. a.bean b.please c.near d.read
35. a.skip b.swim c.fried d.milk
VI. Choose the best options to complete the statements.
1.……………….your teacher?- Yes, she is very beautiful.
a.Do you like b.Do you want c.Would you like d.How is
2.How………………kilos of beef does she want?
a.many b.much c.often d.about
3.I need some tea. Please give me a……………… of tea.
a.bottle b.bar c.tube d.packet
4. His father is waiting……………... a bus.
a.to b.of c.for d.at
5.Is there any……………….in the bottle?- Yes, there is some.
a.peas b.carrots c.sugar d.beans
6.Does your brother………………..any games?- No, he doesn’t.
a.play b.plays c.playing d.to play
7.I don’t like vegetables but my sister……………………
a.do b.likes c.does d.would like
8.Would you like some apples, Lan?-No,……………..I’m full.Thanks!
a.I wouldn’t b. I don’t c. I’m not d.I don’t like
9.How do they want ………………to work?- By minibus.
a.to go b.to travel c.to walk d. Both a and b
10…………………………….tonight?- Nothing.
a.What are you doing b.What do you do
c.What are you going to do d. Both a and b
11.My grandparents are old, they don’t like……………..because it’s very cold.
a.summer b.fall c.spring d.winter
12. He usually goes swimming once………………………..
a.the week b.a week c.all weeks d.in the week
13.The room of my parents is small. “The room of my parents” means:
a.my room’s parents b.my parents’s room
c.my parents’ room d.my room’parent
14.How…………..oranges would you like?- Six, please. And …………..tea.

Trang
120
 a.much/some b.many/any c.much/any d.many/some
15. Does Mary like …………….?- Yes, she goes jogging every morning.
a.jog b.to jog c.jogs d.jogging
16. The children are playing………………..the garden.
a.in b.on c.under d.at
17. They often eat……………….ice-cream after dinner.
a.some b.any c.a d.an
18.We go there by car and they go…………foot.
a.on b.by c.to d.with
19.How much is a bowl of noodles?-……………..five thousand five hundred dong.
a.They are b.It is c.It has d.There is
20.He is…………….English at a big school.
a.teach b.teaches c.teacher d.teaching
21.I want a ……………..of orange juice.
a.can b.box c.tube d.bar
22. I’d like some meat, please. How much……………………………?
a.do you like b.do you want c.you’d like d.you need
23. They are going to stay ……………….their grandparents in the country.
a.in b.to c.at d.with
24. It’s a lovely day! Let’s……………….to the beach.
a.go b.to go c.going d.we go
25.Listen! ………………to your sister?
a.Who is going to talk b.Who talks
c.Who does talk d.Who is talking
26. ………………….go to the zoo?- That’s a good idea!
a. What do we b. Would we like to c.Why don’t we d.Are we going to
27.The weather is……………………today.
a.blue b.nice c.green d.red
28. …………………are you going to stay with?- My sister and my brother.
a.Who b.Where c.How d.How long
29.There are four seasons …………a year……………are they?
a.in/Which b.at/What c.in/What d.on/Which
30.Which cinema…………………………………?
a.do you want to go to b.do you want to go it
c.you want to go d.do you want to go

VII/ Choose the word or the phrase that are not correct
31.I like watching TV.There are a good film on TV tonight.
A B C D
32. What is he often do when it’s hot?
A B C D
33.How much rooms are there in the new house?
A B C D
34. I’m very thirsty. I like some apple juice.
A B C D
35. How many childs does your sister have?
A B C D

Trang
121
THCS ĐẠI XUÂN ĐỀ LUYỆN HSG ANH 6
ĐỀ SỐ 27

I/ Find the word which is not the same with the others in a group.
1. a.bed b.window c.table d.chair
2. a.oranges b.apples c.bananas d.flowers
3. a.day b.week c.month d.holiday
4. a.summer b.fall c.winter d.fly
5. a.leg b.foot c.finger d.toe
II /Read the passage carefully then write T for true statements and F for false statements.
Minh and her friends are going to camp for four days in SAPA.Vui is going to bring a tent and
some food. Lan is going to bring a ball to play volleyball. Ly is going to bring her camera to take
some photos. Nga and Mai are going to bring some drinks. They take some orange juice. They
don’t take iced tea because it’s cold. They also take some food. Their favorite food is chicken,
lettuces and tomatoes. Vui’s mother helped them to arrange food and drink for their
camping.They are going to stay in a small hotel.They leave their house at 6 o’clock.

Trang
122
 Statements True False
6.Minh and her friends are going to camp for four days.
7.Lan is going to bring a basket to play volleyball.
8.Nga and Mai don’t take iced tea because it’s cool.
9.Vui’s mother helped them to arrange food and drink.
10.They go to SAPA at 6 o’clock.
III/ Đặt câu hỏi cho phần bị gạch chân ở mỗi câu
11. She is cooking meal in the
kitchen.=>……………………………………………………………………………
12. I’d like some milk and
vegetables.=>………………………………………………………………………………
13. Miss Nga is teaching English at a secondary
school.=>……………………………………………………………
14.Nam never flies a
kite.=>…………………………………………………………………………………
15. I have Math and Literature on Monday and
Thursday.=>……………………………………………………………
16. He goes to the cinema once a
week.=>……………………………………………………………………………
17. My sister is in grade
6.=>…………………………………………………………………………………………
18. Mai always has dinner at seven
o’clock.=>…………………………………………………………………………
19. My brother wants a glass of lemon
juice.=>………………………………………………………………………
20. Linh has milk and eggs for her
breakfast.=>………………………………………………………………………
IV/ Viết lại câu với nghĩa không đổi
21. What time does she go to work?=>When ...........................
22. She likes noodles.=>Her favorite………………………………………………
23. What is the price of these apples?=> How much……………………
24. The car is blue.=> It is…………………………
25.It’s often hot in the summer. => It’s never…………………………………
V. Chia hình thức đúng của các động từ trong ngoặc.
26. I (be) …………………………………at school at the weekend
27.Where(be)……………………………. your children ?
28. Look! The girl ( come)……………………………..............
29.My life is so boring. I just (watch)………………….TV every night.
30. The children (play)……………….......................badminton in the yard now.
31.We(see) …………………………………the movies tonight.
32.Where is Nam?- He(watch)……………………TV in his room at the moment.
33.What…………………..she(do)……………………..this weekend?
34.My best friend (write)……………………………to me every week.
35.I (stay)……………………………........there for two days when I come there.
VI/ Đọc đoạn văn sau đó trả lời các câu hỏi bên dưới
Hien and Hoa are students. They live in Viet Nam. There are four seasons in a year in their
country. They are spring, summer, fall and winter. In the spring, the weather is usually warm.
Trang
123
Sometimes it is cold, but not very cold. There are many flowers in this season. After spring, it is
the summer. In the summer, the days are long and the nights are short. They often go on vacation
in the summer. Fall is nice season. The weather is often cool. In the winter, it is usually very cold.
The days are short and the nights are long. They always wear warm clothes in the winter.
Questions:
36.How many seasons are there in their country? What are they?
=>…………………………………………
37.What is the weather like in the spring?=>……………………………
38.What do they often do in the summer?=>………………………………
39.Are the days long or short in the winter?=>………………………………
40. What do they always wear in the winter?=>………………………
VI/ Dùng từ gợi ý cho sẵn để viết thành câu hoàn chỉnh.
41. They/ often / go / park.=>……………………………………… ……
42.What / weather / like / spring ?=>………………………………… ……………
43. When / hot / I / swimming.=>…………………………… ………………
44. My father / visit / Ha Noi / this summer vacation.=>…………………………… ………
45. How / much / a fried rice?=>……………………………… …………
46. How/ your father / go / work……………………………………
47. What time / you / go to bed?=>……………………………………
48. It / hot / Viet Nam / April?=>…………………………………
49. When / you / go out / your friends?=>…………………………………
50. How often / you / ride / bike?=>…………………………………… ……
VII / Điền từ thích hợp vào ô trống để hoàn thành đoạn văn sau(
Mr.Bao is(1)……………teacher at a big school. He is young, tall and thin. He is not weak.
He is(2)………………. He (3)……………..morning exercises everyday. He lives (4)
……………….a small house in Ha Noi. The school isn’t near (5)…………….house, so he
travels to work(6)…………..bus and he often(7)…………his house at 7 o’clock. He works from
Monday to Friday. On Thursdays and Sundays, he(8)…………free time.(9)…………Sundays, he
gets up at 8 o’clock, then he sits in the kitchen to have(10)……………… After that, he plays his
favorite sports. He goes to bed at ten c’clock.
VIII. Choose one word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others

1. A. invitation B. intersection C. station D. question

2. A. lives B. misses C. languages D. watches
3. A. down B. brown C. town D. show
4. A. between B. behind C. bakery D. geography
5. A. thank B. thin C. mother D. tooth
6. A. year B. repeat C. meat D. teacher
IX. Choose the word whose stress pattern is different
7. A. weather B. idea C. winter D. movies
8. A. morning B. number C. routine D. ruler
9. A. dangerous B. accident C. telephone D. engineer
10. A. favorite B. banana C. tomato D. potato
X. Circle the best answer
11. How often do you do morning exercises in the summer?
Trang
124
 A. I like it B. I play soccer C. Yes, I do D. I sometimes do
12. We are going to have an English examination ………………… April, 21st .
A. on B. to C. at D. in
13. There is a lot of …………………in Viet Nam. Our country is very green.
A. sun B. sunny C. rainy D. rain
14. My friend, Linh …………………drinks cocacola and beer.
A. don’t B. never C. doesn’t D. isn’t
15. …………………is your uncle going to stay here? - …………………about three days.
A. How long - For B. How far - For C. How long - At D. How long - From
16. …………………do they go to work every morning? - On foot.
A. How B. How far C. How long D. How often
19. Why don’t we go to the zoo this Sunday morning?
A. You are well B. Because I don’t like animals
C. That’s a good idea D. Thanks a lot
20. …………………is your father? He is very well, thank you.
A. How B. How much C. How many D. How often
21. When it is hot, we often feel quite…………………
A. happy B. hungry C. worried D. thirsty
22. In our country, the weather often …………………quickly.
A. change B. changes C. is changing D. is going to change
23. My French penpal, Jack can speak six …………………fluently.
A. speeches B. countries C. languages D. nationalities
24. What …………………your little sister …………………in the evening?
A. do / do B. does / do C. do / does D. does / does
25. I want a good pair of shoes because I always goes …………………in the morning.
A. sailing B. swimming C. jogging D. fishing

Trang
125
THCS ĐẠI XUÂN ĐỀ LUYỆN HSG ANH 6
ĐỀ SỐ 28
Câu 1: Chọn một từ có phần gạch chân phát âm khác so với các từ còn lại.

1. A. citadel B. vacation C. destination D. lemonade

2. A. beach B. read C. bean D. ahead

3. A. bike B. high C. nine D. sandwich

4. A.now B. how C. down D. window

5. A.lead B. great C.seat D. eat

6. A.so B. go C. who D. piano

7. A. door B. zoo C. foot D. soon

8. A. books B. pencils C. rulers D. bags

9. A. does B. watches C. finishes D. brushes

10. A. son B. come C. home D. mother

Câu 2: Chọn đáp án đúng nhất cho mỗi câu sau.

11. My sister ……………………. her homework every day.
Trang
126
 A. does B. is C. are D. do
12.There is an intersection ahead. We……………………. .
A. must not slow down. B. must slow down.
C. must go fast. D. cannot go straight.
13. Does Mrs. Van ……..…….. one kilo of sugar.
A. need B. needs C. to need D. needing
14. There is a ……………………..behind my classroom.
A. big flower garden B. flower big garden C. garden big flower D. big garden flower
15. Mexico City is .................. city in the world.
A. biger B. big C. bigger D. the biggest
16.......................... trash over there.
A. Don’t throw B. Not throw C. Throw D. Can’t throw
17. Nam lives ________ a market
A. near B. on C. between D. at
18. Do you like pop music?
A. I would B. Yes, a lot C. No, I like it D. Yes, we are
19. I’m playing table tennis. .......................you like table tennis ?
A. Have B .Is C. Are D. Do
20. The students have got ..................... news about their exams .
A. many B. some C. a D. a few
21 . The boy looks a little thin, ................... he is strong.
A. and B. for C. or D. but
22. Mary and ................... would like to join the English Club speaking.
A. me B. my C. mine D. I
23. How...........apples are there ?
A. much B. more C. may D. many
24. There aren’t......pictures on the wall.
A. any B. some C. a D. an
25. How much rice .......your mother...............?
A. do - need B. does - needs C. do - needs D. does - need

Câu 3. Cho dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc:

26. ………the children (skip)……………….......... in the yard now?
27. My best friend (write)………………………… a letter to me every week.
28. I (not, like)……………………………..coffee very much
29. ...............Her father often (watch) ………… news on television every evening?
30. Look! The children (wait) …………………………for the bus over there.
31. Nga (not visit) …………………………………………………..Hue next week.
32. …………………… (be/ there) any milk in the fridge? – Yes, we have some.
33. Let's ( do) ................................. our work now.
34. What about (help)........................... the street children?.
35. Can we (play) … ………..soccer on the streets?
Câu 4. Cho dạng đúng của từ in đậm:
36. Her father is a................................ FARM
37. His ……………….are small and long. FOOT
38. Near my house there is a market. It’s very …………………… NOISE
39. Her ………………..are in the yard. They are playing soccer. CHILD
40. There are many………………………….on the street. TREE
41. There is a………………………rice paddy near my house. BEAUTY
42. In the ……………..... , there is a museum, a factory and a stadium. NEIGHBOR
Trang
127
43. The photocopy is between the ……………….and the drugstore. BAKE
44. Minh is ..... ........................... at English than I am. GOOD
45. I go to visit my grandparents .........................a month. ONE

Câu 5. Mỗi câu có MỘT lỗi sai, gạch chân chỗ sai và sửa lại:
46. She lives in 12 Le Hong Phong street. .......................................................
47. What does the weather like today? .......................................................
48. What do Ba do when it is hot? ............................. ........................
49. There is trees and flowers in front of my yard.....................................................
50. Nga goes to school six day a week. .....................................................
51. How much rooms are there in the new house?.......................................................
52. I’m very thirty. I would like some apple juice..................................................
53. They no get up at 6 o’clock. ......................................................
54. We go to the library in Monday afternoon......................................................
55. What is the higher mountain in the world?......................................................

Câu 6: Đọc đoạn văn, sau đó trả lời câu hỏi :

My name is Nguyen Minh Trung. I’m a new student in class 6A. I’m from Da Nang and
my family still lives there. In Ho Chi Minh City, I live with my grandparents at 21/3B Nguyen
Trai street. My new school is not far from our house – about one kilometer, so I go to school by
bike. There are a lot of students in my new school. But I don’t have any friends. I’m unhappy. I
miss my parents, my sisters and my friends in Da nang.
56. Which grade is Trung in?.....................................................................................
57. Is he a new student? .............................................................................
58. Where is he from? .....................................................................................
59. How far is it from his house to school? ..................................................................
60. What's his address? ......................................................................................................
Câu 7. Điền từ thích hợp vào chỗ trống:
I have a very close friend. Her name is Mai. She is eleven years old and she is in
(61)........................ six. She(62)........................ speak English. She has English
(63)..........................Tuesday, Thursday and Friday. She can also (64)......................... the piano.
In her room,(65)............................... is a piano and some books. Every day she gets up at six. She
(66).............................. breakfast at six thirty and goes to school at a (67).............................. to
seven. She has her (68)................................ from seven o’clock to eleven thirty. Then
she(69)............................... home and has lunch at twelve o’clock. It’s three o’clock in the
afternoon now and Nga is in her room. She (70)...........................doing her homework.

Câu 8: Đặt câu hỏi cho từ hoặc cụm từ gạch chân

71. She is cooking meal in the kitchen.=>…………………………………………
72. I’d like some milk and vegetables.=>……………………………………
73. Nam is doing his homework.=>………………………
74. Nam never flies a kite.=>………………………………
75. We often go to school by bicycles.=>……………………… …
76. Her eyes are brown=>…………………………………………………
Trang
128
77. My sister is in grade 6.=>……………………………………………
78. Mai is tired and hungry=>……………………………………
79. My brother wants a glass of lemon juice.=>……………………………………
80. Linh has milk and eggs for her breakfast.=>……………………………………
Câu 9: Hoàn thành câu thứ hai sao cho câu có cùng nghĩa với câu đã cho.
81. Let’s walk to school!=> Why..................................................................................................?
82. My father usually drives to work.=> My father usually goes………………………….……
83. There are four people in her family=> Her family……………………………
84. The girl is beautiful.=> She is.......................................................
85. No house in this street is older than my house.=> My house ............................
86. The bookstore is to the right of the museum =>The museum………………………
87. We have English class at 7.15.> Our English class……………………………………..
88. How much is a kilo of beef?=> How much does…………………
89. What time does she go to work?=> When…………………………
90. She likes noodles best.=> Her favorite………………………………………………………..
Câu 10. Dùng từ gợi ý để hoàn thành câu :
91. Quang / brother / walk / movie theater / moment.
=> ………………………….…………………………………………………..
92. Ba / usually / play volleyball / fall / but / sometimes / sailing.
=> ………………………….…………………………………………..
93. Mrs. Baker / going / buy / some apples / children?
=> ………………………….…………………………………………………..
94.. We/ like/ hot/ because/ can/ swim.
=>………………………………………………………………………………
95. What / there / front / your house ?
=>………………………………………………………………………………
96. They/ often / go / park.=>………………………………………
97. What / weather / like / spring ?=>………………………………
98. When / hot / I / swimming.=>…………………………
99. My father / visit / Ha Noi / this summer vacation.=>……………………… …
100. How / much / a fried rice ?=>……………………………………………

Trang
129
THCS ĐẠI XUÂN ĐỀ LUYỆN HSG ANH 6
ĐỀ SỐ 29

I. Fill in the blanks with the correct prepositions.

1. I usually go to school by bicycle but today I am going……………….……foot.
2. Is there a flower garden ……………….…… front of your house? - Yes, there is.
3. My mother wants a sandwich and a glass ……………….……orange juice.
4. What would you like……………….……dinner? - I’d like some noodles.
5. The plane flies……………….…….mountains, rivers and towns.
6. What are they doing at the moment? - They are listening……………….……the tape.
7. Elizabeth and Charls are ……………….……England. They speak English.
II. Write the correct form of the words given in capital letters:
1. My school is the …………………..one in Thanh Oai District. (OLD)
2. All of us are are very good ………………….. (STUDY)
3. In our school library, there are four ………………….. (BOOKSHELF)
4. Hung visits his grandparents …………………..a week. (ONE)
5. My house is on the …………………..floor of that tall building. (NINE)
6. Nobody in my class is …………………..than Trang. (GOOD)
III. Supply the correct form of the verbs in the brackets:
1. Look! The plane is flying towards the airport. It (land) ……………….……
2. Ha’s father (drive) ……………….……his car to the garage at the moment.
3. How your sister (go) ……………….……to school every day? - By motorbike, of course.
4. Mr. Tung is a teacher and he (not have).……………….……classes in the afternoon.
5. You mustn’t (eat) ……………….……food in this canteen.
6. The Nile River (flow) ……………….……to the Mediterranean Sea.
7. Mrs. Thuy is cleaning the windows and doors. Let’s (help) ……………….……her.
IV. Read and circle the best option
Everyone (1)……………….…… oranges. They are quite sweet and juicy. They are in
sections so (2)……………….…… is very easy to eat them. Some oranges (3)……………….
…… not have seeds. Some (4)……………….…… thick skins and some have thin skins. The
orange tree is beautiful. It has a lot of (5)……………….……. leaves. The small white flowers
Trang
130
smell very sweet. (6)……………….…… orange tree has a lot of flowers and fruit at the same (7)
……………….…… . "Orange" is both a fruit (8)……………….…… a colour. The (9)
……………….…… of orange is so beautiful that in English we use the name of the fruit (10)
……………….…… the colour.

1. A. love B. to love C. loves D. loving

2. A. they B. it C. oranges D. its
3. A. do B. does C. is D. are
4. A. have B. wear C. put D. take
5. A. yellow B. green C. red D. blue
6. A. A B. An C. Some D. Ø
7. A. morning B. afternoon C. evening D. time
8. A. but B. or C. and D. with
9. A. colour B. seed C. tree D. leaf
10. A. to B. at C. from D. for

V. There is a mistake in each line of the following passage. Find and correct it:

Eg: 0. The students is singing a song in their classroom. 0/ are

Peter and Bill are brothers. Peter is twelve and Bill is ten. They live with
1.
their parents and their dog in a small towns in the south of England.
They do not look like each other. Peter is tall and dark and Bill is short and
2.
fair. They also like difference things. Peter likes sports but he is not
interested in school. He hates Mathematics and History and he never
3.
remembers the numbers. Bill likes to goes to school very much. He is
quite good at learn English, he reads and writes a lot. Bill can draw very
4.
well, too. But he never plays sports.
He spends most of his time indoors reading or drawing. He wants to be a
5.
writer or a artist in the future.
VI. Read the passage and fill the suitable word in the blank:

My eldest brother, Tuyen is (1).……………….…… engineer in a big company. He lives in a

small apartment on (2).……………….…… third floor of a building in Ha Noi. The company is
far from his house, so he always goes to work (3).……………….…… bus. He leaves home at
seven o’clock to get to work (4).……………….…… 7.45 a.m. It is Saturday morning now, and
he is at home, in bed. (5).……………….……Saturdays he often gets up at a quarter to seven in
the (6).……………….…….,then he sits in the living room and (7).……………….……
breakfast. On Saturday afternoons, he usually plays tennis or (8).……………….…… swimming
with some (9).……………….…… his friends. On Saturday evenings, he doesn’t stay at (10).
……………….…… , he usually goes out.

VII. Rearrange the words to make meaningful sentences.

1. stay / grandparents / am / with / this / I / to / my / going / weekend./

-> ………..………………………………………………………………………......................
2. out? / do/ want/ you/ when/ what/ you/ to/ say/ go/
-> ………..………………………………………………………………………......................
3. often/ brother/ his/ listens/ in/ to/ time./ my/music/ free
Trang
131
-> ………..………………………………………………………………………......................
4. I/ to/ to/ every/ city/ buy/ go/ books/ Sunday morning./ the
-> ………..………………………………………………………………………......................
5. good / the / there./ let’s / and / time / mountain / go / have / to / a /
-> ………..………………………………………………………………………......................
VIII. Complete the second sentence, using the word given in brackets so that it has a similar

1. What about singing and dancing? -> Why don’t……………………………………….…..?

2. Noone in our school is stronger than me.-> I……..……………………….......................
3. What’s your brother’s height?-> How ……………………….……………………….?
4. His teacher always drives to work.-> His teacher always goes……………………….
5. Peter is 1.80 meters tall. Linda is 1.70 meters tall-> Linda…………………………..……..
………
IX. Write a composition (about 80 words) to tell about your school:
(don’t show your name, your school or your village):
X. Using the cues to complete the sentences.
1. Lan/ Ly/ go/ bookstore/ buy/ books/ now.
…………………………………………………………………………………………
2…I/ not like/ winter/ because/ it/ very cold.
……………………………………………………………………………
3. Many / plants/ animals/ danger/ because /we /destroying /them.
…………………………………….……………………………………………………………
4. There/ peas/ but / not/ potatoes.
→............................................................................................................................................
5.She/ like /dozen/ eggs/ vegetables.
→...........................................................................................................................................

Trang
132
THCS ĐẠI XUÂN ĐỀ LUYỆN HSG ANH 6
ĐỀ SỐ 30

I. Make questions for the underlined words:

1. She is cooking meal in the kitchen.=>……………………………
2. I’d like some milk and vegetables.=>………………………… …
3. I am doing my homework.=>…………………………
4. Nam never flies a kite.=>……………………………………
5. We often go to school by bicycles.=>…………………………
6. Her eyes are brown=>……………………………
7. My sister is in grade 6.=>……………………………………
8. Mai is tired and hungry=>…………………………………
9. My brother wants a glass of lemon juice.=>………………………………… …
10. Linh has milk and eggs for her breakfast.=>………………………………… …
II. Rewrite the sentences with the same meaning:
1. What time does she go to work?=> When……………………………………………
2. She likes noodles.=> Her favorite………………………
3. What is the price of these apples?=> How much……………………………
4. The car is blue.=> It is…………………
5. It’s often hot in the summer. => It’s never …………………………
III. Use the words given to make the meaningful sentences:
6. They/ often / go / park.=>……………………………………………
7. What / weather / like / spring ?=>…………………………………
8. When / hot / I / swimming.=>…………………………………
9. My father / visit / Ha Noi / this summer vacation.=>………
10. How / much / a fried rice?=>…………………………………
IV.Chän vµ khoanh trßn tõ cã phÇn g¹ch ch©n ®äc kh¸c trong c¸c nhãm tõ.
1.A. these B. thank C. those D. there

Trang
133
2. A. pencils B. rulers C. books D. boards
3. A. classroom B. school C. afternoon D. book
4. A. class B. father C. man D. family
5. A. goes B. nurses C. watches D. boxes
6. A. home B. come C. open D. cold
7. A. opens B. gets C. likes D. speaks
8. A. lunch B. watch C. teacher D. architect
9. A. city B. family C. fifteen D. telephone
10. A. number B. plum C. put D. but

V. Chän vµ khoanh trßn phÇn tr¶ lêi ®óng cho mçi c©u sau.

1.Tom and Peter are classmates and Mary is …………..friend

A. his B. her C. their D. our
2. What’s his brother’s name? …………..Nam.
A. His name B. He’s C. His brother name’s D. She
3. How many ……….are there in the living-room? There’s only one…………
A. couch/ couches B. couches/ couches C. couches/ couch D. couch/ couch
4. What ………..your parents …..after dinner?
A. do / do B. does / do C. do / does D. does / does
5. Are you and Lan students? Yes, ………
A. we are B. they are C. you are D. I am
6. My brother and ………….are at home.
A. Me B. my C. mine D. I
7. …………… are Hoa’s pens.
A. This B.That C.These D. There
8. ……………. is your baby sister? She’s fine.
A. How much B. How C. How old D. How many
9. He …………….to school on Sundays.
A. not goes B. don’t go C. doesn’t go D. no goes
10. Are these couches? No, ………… aren’t.
A. they B. there C. these D. it

Trang
134
THCS ĐẠI XUÂN ĐỀ LUYỆN HSG ANH 6
ĐỀ SỐ 31

I. Chọn 1 từ có phần gạch chân được phát âm khác so với các từ còn lại.
1. A hats B pens C cats D books
2. A bus B museum C drug D lunch
3. A heavy B leave C head D ready
4. A fly B hungry C usually D early
5. A brother B these C thank D that
6. A door B book C look D cook
7. A read B teacher C near D eat
8. A face B small C grade D late
9. A twice B swim C skip D picnic
10. A arm B charm C farm D warm
II. §iền 1 mạo từ a, an hoặc the vào chỗ trống các câu không cần giói từ thì để nguyên
a. I’d like (1)…………… dozen eggs, pleased.
b. Math is my favorite (2)…………… subject.
c. We live in (3)…………… apartment in town.
d. I want to travel all over (4)…………… world.
e. His father sometimes goes to (5)…………… work (6)…………… foot.
f. Can I have (7)…………… apple?
g. (8)…………… People don’t like him because he is selfish.
h. Nam is (9)…………… artist. He has (10)…………… studio.
III. Viết lại câu sao cho nghĩa không đổi
12. My school has over 25 classrooms.
There my school.
13. Miss White’s face is oval. It is small.
Miss White
14. Jane goes to school on foot.
Jane
15. What food do you like?.
favorite
16. He gets up at five fifteen.
He ………………………….. past
17. I brush my teeth after breakfast, lunch and dinner.
I a day.
18. What does he do?
job?
19. Why don’t we go to Dam Sen Park?
What about
20. The bookstore is to the right of the restaurant
The restaurant is
21. Carol doesn’t live far from her office.
Trang
135
 Carol lives
IV. Tìm 10 lỗi sai trong đoạn văn sau
Miss Lien live in a small house on Hanoi. She teaches English at a school there. She usually
is breakfast in seven in the morning and she has dinner at twelve o’clock in the canteen of the
school. She teaches his students in the morning. She teaches them dialogue on Wednesday to
Friday. On Mondays, she teach them grammar. In the evening, she usually stay at home and
listens books. She sometimes goes to the movies theater. She always go to bed at ten o’clock.
V. Tìm 1 từ thích hợp điền vào chỗ trống
I have a very close friend. Her name is Nga. She is twelve years old (1) …………… she is
in grade six. She (2) …………… speak English. She has English (3) …………… Tuesday and
Friday. She can also (4) …………… the piano. In her room, (5) …………… is a piano and some
books. Everyday she gets up at six. She (6) …………… breakfast at 6.30 and goes to school at a
(7) …………… to seven. She has her (8) …………… from seven o’clock to eleven thirty. Then
she (9) …………… home and has lunch at twelve o’clock. It’s three o’clock in the afternoon
now. Nga is in her room. She is (10) …………… the piano.
VI. Sắp xếp lại các từ bị sáo trộng thành câu có nghĩa
1. house / a / Minh /lake / lives / in / near / a.
……………………………………………………………………………………………
2. a / plays / badminton / Paul / week / twice.
……………………………………………………………………………………………
3. like / the / weather / fall/ what / is / the / in?
……………………………………………………………………………………………
4. building / tallest / in / this / my city / the / is .
……………………………………………………………………………………………
5. good / the/ there /let’s / and/ time / beach / go / have / to / a.
……………………………………………………………………………………………
6. small / thin / sister / white / and / his / lips / teeth / has.
…………………………………………………………………………………………….
7. hot / go / when / I/ go swimming / it / is.
…………………………………………………………………………………………….
8. camping / often / do / how / you / go?
…………………………………………………………………………………………….
9. stay / grandparents / vacation / are / with / next / we / to / we / to / our / going / summer.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
10. in / the / Nile River / the / longest / the / is / world.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
VII.S¾p xÕp c¸c tõ x¸o trén thµnh c©u hoµn chØnh.
1. live / on / in / not / aunt / does / small / Hung Vuong Street / house / a/ my.
…………………………………………………………………………..……………………
2. these / notebooks / their / new / are ?
…………………………………………………………..……………………………………
3. there / wall / picture / is / in / a / your / the / on / living-room?
…………………………………………………………………………..……………………
4. city / it / in / is / house / house / a / the / is / big / Lan’s / and.
……………………………………………………………………………...………………...
5. years / a / Mrs. Nga/ teacher / and / thirty-two / old / she / is / is.
…………………………………………………………………..……………………………
Trang
136
VIII. T×m lçi sai, gạch ch©n vµ söa l¹i cho ®óng trong c¸c c©u sau.
1.There are two benchs in my room. ……………………
2.Mr Hien isn’t lives in a house in the country. ……………………
3.My mother is fourty years old. ……………………
4. What color are her eyes? It’s blue. ……………………
5.Our classroom is on the three floor. ……………………
6. She often plays football in hers free time. ……………………
7. Hoa house is in the country. ……………………
8. Our school is big. They have four floors. ……………………
9. I go to school every mornings with my friends. ……………………
10. There is a hospital new near our school. ……………………
IX. ChuyÓn sang sè nhiÒu c¸c c©u sau.
1. What’s this ? It’s a bench.
…………………………………………………………………………………………..
2. Is that her knife?
……………………………………………………………………………………………..
3. This woman has a child.
…………………………………………………………………………………………..
4. The policeman is in his room.
………………………………………………………………………………………..
5. Does he has a white tooth?
…………………………………………………………………………………….
X. §Æt c©u hái cho phÇn g¹ch ch©n.
1. Mai is not very well
today...................................................................................................................................?
2. The man in the car is our new
teacher............................................................................................................................?
3. There is a board on the
wall...................................................................................................................................?
4. My sister lives on Le Qui Don
Street.....................................................................................................................?
5. No. She is a
nurse..................................................................................................................................?
6. My brother gets up at a quarter to
six............................................................................................................................?
7. Her mother is a
teacher..................................................................................................................................?
8. There is a lamp by the telephone.
.................................................................................................................................?
9. Nam goes to school with his friends.
………………………………………………………………………………………………?
10. Tuan does his homework in the evening.
……………………………………………………………………………..……………….?

Trang
137
THCS ĐẠI XUÂN ĐỀ LUYỆN HSG ANH 6
ĐỀ SỐ 32

I. Sö dông tõ gîi ý viÕt thµnh c©u hoµn chØnh.

1. That / your teacher ? No. This / my / teacher.
……………………………………………………………………………………………....
2.There / many books / bookshelf?
……………………………………………………………………………….………………
3. How / your brother? He / one.
………………………………………………………………………………..………………
4.This / not / my pen // It / her pen.
……………………………………………………………………………….……………
5. What / these ? They / ink-pot.
……………………………………………………………………………………………..
6. Minh/ live/ brother/ apartment/ city.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
7. Mrs. Lan/ and/ children/ travel/ London/ plane.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
8. Sister/ have/ bike/ and/ cycle/ work/ everyday.
………………………………………………………………………………………………
9. Where / the dogs? They / yard.
………………………………………………………………………………………………

10. brother / homework / dinner / evening?

………………………………………………………………………………………………
II. Dïng tõ gîi ý ë ®Çu c©u viÕt l¹i c¸c c©u sau sao cho nghÜa kh«ng thay ®æi.
1. How old are your parents?
What…………………………………………………………………………………?
2. How many classroom are there in your family?How many…………………………….
…………...?
3. What are these people?What are
………………………………………………………………………...…...?
4. Mrs. Xuan has a son, Duc. Mrs
Xuan……………………………………………………………………………...
5. His family has four people.There are
……………………………………………………………………………..
6. Mr. and Mrs. Minh has a daughter, Lan.Mr. and Mrs.
Minh………………………………………………………
7. My mother goes to work at seven thirty.My mother goes to
work………………………………………………
8. Mai’s books are new.Mai
……………………………………………………………………………………
9. The lamp is in front of the stereo.The stereo
…………………………………………………………………….
II. §äc ®o¹n v¨n sau ræi ®iÒn tõ thÝch hîp vµo chç trèng.

I have a little sister. (1)………….. name is Daisy. She (2)………………. to school six
days a week. On (3)………………..days she has lunch (4)……………. school, but (5)
………………… weekend she has lunch at home. She often has bread and a glass of milk (6)
Trang
138
……………. breakfast. She likes milk very much. She drinks ( 7)………….. for every meal.
After dinner, she often listens to music, then she (8)……………… her homework. Sometimes
she watches television but she (9)……………like to watch it very much. She goes to (10)
……….. at eleven o’clock.
IV.Write a short paragraph (about

THCS ĐẠI XUÂN ĐỀ LUYỆN HSG ANH 6

ĐỀ SỐ 33

I. Choose the word which is pronounced differently from the others.

Trang
139
1. A. clothes B. watches C. benches D. classes
2. A. read B. teacher C. eat D. ahead
3. A. books B. pens C. rulers D. erasers
4. A. kite B. twice C . swim D. pastimes
5. A. full B. tube C. blue D. fruit
6. A. thin B. thick C. thanks D .with
7. A. doors B. dogs C. floors D. maps
8. A. hour B. happy C. high D. hotel
9. A . tenth B. math C. brother D. theater
10. A. intersection B. eraser C. bookstore D. history
II. Choose the best answer.
1.I like ………..because I like to learn about the numbers.
A. literature B. Geography C. History D. Math
2. The hotel is in front of the car park so the car park is ……. the hotel.
A. between B .behind C. next to D.opposite
3. People often play sports at the ………….
A .factory B. movie theater C. stadium D.bakery
4. Why do you like flowers? – Because ………. beautiful.
A. They’re B.It’s C. There’re D. We’re
5. The weather is………… in the deserts.
A. hot B.warm C. cold D. foggy
6. Her…………season is spring.
A. nice B. beautiful C. favourite D. interesting
7. We save the earth by not……… forests.
A.make B. lifting C. cutting D. bringing
8. There isn’t ………in the next room.
A. some one B. no one C. any one D.somebody
9. The football match………… at three o’clock.
A. does B. gives C. watches D. finishes
10. Could I have a………… of matches, please?
A. bar B. can C. box D.bottle
11. Ho Chi Minh city is………… city in Vietnam.
A. the bigger B. biggest C. the biggestD.more big
12. I learn music………………. : on Mondays and Fridays.
A. two times a week B. once aweek
C.one aweek D. twice a week
13. Which month is ……………? May or June.
A. hottest B. hotter C. more hot D. hot than
14. She doesn’t have ………..friends at school.
A. a B. some C. many D. much
15. Why don’t we go camping? ………… a good idea.
A. Let’s B.That’s C. It D. With
16. There are five …………. in one hand.
A. fingers B. arms C. toes D. feet
17. We……….. stop when the light is red.
A. can’t B. can C. mustn’t D. must
18. What is your favourite food?
A. I favourite chicken B. My favourite food chicken
C. Chicken favourite me D. I like chicken best.
19. Linda ……… her hair every day.
Trang
140
 A. washes B. wash C. clean D.cleans
20 .How many minutes are there in………… hour?
A. a B. an C. the D. these
21.What are there in this box? ………….. of shoes.
A. a couple B. a pair C. some D . afew
22. It’s hot ………. our country …….. the summer .
A. in/in B. in/on C. in/at D. on/in
23. I often help my mother …….. her housework.
A. of B. with C. for D .from
24. My sister …….. a new language every year.
A. study B. studies C. works D. prepares
25. When it becomes hot, people often feel ……..
A.hungry B. thirsty C. happy D. full
26. The boy looks a little thin ,……….. he’s strong.
A. and B. for C. or D. but
27. Mary and ……… would like to join the English Speaking Clup.
A. me B. my C. mine D. I
28. Please read the dialogue……………
A. aloud B. loud C. loudly D. loudily
29 . I always get up early. I ………. get up late.
A. usually B.often C. never D. sometimes
30. Classes ……… at 7.15 every morning.
A. start B. starts C. is start D. starting
III. Choose the words or phrases that are not correct in standard English.
1.Ba often does his homeworks in the evening.
A B C D
2. They aren’t go to bed at 9 o’clock.
A B C D
3. I don’t have some apples but I have some bananas.
A B C D
4. That’s my sister over there. She stands next to the window
A B C D
5. He’s waiting to the bus at the moment.
A B C D
6. My father never have lunch at home.
A B C D
7. We need eight hundred gram of beef.
A B C D
8. There is a temple old near our school.
A B C D
9. How long are you going to staying in Vietnam?
A B C D
10. Would you like any sugar? – Yes , please.
A B C D
IV.Choose the best option to complete the passage.
It’s Sunday morning. The Browns are sitting in (1)……… living room. They are talking (2)
…….. the dinner this evening. David likes beef and Susan does, too. He says that beef (3)
……..good for childen. Their father, Mr. Brown, prefer chicken to beef. He asks his wife to buy
(4)…….. for him. Helen, their youngest daughter doesn’t want any meat .She would (5)………..
cakes and sweets. Mrs. Brown doesn’t like beef. She doesn’t like chicken, either. She likes fish,
Trang
141
vegetables and fruit. She says that fish and vegetables (6)…………. good for old men and every
body (7)………. to eat fruit.
At last they decide to go out (8)…….dinner (9)………..Mrs. Brown says that she can’t cook
so(10)…………food for every body in the family.
1.A. the B.a C.an D. to
2. A. with B. for C. about D. to
3.A . are B. has C. does D. is
4. A. little B. some C. any D. none
5. A. like B. likes C.have D. has
6. A. is B. have C.are D. do
7. A. need B. needs C. are D. have
8. A. to B.of C. with D. for
9. A. because B. but C. so D. and
10. A. many B. little C. much D. lots of

THCS ĐẠI XUÂN ĐỀ LUYỆN HSG ANH 6

ĐỀ SỐ 34

I. Chọn từ có cách phát âm khác với các từ còn lại :

1. A. call B. fall C. shall D. wall
2. A. clown B. down C. own D. town
3. A. thank B. that C. this D. those
4. A. books B. pens C. rulers D. bags
5. A. come B. home C. some D. none

Trang
142
II. Chọn câu trả lời đúng nhất
1. We have Geography on Tuesday and on Saturday. We have it …………… a week.
A. once B. twice C. second D. two time
2. Mai and Thao often do aerobic in ……………… free time.
A. your B. her C. his D. their
3. She doesn't like playing badminton. She ……………… plays badminton.
A. always B. usually C. often D. never
4. He wants …………. an engineer.
A. is B. be C. to be D. being
5. I'm tired. I'd like …………….
A. sit down B. sitting down C. to sit down D. to sitting down
6. Do you have any toothpaste? I want
a large …………………
A. tin B. box C. bar D. tube
7. What …. the weather like in summer?
A. is B. does C. are D. do
8. It's very hot. Why ………. go swimming?
A. not we B. we not C. don't we D. we don't
9. How ………….. is a kilo of beef?
A. many B. much C. money D. much money
10. ……………………. book is this, yours or mine?
A. What B. Which C. Whose D. Who's
11. Hoa ………………… a lot of friends at her school.
A. has B. have C. to have D. to has
12. I'd like a hot drink. What ………….. you, Uyen?
A. are B. would C. about D. for
13. There are ………… eggs in the supermarket.
A. hundred B. hundred ofC. hundreds of D. of hundred
14. …………… is Ba going to stay with?
A. Who B. Where C. What D. Which
15. In Math, Tom is …………….. than Billy.
A. good B. well C. better D. best
16.She often goes to school …………………
A. with bike B. on bike C. by plane D. by bus
17. Who is …………………, Bill Gates or Bill Clinton?
A. rich B. richer C. richest D. poor
18. The police station is ……………… to the bank.
A. next B. near C. besides D. opposite
19. There is …………….. milk in the glass.
A. many B. a lot C. any D. some
20. She has …………….. hair.
A. a black long B. black long C. long black D. long a black
III. Cho dạng đúng của từ viết hoa
1. Is your brother an ……………………… ? ACT
2. Mai's sister is a ………………….…….. . SING
3. I am Vietnamese. What's your ……….…………… NATION
5. These children like ……………….….. weather. SUN
6. How are you today? - I am ……….……………… GOOD
7. She doesn't have many …………..………… in Ha Noi. RELATE

Trang
143
8. There are nineteen ………….………. in my school. CLASS
9. In Tan's ……………….…, there are many high buildings. NEIGHBOR
10. Students like taking part in many ……….……........ at recess. ACTIVITY
IV. Chia động từ
1. There ………………..…. (be) many bookselves in the library.
2. Lan and Mai …………………… (play) games at the moment.
3. ………………..…………... (she / drive) a car? - Yes, she can.
4. Hoa ……………..…….. (not go) to shool on Sundays.
5. You shouldn't ………………….. (get) up late. 6. Don't …………………… (throw) trash in
the street.
7. What ……………………….. (she / have) for breakfast everyday?
8. ………………………………. (you / live) in a town?
9. How often …………………….. (you / watch) television?
10. He is not going to read books. He …………………………. (listen) to music.
V. Xác định và sửa lỗi sai
1. I am twelve year old. …………………………
A B C D
2. My school have three floors and twelve classrooms. ………………………….
A B C D
3. What is your classroom? - It is on the third floor. ………………………….
A B C D
4. She often plays sports in afternoon. ………………………….
A B C D
5. There are many tree near her house. ………………………..
A B C D
6. We often reads books in the library. ………………………….
A B C D
7. What does Ngan go to school every day? …………………………..
A B C D
8. My mother is going to the market with my. ……………………….….
A B C D
9. There are some beef on the table. …………………………..
A B C D
10. He plays badminton five time a week. ……………………………
A B C D
VI. Điền một giới từ thích hợp vào mỗi chỗ trống
1. How …………….. eating out tonight, Tom? 2. Lan sometimes goes to school
………………… foot.
3. The film starts ………………… half past seven. 4. They are never late ………………..
school.
5. She is English. She is ……………..….. England.
VII. Điền vào mỗi chỗ trống một từ thích hợp
Salesperson: Can I ……(1)……… you
Customer: Yes. I would like ……(2)…….. meat.
Salesperson: How ……(3)………. do you want?
Customer: A kilo, ……(4)…...
Salesperson: A kilo of meat. Is there ……(5)……. else?
Customer: Yes. I'd ……(6)……….. some banans.

Trang
144
Salesperson: How ……(7)…….. do you want?
Customer: Five. And I want to buy half a ……(8)…..of sugar.
Salesperson: ……(9)…… you are.
Customer: Thank you.
Salesperson: Thank you. See ……(10)… again.
VIII. Chọn từ thích hợp nhất để điền vào chỗ trống
Jim Green ……(0)…… a student in a secondary chool. He …(1)… classes from Monday
to Friday. He has many …(2).. to do after class in the afternoon. On Monday and Wednesday, he
helps his ..(3)... with their English. On Tuesday and Thursday, he takes part in the Informatics
Club. On Friday, he …(4)……basketball. He goes to the park or museum …(5)…. his parents
and his sister ……(6)……Saturday. On Sunday, he has a good rest …(7)….. home and …….(8)
…. his homework.
Now, it is 8:30 in the morning, Jim ………(9)……… in the classroom and having a Math
class. He is listening to the teacher carefully. His friends David and Tony are looking at the
blackboard. Lucy and Lily are thinking. Mary is writing something in her notebook. All of them
……(10)….. working hard.
0. A. be B. are C. is D. am
1. A. to have B. has C. have D. having
2. A. school B. lesson C. housework D. things
3. A. books B. friends C. rulers D. notebooks
4. A. reads B. plays C. writes D. sees
5. A. with B. to C. by D. of
6. A. at B. in C. on D. to
7. A. in B. at C. on D. of
8. A. makes B. works C. does D. thinks
9. A. are sitting B. sitting C. sit D. is sitting
10. A. is B. are C. be D. to be
IX. Đọc đoạn văn, trả lời câu hỏi
Anna lives in a village in Africa. Her day start at 4 o'clock. She gets up and she walks
three kilometers to the river. She collects some water and carries it back to her house. The water
is very heavy. It isn't clean but there isn't any water in her village. Anna doesn't go to school. She
can't read or write. She helps her mother in the house.
1. Where does Anna live?………………………………………..
2. What does she do after she gets up?………………………………………
3. What does she collect?…………………………….……….
4. Is the water clean?……………………………………
5. Can she write?……………………………………
X. Đặt câu hỏi cho phần gạch chân trong các câu sau
1. I am fine, thank you.……………………………………………………
2. They are black.…………………………………… ……
3. She is in the school yard.……………………………
4. I play soccer every afternoon.………………………………
5. They are doing their homework.……………………… …
XI. Viết câu dùng từ gợi ý
1. I/ not want/ eat anything/ because/ not hungry
…………………………………………

Trang
145
2. How much / beef / you / want?
………………………………………………………………………
3. Thuy / her friends / skip rope / now
/………………………………………………………………………
4. Phong / go fishing / three times / week
……………………………………………………………………
5. There / be / a garden / behind / school
/…………………………………………………………………

THCS ĐẠI XUÂN ĐỀ LUYỆN HSG ANH 6

ĐỀ SỐ 35

I.Rewrite each of the following sentences in such a way that it means exactly the same as the
sentence
1. Ha’school bag is new and big. Ha has ……………………………………..
3. Phuong has a sister, Lan. Phuong………………………………..
4. No house on the street is bigger than this house. This
house……………………………………
5. How many apples does she want? How many apples would…………………………..?
II. Make the question for the answer below.
1. ………………………………………………………………………………
He goes swimming twice aweek.
2. …………………………………………….………………………………..
We are going to Dalat by plane this summer.
Trang
146
 3. ………………………………………………….…………………………..
There is some orange juice to drink after breakfast?
4………………………………………………..………………………………
Peter and Mary are both Canadian .
5. ………………………………………………………………………………
Her father is an achitect.
III. Using the cues to complete the sentences.
2. Lan/ Ly/ go/ bookstore/ buy/ books/
now……………………………………………………………………….
3. I/ not like/ winter/ because/ it/ very cold.
………………………………………………………………………...
3. Many plants/ animals/ danger/ because /we /destroying /them.
…………………………………………………………….…..
4.Ba / usually / play tennis / fall/ but/ sometimes/ sailing.
………………………………………………………………………….…
5.Mrs. Ngoc/ going/ buy/ some toys/ children?……………………………………
………………
IV. Write a paragraph about 80-100 words about your daily activities.
Activities Time
Morning - get up
- have breakfast
- go to school
- classes start/ finish
- ..........
Afternoon - ..............
- .............
Evening -..............
- ............
Every morning, I get up ..............................................................................
.................................................................................................................................

V. Em hãy đọc đoạn hội thoại sau rồi trả chọn câu trả lời thích hợp A,B, C hoặc D cho câu
hỏi bên
THE CITY AND THE COUNTRY
David: How do you like living in the big city?
Maria: There are many things that are better than living in the country!
David: Can you give me some examples?
Maria: Well, it certainly is more interesting than the country. There is so much more to do
and see!
David: Yes, but the city is more dangerous than the country.
Maria: That’s true. People in the city aren’t as open as those in the countryside.
David: I’m sure that the country is more relaxed, too.
Maria: Yes, the city is busier than the country. However, the country is much slower than
the city.
David: I think that’s a good thing!
Maria: Oh, I don’t. The country is so slow and boring! It’s much more boring than the city.
David: How about the cost of living? Is the country cheaper than the city?
Maria: Oh, yes. The city is more expensive than the country.
David: Life in the country is also much healthier than in the city.
Trang
147
Maria: Yes, it’s cleaner and less dangerous in the country. But, the city is so much more
exciting. It’s faster, crazier and more fun than the country.
David: I think YOU are crazy for moving to the city.
Maria: Well, I’m young now. Maybe when I’m married and have children I’ll move back to
the country.
Questions
1. Maria thinks life in the city is __________ life in the countryside.
A. cheaper than B. as cheap as C. more expensive than D. as expensive as
2. David says that the countryside is __________ the city.
A. less dangerous than B. more dangerous than C. as dangerous as D. as safe as
3. Maria says __________ when she is married and has children.
A. she will move to the city B. she will buy a house in the country
C. might leave the countryside D. she might move back to the country
4. According to the conversation, which of the following statements is TRUE?
A. The city is quieter than the country. B. The country is healthier than the city.
C. Maria thinks the country is more fun than the city. D. The country is more exciting than the
city.
5. According to the conversation, which of the following statements is NOT TRUE?
A. The people in the countryside aren’t as open as the people in the city.
B. David thinks Maria is crazy for leaving the country.
C. Life in the country isn’t as hectic as life in the city. D. the country is slower than the city.
VI: Chän tõ mµ phÇn g¹ch ch©n cã c¸ch ph¸t ©m kh¸c víi c¸c tõ cßn l¹i
1. A. want B. basketball C. family D. camp 1.
2. A. foodstall B. bookshelf C. foot D. noodles 2.
3. A. who B. which C. what D. when 3.
4. A. brother B. mother C. thank D. weather 4.
5. A. engineer B. geography C. gymnast D. garden 5.
6. A. desks B. seasons C. lamps D. eats 6.
7. A. lemonade B. stereo C. hotel D. television 7.
8. A. coffee B. volleyball C. chocolate D. opposite 8.
9. A. round B. couch C. routine D. housework 9.
10. A. station B. question C. intersection D. destination 10.
VII: Chän ®¸p ¸n ®óng ®Ó hoµn thµnh c¸c c©u sau.
11. I like playing badminton very much. I ………………… play badminton in my free time.
A. want B. don’t C. never D. always
12. There are ………………… syllables in the word “supermarket”.
A. two B. three C. four D. five
13. Do you live in the country or in the city? ~ ………………….
A. Yes, I do B. I live in the city C. No, I don’t D. I live on the city
14. What would you like ………………… dinner?
A. for B. to C. in D. at
15. What’s the ………………… like in the summer? ~ It is usually hot.
A. food B. sea C. weather D. neighborhood
16. ……………………………………? ~ We play badminton and swim.
A. What sports do you and your brother like? B. Which sports do you and your brother
play?
C. When do you and your brother play sports? D. What are you and your brother doing?
17. How many ………………… do you want? ~ A dozen.
Trang
148
 A. noodles B. cooking oil C. carrot D. eggs
18. Does Mrs. Vui ………………… to buy any tomatoes?
A. want B. wanting C. wants D. to want
19. ………………… are these pens and pencils? ~ They are 25, 000 dong.
A. How old B. How C. How much D. How often
20. ……………………………………? ~ Black. And it’s very long.
A. What color are her lips B. What color is her
hair
C. What color are her teeth D. What color are her hair
VIII: Chia d¹ng ®óng cña ®éng tõ trong ngoÆc
My brother (21 – do) ………………… his homework in his room at present. He always (22 –
do) ………………… it in the evening.
What (23 – be) ………………… there (24 – drink) ………………… for dinner?
Nam usually (25 – not play) ……………… sports, but sometimes, he (26 – fly)
………………… the kites.
What you (27 – do) ………………… this summer holiday? ~ We (28 – visit)
………………… President Ho Chi Minh’s Mausoleum.
Let’s (29 – help) ………………… Mom, Lan. You mustn’t (30 – eat) ………………… food
in the classroom.
IX: §iÒn giíi tõ thÝch hîp vµo chç trèng nÕu cÇn. NÕu kh«ng cÇn th× ®iÒn 
I live (31) ………………… a small house (32) ………………… the countryside.
My house is (33) ………………… a bookstore and a toystore: the bookstore to the left and
the toystore to the right.
Miss Mai wants a kilo ………………… (34) meat and a dozen (35) ………………… eggs.
Nga goes (36) ………………… school (37) ………………… foot every morning and she
goes (38) ………………… home (39) ………………… four thirty in the afternoon.
Who do you usually play badminton (40) …………………?
X: Cho d¹ng ®óng cña tõ in hoa ®Ó hoµn thµnh c©u.
I’d like some bread. Let’s go to the (41) ………………… BAKE
My mother and my sister are (42) ………………. My mother (43) ………………
English at a primary school near my house. TEACH
Thai Binh has a lot of (45) …………… beaches as: Con Vanh, Diem Dien, … etc
BEAUTY
You must be (46) ………………… when you cross the busy streets. CARE
My school library is on the (47) …………… floor. I go there (48) …………… a week.
TWO
Why are you (49) ………………… late for school?
USUAL
There are many (50) ………………… in the summer. ACT
XI: §iÒn “a / an / the / some / any” vµo chç trèng nÕu cÇn. NÕu kh«ng cÇn th× ®iÒn 
a) I am going to (51) ………………… supermarket. I want to buy half (52) …………………
kilo of beef.
b) There’s (53) ………………… orange and (54) ………………… apple pie on the kitchen
table.
c) Are you hungry? Would you like (55) ………………… bread? ~ No, thanks. I’m not hungry.
I don’t want (56) ………………… bread.
d) I like learning English best. It is my (57) ………………… favorite subject at school.
e) Are there (58) ………………… trees in front of your house? ~ Yes. And there are (59)
………………… flowers, too.
Trang
149
f) My sister usually goes to school at (60) ………………… quarter to seven. She is never late
for school.

THCS ĐẠI XUÂN ĐỀ LUYỆN HSG ANH 6

ĐỀ SỐ 36

I: T×m vµ söa lçi sai trong mçi c©u sau.

1. My father doesn’t like coffee. He doesn’t never drink it.
3. Ba gets up at 6 o’clock and gets dressing.
4. Would you like some noodles? ~ Yes, I wouldn’t. I’m not hungry but I’m thirsty. I’d like a
cold drink.
5. What are you doing when it’s cold?
6. Where is your classroom? ~ It’s on the nineth floor.
7. How do you say the word “businessman”? ~ B – U – S – I – N – E – S – S – M – A – N.
8. After getting up in the morning, Hoa washes her face, brushes her tooth and then has
breakfast.
9. How many homework does Ba have every day? ~ He has a lot of homework.
10. How often does Mr. Ba go to Ha Noi? ~ Seldom, one a year.
11. Are you and Hoa in grade 6? ~ Yes. We are at class 6A.

II: T×m mét tõ thÝch hîp ®iÒn vµo mçi chç trèng trong ®o¹n v¨n sau

I get up at six o’clock every day. I brush my teeth, wash my face, (1) ………………… a
shower and then have breakfast. My breakfast has bread, cheese, beefsteak (2) …………………
Trang
150
some milk. After morning classes, I have (3) ………………… with noodles, an apple and a glass
of orange (4) …………………. In the afternoon, I have more three classes. I go home at five
o’clock after playing sports with my school friends. I like (5) ………………… badminton very
much. We also (6) ………………… aerobics three times a week. I have dinner (7)
………………… my family at half (8) ………………… six. Then I do my homework.
Sometimes, I watch television or listen to music or play video (9) ………………… after
finishing homework. I usually go to bed at ten o’clock. I never (10)………………… up too late
at night.
III. Chän tõ cã phÇn g¹ch ch©n in nghiªng ph¸t ©m kh¸c:
1. board factory short floor
2. winter hospital business building
3. ahead breakfast great heavy
4. produce pollute collect volleyball
5. teachers thanks pupils farmers
6. flow throw yellow plow
7. look school book room
8. clothes oranges watches glasses
9. hour house help home
10. fall cat plan scrap
IV. Chän tõ hoÆc côm tõ trong ngoÆc thÝch hîp víi chç trèng trong c©u:
11. I’m going to the ________ now. I want to buy some bread(post office / drugstore / bakery /
toys tore)
12. It is twenty–five past ________. (fifty / a quarter / four o’clock /
eleven)
13. She doesn’t have ________ friends at school. (a / some / many/ much)
14. There is ________ rain in our country. (a lot / many / a few / a lot of)
15. My sister ________ and play volleyball. (can swims / cans swim / can
swim / swim)
16. Mexico City has a population ________ 13.6 million. (of / on / in / to)
17. He wants _________ an engineer. (to be / being / be / is)
18. They would like some milk ________ dinner. (in / at / for / of)
19. It’s also ________ cleaner and nicer. (more / much / many / most)
20. Wai Man is from ______ . He speaks _______ .
(Chinese-China / China-Chinese / Chineses- China /
Chinas-Chinese)
21. ________ the three books, the green one is mine. (In / On / Of / To)
22. There are ________ syllables in the word “supermarket”. (two / three / four /
five)
23. ~ Do you live in the country or in the city?
~ ________ (Yes, I do / I live in the city / No, I don’t / I live
on the city)
24. Look ________ that man. He is looking ________ Hoa, but she isn’t there. (for-at /
at-for / at-at / in-for)
25. A glass of ________ , please. I never drink alcohol. (orange juice / whisky /
larger / beer)
26. I hope the _________ can repair our car quickly. ( mechanic / reporter /
architect / dentist)
27. What part of the country are you ________ ? (to / by / of / from)
28. Minh is the ________ student of the two boys (better / best / good / well)
Trang
151
29. Where is Lan? – She is down ________ the river. (in / next / by / on)
30. She’s doing ________ in the garden, just walking about. (anything / nothing /
everything / something)
V. ViÕt d¹ng thÝch hîp cña ®éng tõ trong ngoÆc:
31. Look! The plane is flying towards the airport. It (land).
32. Your father (go) to work by bike every day?
33. My sister always wears nice clothes for work. Today she (wear) a blue jacket and shirt.
34. What you (do) this summer holiday? 5. We shouldn’t (throw) trash on the street.
35. (Not ask) him to lend. He doesn’t have any money 7. It usually (rain) a lot in June?
36. Lan with her mother (go) to the market at the moment.
37. There (be) a vase of flowers in the sitting room?
38. It’s a pity that she (not understand) what I am saying at the moment.
VI. Chän a; an; any; some thÝch hîp víi chç trèng trong mçi c©u:
39. I would like ______ dozen eggs. 2. They are planting ______ trees in the
garden.
40. There aren’t _______ pictures in the album. 4. Would you like______ coffee?
41. There is _______ orange in the box. 6. Do you have _______ brothers or
sisters?
42. There is ______ milk in the bottle. 8. Mrs. Brown doesn’t have _______
children
VII. S¾p xÕp c¸c tõ, côm tõ thµnh c©u cã nghÜa:
43. classroom/ desks / it/ is/ Mai’s/ has/ on/ floor/ fifth/ the/ twenty/and.
44. does/ your/ every/ what/ sister/ afternoon/ play?
45. you/ me/ to/ with/ would/ like/ shopping/ the/ help?
46. Mekong River/ starts/ the/ Tibet/ in/ flows/ into/ the/ Bien Dong/ and.
47. spring/ weather/ the/ in/ the/ warm/ is/ usually.
48. you/ going to/ what/ do/ summer/ this/ vacation/ are?
49. like/ I/ wouldn’t/ because/ bread/ not/ I’m/ hungry.
50. Mr./ Mrs. Thu/ travel/ work/ bus/ to/ and/ by/ every day/
VIII. Trong mçi c©u sau cã mét lçi sai. T×m vµ söa l¹i cho ®óng:
51. The fall is cool than the summer
52. How many homework does Ba have every day? He has a lot of homework
53. A lot of my friends play tennis but not much of them play soccer
54. My friend sometimes go sailing in the fall
55. How many childs are there in the room?
56. He brushes his teeth, takes a shower and gets dressing.
57. We are pollute the land, the rivers and the oceans.
58. Lam is a gymnast and she is not week.
IX. ViÕt d¹ng ®óng cña tõ in hoa ®Ó hoµn thµnh c©u:
59. Has your sister got a _____ ? She looks tired HEAD
60. This is my favorite chair. It’s so _____ COMFORT
61. Nobody in my class is _____ than Thuy GOOD
62. This tree has a lot of green _____ . LEAF
63. There are many _____ in the summer. ACT
64. Mr. Minh is always _____. BUSINESS
65. My friend is a great _____ MUSIC
66. His ambition is to be a ____ one day. MILLION

Trang
152
X. Dïng tõ gîi ý viÕt l¹i c©u sao cho nghÜa cña c©u kh«ng ®æi so víi c©u ®ã cho:
67. What is the width of the Great Wall? How_______________________
68. It’s very cold. He can’t swim. It’s too_____________________
69. Tuan is the tallest boy in my class. No body ____________________
70. Farmers need more land, so they burn forests. Farmer burn forests ___________
71. My sister cycles to the supermarket every day My sister goes _______________
72. Is there a garden in your school?  Does your __________________?
73. Mr. Minh has a son, Nam Mr. Minh is _________________
74. This house is small. It is ________________________
XI. Dùa vµo tõ gîi ý, viÕt c©u hái vµ c©u tr¶ lêi theo néi dung ®o¹n v¨n:
Mr. Hung is a farmer. He has some paddy fields and he produces a lot of rice. Near his
house, he has a small field and he grows a few vegetables. He also has a few fruit trees. They
produce a little fruit.
Mr. Hung has some animals. He has two buffalo. They plow the paddy fields and pull a
cart. He has a few cows. They produce a little milk. He has some chickens. They produce a lot of
eggs. He also has a dog and two cats.
81. What / Mr. Hung / do? 82. .....................................................
83. How / rice / Mr. Hung / produce? 84. .....................................................
85. How / kinds / animals / Mr. Hung / have? 86. .....................................................
87. His cows / plow / paddy fields / pull / a cart? 88. .....................................................
89. Where / his vegetable field? 90. .....................................................

THCS ĐẠI XUÂN ĐỀ LUYỆN HSG ANH 6

ĐỀ SỐ 37

IT×m tõ thÝch hîp víi mçi chç trèng ®Ó hoµn thµnh ®o¹n v¨n sau:

John likes fishing. He ......(1)...... in the river near our house. ......(2)...... Sunday afternoon,
when he ......(3)...... no work, he goes down to the river with a ......(4)...... of water and some
sandwiches and fishes ......( 5)...... it is quite dark. There are always a few ......(6)...... people there.
They love fishing, ......(7)...... , and they all sit there quietly for hours. ......(8)...... they catch
some ......(9)......, sometimes they do not. I do not like that kind of sport ......(10)...... I am not very
patient.

II: §äc ®o¹n v¨n vµ chän ®¸p ¸n ®óng cho mçi th«ng tin ë díi

Joanna lives in Oxford in England. She is tall and thin with brown hair and blue eyes. She is 11
years old and her birthday is on June 22 nd. She loves swimming very much. In the summer, she
goes swimming every afternoon. She sometimes plays tennis, but not always. In the winter, she
likes watching television at home. She doesn’t want to go out in the cold weather.
11. Where does Joanna live?
A. In Oxford. B. In England. C. A & B are correct. D. A & B are
incorrect.
12. What color is her hair?
A. Brown. B. Blue. C. Brown and blue. D. No information.
13. What is her favorite sport in the summer?
A. Playing tennis. B. Swimming. C. A & B D. Doing aerobics.
14. How old is she?
Trang
153
 A. June 22nd. B. Eleventh C. June. D. Eleven.
15. Which of the following is NOT true?
A. Joanna doesn’t like going out when it’s cold. B. Joanna is tall and heavy.
C. Joanna enjoys going swimming when it is hot. D. Joanna’s hair is
brown and her eyes are blue.
III. Chọn từ có phần gạch chân phát âm khác với những từ còn lại.
1. A. boots B. toothpaste C. food D. flood
2. A. watches B. brushes C. classes D. lives
3. A. their B. math C. thing D. theater
4. A. station B. intersection C. question D. invitation
5. A. teacher B. children C. lunch D. chemist
6. A. answer B. travel C. plane D. bank
7. A. teacher B. repeat C. year D. meat
8. A. warm B. park C. farm D. car
9. A. one B. jog C. box D. doctor
10. A. house B. hour C. country D. mouse
IV. Chọn đáp án đúng nhất
1. She ………………. to the radio in the morning.
A. listen B. watches C. listens D. sees
2. ………………. do you work? - I work at a school.
A. What B. Where C. When D. How
3. I’m going to the ……………….. now. I want to buy some bread.
A. post office B. drugstore C. bakery D. toystore
4. Are there ................... stores on your street?
A. a B. an C. any D. the
5. She doesn’t have ……………….. friends at school.
A. a B. some C. many D. much
6. ………………… long or short?
A. Does Mai have hair B. Is Mai’s hair
C. Does Mai’s hair have D. Is hair of Mai
7. ………………. you like a drink?
A. What B. Would C. How D. Are
8. I need a large ………….. of toothpaste.
A. bar B. can C. tube D. box
9. What about …………….. to Hue on Sunday?
A. to go B. go C. going D. goes
10. My school …… three floors and my classroom is on the first floor.
A. have B. has C. are D. is
11. There is ……soda in the can.
A. a B. any C. some D .an
12. Hoa and I …............funny stories.
A. reading B. am reading C. is reading D. are reading
13. How….............kilos of meat do you want?
A .much B. many C. long D. often
14. She wants …...........an English teacher.
A .being B. to be C. is D. be
15. John likes sports very much. He usually plays …...........after school.
A. games and jogging B. soccer and aerobics
Trang
154
 C. volleyball and soccer D. volleyball and swimming
16. I…..........in the morning.
A. shower C. take the shower B. take showers D. take a shower
17…….......does she go jogging? Once a week.
A. How often B. How long C. How about D. How
18. We have English on Tuesday and Saturday. We have it ................... a week.
A. once B. twice C. two times D. three times
19. They would like some milk .............................. dinner.
A. in B. at C. for D. of
20. I’m tired. I’d like ................................... .
A. sit down B. sitting down C. to sit down D. to sitting down
V. Choose the word having the underlined letters pronounced differently from the others.
1. A. boots B. toothpaste C. food D. flood
2. A. watches B. brushes C. classes D. lives
3. A. their B. math C. thing D. theater
4. A. station B. intersection C. question D. invitation
5. A. teacher B. children C. lunch D. chemist
6. A. answer B. travel C. plane D. bank
7. A. teacher B. repeat C. year D. meat
8. A. warm B. park C. farm D. car
9. A. one B. jog C. box D. doctor
10. A. house B. hour C. country D. mouse
VI. Choose the word or phrase of words which best completes each of the following
sentences.
1. I live in the country. There is a rice paddy near…………….. house.
A. a B. an C. the D. my
2. There is a yard…………….. my house.
A. behind B. left C. in front D. right
3. It's seven thirty and Minh is late…………….. school.
A. to B. at C. for D. in
4. What do they often do when …………………. cold?
A. there’s B. it’s C. its D. they’re
5. Fall means_________ in British - English.
A. summer B. winter C. autumn D. spring
6. Nam ________ to school everyday.
A. go B. going C. goes D. went
7. How does he go to school? - > On ________
A. bus B. foot C. bike D. walk
8. Look! That boy ___________trash on the street.
A. leave B. leaves C.is leaving D. is going to leave
9. He's from Canada. He _______English.
A. speak B. speaks C. is speaking D. is going to speak
10. ______going to the museum?
A. Let's B. Why don't C. What about D. Do you want

Trang
155
VII. Find and correct the mistakes.
1. My mother is going to the market with my. 4. The Browns are traveling to Ho Chi Minh
............................................................................. City in train.
2. Mr. Minh rides his bike to work at the .................................................................
moment. 5. I'm twenty-one year old and I' m a student.
............................................................................ .........................................................
3. How many homework does Lan have every
day?
.............................................................................

THCS ĐẠI XUÂN ĐỀ LUYỆN HSG ANH 6

ĐỀ SỐ 38

I. Choose the word which has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others
1. A. fall B. small C. wash D. want
2. A. blue B. tube C. full D. fruit
3. A. bread B. teacher C. eat D. read
4. A. rulers B. pens C stamps D. tables
5. A. benches B. dishes. C. clothes D. classes .
6. A. station B .nose C. eraser D. intersection
7. A. chicken B. children C. lunch D. school.
8. A. they B. thin C. with D. then
9. A. money B. some C. brother D. movie
10. A. skip B. swim C. minibus D. fried
II. Choose the word or phrase which best completes each sentence.
1. How about…………..a cup of tea?
A. drink B. drinking C. you drink D. do you
2.His ………..sport is soccer.
A. nice B. beautiful C. favorite D. interesting
3.……..your school ? – Yes, It is very beautiful.
A. Do you want B. Do you like C. Would you like D. How is
4. My father ……. …….to work by car.
A. goes often B. often goes C. go often D. is often
5. Nam wants ……..a doctor.
A. becoming B. become C. to become D. becomes
6. We have English on Monday and Friday. We have it ……………………a week.
A. twice B. two times C. once D. every
7. How ……….children do you have ?
A. long B. much C. many D. about
8. There isn’t …….. on your street?
A. no one B. many people C. anyone D. some one
9. - ……..do you go to school? – I go there on foot.
A. How B. By what C. How many D. How by
Trang
156
 10. How many minutes are there in…………..hour?
A. an B. a C. these D. the
III Each sentence has a mistake. Find and correct it.
1. We play games often after school. ………………………………………………….
2. Let’s us go to the zoo tonight. ………………………………………………
3.What are the weather like in winter?………………………………………………..
4. It is often cold in the summer? ……………………………………………….
5.My brother never goes swiming.…………………………………………
6. Minh is going to the market with I ?………………………………………………
7.I often do my homeworks at night.…………………………………………………………..
8. Are they many students in your school?
………………………………………………………………..
9. I need five hundreds grams of
beef…………………………………………………………………………….
10. My father is a farmer. He works in a farm.
…………………………………………………………………
IV. Give the correct forms of the verbs in brackets to complete the sentences below.
1. He usually (drive ) ……… his car to work, but he ( not, drive ) ………….. at the moment .
2. Where is your mom?- She( be) … . in kitchen. She (cook) … …. …….. dinner.
3. My close friend ( visit ) … …………………………..me next week.
4. Her children (ride) ………………… their bikes to school now.
5. Oh, no! It (rain) ................... We can’t go out . It always (rain) ............. a lot in summer.
6. - What ………your son usally (do ) ................in his free time?
- He usually (play) .................. volleyball and (watch ) ................. T.V.
7. - What ………...you ( do ) ……………………..at present?
I(write)............. …………a letter to my grandparents in Vinh city.
8. He (not ,go)......................... to school on Sundays. 9. Look! Our teacher
(arrive).................................here.
10. What (be) ………..there (eat ) ............................for dinner?
11. What … …..your mother (do) … ……….? - She (be) …….. a teacher.
12. We mustn’t ( go )………………………….straight when the traffic light is red.
V. Read the text and choose the best answer to complete each sentences below.
Americans usually (1) ______ up very early. They have breakfast between six (2)______
nine. They usually have bread or a (3)______ and a cup of tea or coffee for breakfast. Most
people eat a quick (4)______ at twelve or twelve thirty. The big meal of the day (5)______

Trang
157
usually dinner. This is usually between (6)______ and seven o’clock in the evening. They usually
have (7)______ , fish, vegetables and fruit for dinner. They often (8)_______ beer or wine, too.
1. A. have B. get C. eat D. sleep
2. A. at B. between C. to D. and
3. A. sandwiches B. sandwich C. rice D. orange
4. A. dinner B. lunch C. supper D. breakfast
5. A. is B. does C. are D. going
6. A. seven thirty B. nine C. eight D. six
7. A. meat B. dinner C. oil D. soap
8. A. cook B. drink C. buy D. eat
VI. Read the following passage and answer the questions
Marry is 21. She has fair hair and blue eyes. She has two brothers, William and Phillip but
she doesn’t have any sisters. Her brothers have brown hair and brown eyes. One of her brother,
Phillip, is married and has two children, so she is an aunt. Marry lives with her parents in an
apartment, it has five rooms but it doesn’t have a garden. She has her own room in the apartment.
In it she has a computer and a TV. She has a car but her parents don’t have one because they
can’t drive.
1. How old is Marry?…………………
………………………………………………..
2. How many brothers does she have?………………………………………
……………………..
3. What color are her eyes?……
………………………………………………………………..
4. Does Marry live with her parents in a house?……………………………
…………………………..
5. Is there a computer and a TV in Marry’s room?…
…………………………… …………….
6. Do her parents have a car?
……………………………………………………………………….
VII. Rewrite the following sentences without changing the meaning.
1. How old is she? What ……………………………………...?
2. The bookstore is to the right of the toy store.The toy store is…………………..............?
3. How much is a bowl of noodles? How much does………………………………………..?
4. Orange juice is her favorite drink. She ………………………………………………………
5. Is there a garden in your school?Does your …….……..…………………………………...?
6. Why don’t we help these old women? What about …………………………………………
7. The girl is very beautiful.She is …………………………………………………..................
8. My sister often walks to school. My sister often …………………………………………….
9. I want a bowl of noodles.I’d ……………………………………………………….
10. That pencil belongs to Hoa.-> That’s……………………………
VIII. Give the correct form of the words in capital in brackets.
1. The Mekong River is _______ river in Viet 5. She likes_____ sweets (eat).
Nam (long ). 6. Lan is the______ girl in her class.
2. These flowers are _________than these trees (beauty)
(beautiful). 7. We don’t like going in his car as he is
3. He is a________ of English at a high school a______ driver (care).
Trang
158
 (teach). 8. Mai's sister is a _____ (sing).
4. There are four _______ in my house
(bookshelf).
IX. Read the passage the choose the word or phrase the best fits each space
I don’t usually eat breakfast. I only have _______(1) of coffee. I don’t eat _______ (2)
until about eleven o’clock. Then I have a biscuit and a glass of _______ (3) . For lunch I usually
have a salad. That’s _______ (4) about two o’clock. I have _______(5) at half pass six in the
afternoon. I’m a vegetarian, so I don’t eat _______(6) or fish. I eat cheese and eggs and things
like that. I have a glass of water or fruit _______(7) with my meals.
At the weekends, I go to a _______(8) in the evenings. You can_______(9) vegetarian meals
in a _______(10) restaurants now.

1. A. a packet B. a cup C. a can D. a bar

2. A. any B. some C. anything D. something
3. A. peas B. rice C. chocolates D. milk
4. A. at B. on C. in D. of
5. A. breakfast B. lunch C. dinner D. supper
6. A. meat B. rice C. vegetables D. noodles
7. A. water B. soda C. juice D. lemonade
8. A. store B. restaurant C. shop D. apartment
9. A. get B. getting C. to get D. gets
10 A. many B. much C. dozen D. lot of
.
X. Read the passage and answer the questions.
There are four seasons in a year.They are spring, summer, fall and winter. In the spring, the
weather is usually warm. Sometimes it is cold but not very cold.There are many flowers in the
spring. In the summer , the day is long and the night is short. People often go swimming in this
season. The fall is the season of fruits. In the winter, it’s usually very cold The day is short and
the night is long.
Answers:
1. How many seasons are there in a year?...............................................................................
2. What are they?......................................................................................
3. Is it usually warm in the spring?...............................................................................
4. What are there in the spring?....................................................................................
5. What do people often do in the summer?..........................................................................
6. Is the day long or short in the summer?............................................................................
XI. Read the passage and check T/F.
It’s six o’clock in the evening. Many people are at home. They are having dinner. They are
watching T.V. They are listening to music. But Mrs Lan is going to work. She’s a doctor and she
works at night in the hospital. Today she’s late. The hospital is not in her neighborhood so she
usually goes by car. Mrs Lan is in her car now. She’s driving fast. She should slow down but she
must be at work by six thirty. A policeman stops her. “You are driving too fast!” he says. "You
are going to have an accident". It’s six thirty. Mrs Lan is not at the hospital. She’s at the police
station. Her car must stay there for fourteen days.
1. Many people are not working.
2. Mrs Lan comes home every evening at
six.
Trang
159
 3. Mrs Lan is a nurse.
4. The hospital is near her house.
5. Mrs Lan goes to work by motorbike.
6. She is late for work.

THCS ĐẠI XUÂN ĐỀ LUYỆN HSG ANH 6

ĐỀ SỐ 39
Bài I. Tìm từ mà phần gạch chân có cách phát âm khác với những từ còn lại
1. A. part B. take C. date D. favor
2. A. beds B. doors C. plays D. students
3. A. chorus B. school C. architect D. chair
4. A. thick B. thank C. though D. think
5. A. expect B. expand C. exam D. exercise
6. A. bought B. daughter C. cough D. sight
7. A. sure B. soup C. season D. small
8. A. switch B. stomach C. match D. catch
9. A. but B. bury C. nut D. young
10. A. study B. ready C. copy D. occupy
Bài II. Chọn đáp án thích hợp nhất trong ngoặc để hoàn thành câu
11. …… is your favorite place?
A. What B. When C. Where D. How
12. There are …… accidents on the roads nowadays.
A. many B. much C. a lot D. a little
13. This is a secret. You......... anyone
A. mustn’t be B. mustn’t tell C. mustn’t say D. speak
14. The roard signs are very ........... They tell us what we must do.
A. useful B. dangerous C. easy D. difficult
15. Throw the papers in the waste......... I don’t need them anymore
A. bag B. box C. basket D. 0
16. Let’s play a ........ now.
A. guitar B. games C. sports D. game
17. There ............ of stars in the sky.
A. is million B. are million C. are millions D. has millions
18. My girlfriend is a ..........
A. gymnastic B. gymnasium C. gymnasts D. gymnast
19. My son is really afraid ......... dogs.
A. for B. of C. with D. at
20. They want ........ to many different places in the country
A. travel B. traveling C. to travel D. traveled
Bài III. Cho dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc để hoàn thành đoạn văn sau

Trang
160
I am a student at Tran Phu school. I (21- be) in grade 6 now. But after vacation this summer I (22-
be) in grade 7. Everyday I (23- go) to school and (24- do) the homework but today it’s Saturday.
Tomorrow, I (25- not go) to school so I (26- not do) my homework now. I (27- watch) television.
My father (28- say) “We (29- visit) our grandfather tomorrow”. I (30- love) my grandfather a lot
and he (31- do). Tomorrow we (32- have) lunch with our grandfather.
Bài IV. Sử dụng từ gợi ý trong ngoặc viết lại những câu sau sao cho nghĩa của câu không
đổi
33. Mrs Thu would like six oranges (DOZEN)
34. She needs half a kilo of beef. (GRAMS)
35. How much does an ice-cream cost? (IS)
36. No sudent in the class is taller than John. (TALLEST)
37. What about going fishing this Saturday? (DON'T)
38. Mr. and Mrs. Pike have daughter, Mary. (PARENTS)
39. They are flying to Ho Chi Minh City now. (TRAVELING)
40. There are about one thousand students in our school. (HAS)
41. My sister has a round face (IS)
42. Trang gets up at five forty-five every morning. (A QUARTER)
Bài V. Có một lỗi sai trong 4 phần được gạch chân ở mỗi câu tìm và chữa lại cho đúng
43. We live on a nice and clean house in the country.
A B C D
44. Hoa’s school have got twenty classrooms.
A B C D
45. It is very dangerously to drive too fast.
A B C D
46. Can you go to the store to buy some fruit to me?
A B C D
47. I would like buying a packet of tea and a tube of toothpaste.
A B C D
48. My classmates always have a picnic two a year.
A B C D
49. Mary is traveling by bus and visit a lot of intersting places.
A B C D
50. I think no city in the world are more beautiful than Paris.
A B C D
51. What is your sister do when it is cold?
A B C D
52. How long are you go to stay with your aunt and uncle?
A B C D
Bài VI. Dùng từ gợi ý viết thành câu hoàn chỉnh có nghĩa
53. My son / never/ dentist/ so / his/ teeth/ bad
………………………………………………………………………
54.They/ visit/ Yen Tu Pogoda/ way to Ha Noi/ next week.
Trang
161
………………………………………………………………………………
55. I/ do /homework/ moment/ so/ can not/ go/ you.
……………………………………………………………………………
56. John/ not/ have/ blue eyes/ but/ color/ eyes/ black.
………………………………………………………………………………
57. Mary/ always/ cycle/ school/ and/ never/ late.
……………………………………………………………………………
58. Peter/ from/ Great Britain/ and/ speak/ English.
……………………………………………………………………
59. There/ much/ noise/ many/ vehicles/ city.
………………………………………………………………………
60. It / too/ far/ us/ go/ Hai Phong/ bike.
…………………………………………………………………
61.When/ not/ need/ light/ you/ switch.
……………………………………………………………………………
62. Mark/ watch/ television/ or/ listen/ music/ after/ school?
……………………………………………………………………………………
Bài VII. Đặt câu hỏi cho từ được gạch chân ở những câu sau
63. We shouldn't walk because it is too far. -> ……………………………
64. They are going to stay there for a week. -> ……………………………………
65. Peter has three meals a day. -> ……………………………………
66. My mother is going to visit her friend this Sunday…………………
67. His teacher is very young and nice. ->…………………………………….
68. We smell the noodles at the store. -> …………………………………
69. Her roommates are from Mexico. ->…………………………………………
70. No. She doesn't have Literature on Monday. ->……………………………….
71. My father goes jogging three times a week. ->…………………………………………
72. My brother is 170 cm tall. ->……………………………………………

Bµi VIII. §äc kü ®o¹n v¨n sau và chän mét ®¸p ¸n ®óng trong sè A, B, C hoÆc D
I live in a house near the sea. It is ...(73)... old house, about 100 years old and...(74)... very
small. There are two bed rooms upstairs...(75)... no bathroom. The bathroom is downstairs ...
(76)... the kitchen and there is a living room where there is a lovely old fire place. There is a
garden...(77)... the house. The garden...(78)... down to the beach and in spring and summer...
(79)... flowers every where. I like alone...(80)... my dog, Rack, but we have a lot of visitors. My
city friends often stay with ...(81)...
I love my house for... (82)... reasons the garden, the flowers in summer, the fee in winter,
but the best thing is the view from my bedroom window.
73. A. a B. an C. the D. any
Trang
162
 74. A. it's B. it C. there's D. they're
75. A. and B. or C. but D. too
76. A. between B. next C. near to D. next to
77. A. in front B. front of C. of front in D. in front of
78. A. go B. going C. goes D. in goes
79. A. there are B. they are C. there are D. those are
80. A. for B. of C. on D. with
81 A. me B. I C. my D. I'm
82. A. a B. any C. many D. a lot
BÀI IX. Write a short paragraph (about 100 words ) about Mr Long, using cue words
1. job : engineer 6. eyes : black
2. age : 35 7. nose : big
3. tall and thin ; not weak 8. lips : full
4. hair : short ; black 9. handsome
5. face : round 10. ........

Trang
163
THCS ĐẠI XUÂN ĐỀ LUYỆN HSG ANH 6
ĐỀ SỐ 40

I. Finish each of the following sentences in such a way that it has the similar meaning to the
first.
1. This school is big and modern. -> It …………………
2. She goes to school on foot.-> She…………………………..
3. There are four rooms in my house.-> My house …………………………..
4. I go to school at six thirty -> I go to school ……………………….
5. She likes noodles.-> Her favorite …………………………….
6. The movie theater is in front of the hotel.-> The hotel ……………………………….
2/ Write a paragraph about Jane using the given cues.
Jane / gymnast . She/ pretty. She/ tall /thin. She /light /but she / not/week. She /oval /lovely
face. She /long /black /hair /brown eyes. She/ small mouth. Her teeth /small / white . Everyone
/love her because she/ always help/ others.

III. Cho dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc

1. Oh, no! It (rain) ................... We can’t play tennis at the moment.
2. What your son (have) ................ for breakfast? They (drink) ............. some orange juice
now.
3. She can (speak)............. English. He (eat) ............... a lot of meat?
4. My mother (give)......... me a new bike next week.
5. He (not go)................. often to the movies on Sunday nights.
6. Where Mai (be) ........... now?. Look! She (come)..................
7. What is there (drink) ............for dinner?
IV. Cho dạng đúng của từ trong ngoặc
1. My mother is a....................................................of English. (TEACH)
2. Our .....................................................are in the bookstore. (CHILD)
3. In the ................................there is a museum, a factory, and a stadium (NEIGHBOR)
4. There is a .........................................rice paddy near my house (BEAUTY)
5. His ......................................................are small and long. (FOOT)
6. Mai’s sister is a…………………….. (SING)
7. There are four................................... in my house. (BOOKSHELF)
8. We must be ............................................. when we cross the road. (CARE)
9. Nam is the …................................................ of the three boys. (TALL)
Trang
164
 10. Thuy is a good................................................ (STUDY)
V. Tìm Một từ điền vào mỗi chỗ trống để hoàn thành đoạn văn sau.
There are (1)................. seasons in North of Vietnam. I like the spring and (2) ............
most. In the spring, it is warm and there are many kinds of (3) .............. blowing. I live in the
countryside so the air is very fresh in the spring. The view looks like a beautiful picture. In the
summer, it is very (4)............. My friends and I usually (5)............... swimming and (6) .................
our kites. Sometimes we (7) ............... fishing. I don't like the (8) .................. because the
(9).................... is very cold and there is a lot of cold wind. I like living in the (10)......................
VI. Mỗi câu sau đây có một lỗi, hãy tìm và sửa cho đúng

Eg: 0. Minh don’t work in a bank don’t  doesn’t

1. We are going stay in Phong Nha for three days.
2. Does your sister have more or less vacations than you?
3. The public library in the city has thousand of good books.
4. It takes me about fifteen minutes going to school by bicycle.
5. Would you like go to the cinema tonight?
6. You look tired. You’d better staying inside at recess.
7. My sister likes badminton but she doesn’t play it very good.
8. Minh enjoys to play volleyball in his free time.
9. She buys some book from the shop.
10. He doesn’t usually come house late.
VII. Viết lại các câu sau sao cho ý nghĩa không đổi bắt đầu với từ đã cho:
1. The bookstore is to the left of his h
2. The building is tall. It’s .....……………………………… ……….
3. How much meat do you want?How much meat would …………………
4. This box has twenty packets of tea. There …………………………………………..
5. What is the price of the flowers?How ………………………………………
6. Mr. Kien has a daughter. Her name is Lan. Mr. Kien is
7. Does your school have over eight hundred students?Are……………………..
8. My house is behind the hotel. The hotel …………………................................…
9. We usually ride to school.We usually go....................................
10. She likes orange juice best.Her favorite ............................................................
VIII. Dùng từ gợi ý cho sẵn để viết thành câu hoàn chỉnh.
1. They/ often / go / park.
……………………………………………………………………………………………………
2. What / weather / like / spring?
……………………………………………………………………………………………………
3. When / hot / I / swimming.
……………………………………………………………………………………………………
4. My father / visit / Ha Noi / this summer vacation.
……………………………………………………………………………………………………
5. How / much / a fried rice?
……………………………………………………………………………………………………
6. How/ your father / go / work?
Trang
165
……………………………………………………………………………………………………
7. What time / you / go to bed?
………………………………………………………………...…………………………………
8. It / hot / Viet Nam / April?
……………………………………………………………………………………………………
9. When / you / go out / your friends?
……………………………………………………………………………………………………
10. How often / you / ride / bike?
…………………………….........................…………………..…………………………………

THCS ĐẠI XUÂN ĐỀ LUYỆN HSG ANH 6

ĐỀ SỐ 41
Trang
166
QuestionI:Chọn và khoanh tròn từ có phần gạch chân phát âm khác so với các từ cùng
hàng
1. A. gray B. face C. orange D. make
2. A. big B. time C. fine D. light
3. A. tall B. fat C. cat D. hat
4. A. do B. brother C. two D. to
5. A. has B. name C. family D. lamp
6. A. through B. author C. clothes D. thumb
7. A. middle B. mile C.kind D.time
8. A.school B.scout C. sew D. sure
9. A. everything B.tooth C. theater Dthey
10. A. marbles B. classes C. teaches D.changes.
Question III. Chọn đáp án đúng nhất
1. ______ trash over there.
A. Don’t throw B. Not throw C. Throw D. Can’t throw
2. There is _____ oil in the bottle. We should buy some more.
A. little B. a little C. few D. a few
3. ______ fruit does your father produce?
A. How much B. How many C. How long D. How often
4. What would you like to do at the weekend?
A. I like to do a lot B. I can’t do it C. I’d like to do D. I don’t like the weekend
5. What about ______ a cup of coffee ?
A. A have B. having C. you have D. do you have
6. Are there ................... stores on your street?
A. a B. an C. any D. the
7. 10. How many floors .......................... in your school?
A. there are B. there has C. are there D. have there
Question IV. Đoạn văn sau đây có 10 lỗi sai, em hãy gạch chân các lỗi sai

Ours country is small and very beautiful. It has four season in a year. They are Spring, Summer,
Autumn and Winter. It is warm on spring, hot in summer coll in autumn and cold in winter. When
a weather is warm, we often playing volleyball, tennis or go fishing. When it is hot, we often go
camping or go swimming. When it cool we often play footballs or go jogging. When the
weather is cold, we often play basketball, skip or play video game. We favourite season is
autumn because the weather in autumn is not very cold and not very hot. The weather is cool so
it is very good with our health.
Question V-Cho dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc
1.Tuan and his brother (not watch)…TV at the moment. They (be)…asleep.
……………………………………………………………………………………….
2. My father always (come)….home late. He (finish)…work at 5 o’clock.
……………………………………………………………………………………….
3. I (not understand)…this sentence. What this word (mean)…?
……………………………………………………………………………………….
4. Right now I (look)…around the classroom. Minh (write)…in his book.
……………………………………………………………………………………….
5. Lien’s friend (have)…a new bike but he (not like)…it very much.
……………………………………………………………………………………….
6. Where your children ( be) ...? - They’re upstairs. They (play) ...video games.
……………………………………………………………………………………….
7. What you ( do) ... now? - I (unload) ... the vegetables.
Trang
167
 ……………………………………………………………………………………….
8. Nam (work) .... in the garden at the moment?
……………………………………………………………………………………….

QUESTION VI- Đặt câu hỏi cho phần gạch chân

6. She walks to school everyday.………… ………………………………?
7. My sister works in Sydney, Australia.………… ………………………………?

8. We are having bread and milk for breakfast.……………………… ………………………?

9. There are 10 boys and 19 girls in our class.……………………………… ………………?

10. Thu is reading a book.………………… ………………………………?

QUESTION VII –Dựa vào thông tin trong nhật ký của Ann để hoàn thành đoạn hôi thoại
sau: ( 20 điểm)
Mon Tues. Wed. Thur Fri Sat Sun.
Language Study for Guitar TV Movie camping rest
class test lesson

Mary: What (1)…………………………………….next week, Ann?

Ann: I’m very busy indeed. On Monday (2)…………………………………………..….
Mary:Are you? Do you go to language class every Monday?
Ann: Yes, I do
Mary:What’s (3)……………………………………………………..…….evening?
Ann: I’m staying at home to study (4)…………………………………….…..
Mary: (5)…………………………………………free on Wednesday night?
Ann: No, I’m not. I always have (6)……………………………..……..Wednesdays.
Mary:Do you ever stay at home and (7)………………………………………..….?
Ann: Yes, I’m doing that on Thursday. But on Friday, I’m not (8) …………………… I’m going
(9)………………………………with Sarah.
Mary: Surely you are staying at home on the weekend.
Ann: Well, On Saturday I’m (10)…………………..…..but on Sunday I’m taking a rest.
Question VIII: Viết lại các câu sau giữ nguyên nghĩa so với câu gốc
1. Lan’s hair is long. -> Lan …………….
…………………………………………………………….
2. Nam rides his bike to school everyday. -> Nam goes
……………………………………………………………
3. Let’s go swimming. -> What about
………………………………………………………..?
4. My house is behind the post office. -> The post office
……………………………………………………….
5. She likes drinking milk. -> Milk is
…………………………………………………………………….
6. What’s the height of the Mount Everest? -> How
……………………………………………………………….?
Trang
168
7. This boy is strong and tall. -> He is
………………………………………………………………..
8. My room is smaller than your room.-> Your room is
…………………………………………………………….
9. Mr. Hung drives very carefully.-> Mr Hung is
……………………………………………………………………
10. Does Phong’s school have forty classrooms?-> Are
…………………………………………………………….?
IX. Sắp xếp những từ sau thành câu hoàn chỉnh

11. house/ a/ Minh/ lake/ a/ lives/ in/ near.

………………………………………………………………………
12. yard/ front/ school/There/ big/ of/ is/ our/ in/ a.
………………………………………………………………………
13. many/ right/ the/ museum/ Are/ flowers/ the/ there/ to/ of/?
………………………………………………………………………
14. next/ photocopy/ What/ store/ there/ the/ is/ to /?
………………………………………………………………………
15. hospital/ father/ in/ the/ city/ My/ a/ works/ in.
………………………………………………………………………
16. there/ family/ many/ in/ are/ How/ Linh’s/ people/ ?
………………………………………………………………………
17. his/ friend/ in/ family/ My/ Hanoi/ doesn’t/ with/ live.
………………………………………………………………………
18. brushes/ six/ gets/ her/ o’clock/ Hoa/ at/ up/ teeth/ and.
………………………………………………………………………
19. on/ floor/ classroom/ the/ is/ Our/ first.
………………………………………………………………………
20. Minh’s/ six/ There/ in/ rooms/ house/ are.
……………………………………………………………………
X. Đặt câu hỏi cho phần bị gạch chân ở mỗi câu.
1. She is cooking dinner in the kitchen.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
2. I’d like some milk and vegetables.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
3. Miss. Nga is teaching English at a secondary school.
………………………………………………………………………………………………
4. Nam never flies a kite.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
5. I have Math and Literature on Monday and Thursday.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
6. He goes to the movies once a week.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
7. My sister is in grade 6.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
8. Mai always has dinner at seven o’clock.
……………………………………………………………………………………………………
9. My brother wants a glass of lemon juice.
……………………………………………………………………………………………………
10. Linh has milk and eggs for her breakfast.
Trang
169
…………………………………………………………………………………………
XI: Chän c©u ®óng tõ nh÷ng tõ bÞ x¸o trén

1. dinner / when / get/ home / we / have / let’s

A. Let’s have home when we get dinner. B. Let’s have dinner get when we home.
C. Let’s have dinner when we get home. D. Let’s have get dinner when we home.
2. how / do / Jack / sports / Tom / and / often / play?
A. How often do Jack and Tom play sports? B. How do Jack and Tom play sports often?
C. How often Jack and Tom do play sports? D. How do Jack often and Tom play sports?
3. day / James / homework / every / his / does.
A. James does every day his homework. B. James every day does his homework.
C. James does his homework every day. D. James does every his day homework.
4. famous / reading / I / people / about / like / books.
A. I like reading about people famous books. B. I like reading books about famous people.
C. I like reading books about people famous. D. I like reading about people books famous.
5. short / girl / hair / tall / with / black / a / is.
A. She is a girl tall with short black hair. B. She is a tall girl with black short hair.
C. She is a short girl with tall black hair. D. She is a tall girl with short black hair.

XII: ViÕt l¹i c¸c c©u sau b¾t ®Çu b»ng tõ ®· cho sao cho nghÜa cña c©u kh«ng ®æi
1. Shall we go camping in Con Vanh Beach this Sunday?

Let
2. What is the price of a bottle of cooking oil?

How much
3. Is the police station is behind the post office?

Is the post office

4. My father is driving his car to Ha Noi.

My father is traveling
5. Nam’s father’ car is white.

Nam’s father has

6. How much beef do you want?

How much beef would

7. There are three floors in my new house.

My new house
8. I cycle to school every day.

I go
9. What’s your brother’s job? ~ A doctor.

What
10. Phong has a sister. Her name is Nhung.

Nhung

Trang
170
THCS ĐẠI XUÂN ĐỀ LUYỆN HSG ANH 6
ĐỀ SỐ 42

I. Choose the word or phrase of words which best completes each of the following sentences
0. We shouldn’t _____ trash on the street .
A. throwing B. to throw C. throws D. throw
01. Lemonade, apple juice, soda and ______ are cold drinks.
A. beans B. noodles C. vegetables D. iced tea
02. We have English on Tuesday and on Saturday. We have it _____ a week .
A. once B. twice C. two times D. three times
03. Ngoc and Yen often do aerobic in ____ free time .
A. your B. his C. her D. their
Trang
171
04. Mai doesn’t like playing soccer. She ____ plays soccer .
A. always B. usually C. never D. often
05. He wants ____ an engineer.
A. to be B. being C. be D. is
06. They would like some milk _____ dinner.
A. in B. at C. for D. of
07. Minh often goes _____ in the mountain on the weekend.
A. walking B. walks C. walk D. to walk
08. My father is _____ man.
A. a old B. an old C. not young D. not very young
09. I’m tired . I’d like ______ .
A. sit down B. sitting down C. to sit down D. to sitting down
10. Do you have any toothpaste? I’d like a large _____ .
A. tube B. roll C. bar D. tin
II. Complete the following sentences with an appropriate form of the word in bracket .
01. There are four ______ in my house . ( bookshelf )
02. The photocopy store is between the _____ and the drugstore . ( bake )
03. Is your brother an _____ ? ( act )
04. Mai’s sister is a _____ . ( sing )
05. We must be _____ when we cross the road . ( care )
06. This tree has a lot of green _____ . ( leaf )
07. Is his father a ______ . ( business )
08. I’m Vietnamese. What’s your ______ ? ( nation )
09. Air _____ is a big problem in many cities in the world . ( pollute )
10. Yoko is from Japan . She is ______ . ( Japan )
III. Read the passage and choose
My name is Petty and this is my husband, Phil. We both work in offices in London. We have
breakfast at half past seven. We don’t have a big breakfast. We usually have bread, coffee and
orange juice. For lunch we usually have a salad or soup and sandwich. That’s at about 1.30
We usually have dinner at half past seven in the evening. It is a big meal of the day and we have
meat or fish with vegetables and potatoes or rice. We have orange juice with the milk. On
Saturday we often go to a restaurant for dinner at about eight o’clock.
1/ Petty and her husband work in
A/offices B/factories C/ hospitals D/ clinics
2/Petty and Phil have
A/a big breakfast B/ a light breakfast C/ breakfast w ith meat D/ breakfast
with eggs
3/ What do they have for lunch?
A/ salad and sandwich B /salad and soup C /fish and soup D/ sandwich and
fish
4/What do they drink for dinner?
A/iced tea B/ iced coffee C/ soda D/ orange juice
5/ What time do they usually have dinner?

Trang
172
 A/6.30 B/7.15 C /7.30 . D/ 8.00
6/ Where do they have dinner on Saturday evenings?
A/at home B/at a hotel C /at their friend’s house D/ at a restaurant
IV. Fill each of the numbered blanks in the passage . Use only one word for each space
listen Mondays teach have my
movie on lunch usually small
I live in a …(1)…. house in Hanoi. I ….(2)……..English at a school there. I usually ….(3)
…….. breakfast at seven o’clock in the morning and I have ……..(4)…. ……at twelve o’clock in
the canteen of the school. I teach ……(5)……students in the morning. I teach them dialogues ..
(6)…. Wednesdays and Fridays. On …….. ….(7)… I teach them grammar. In the evening I …8)
…. stay at home and …(9)… to the radio. I sometimes go to the ……(10)…. .I always go to bed
at ten o’clock
V. Complete the passage and answer the questions
winter are night In
but cold seasons are go
There are four (1) ……. in a year. They …(2)……. spring, summer, fall and ..…(3)… .In the
spring, the weather is usually warm. Sometimes it is cold …(4)….not very cold .There …(5)
……..many flowers in the spring. ……(6)….. the summer, the day is long and the night is
short .People often ..(7)…….swimming in this season. The fall is the season of fruits. In the
winter, it’s usually very ……(8)…… . The day is short and the ………(9)………is long .
1. How many seasons are there in a year?...............................................................................
2. What are they?......................................................................................
3. Is it usually warm in the spring?...............................................................................
4. What are there in the spring?....................................................................................
5. What do people often do in the summer?..........................................................................
6. Is the day long or short in the summer?............................................................................
VI. Read the passage and check T/F
Hello! My name is Phong. I’m twelve years old and I’m in grade 6. My school is in the country.
It’s a small school. My school has two floors and sixteen classrooms . My classroom is on the
first floor. There are thirty five students in my class. Every morning I get up at six o’clock. I get
dressed, brush my teeth and wash my face. I have breakfast at six twenty and go to school at six
forty.
1. Phong is twelve years old .
2. Phong’s school is in the city
3. There are sixty classrooms in Phong’s school .
4. Phong’s classroom is on the second floor .
5. His class has 53 students .
6. He has breakfast at 6.30
7. He is in grade 6
8. Phong’s school is small
9. Phong brushes his teeth at 6.20
10. He goes to school at 6.40
Trang
173
VII. Finish each of the following sentences in such a way that it has the similar meaning to
the first
1.This school is big .->It ……………………………………………………………………
2. She goes to school on foot .->She……………………………………………………………
3. There are four rooms in my house.->My house ………………………………………….
4. I go to school at six thirty >I go to school ……………………….……………..
5.She likes noodles.->Her favorite ……………………………………………
6. The movie theater is in front of the hotel .->The hotel …………………………
VIII. Putting the words in the correct order to make the meaningful sentences.

1. father / his /time /does /often / what /free /your /in /do?
…………………………………………………………………..…………………………
2. sports / play /the /which /he /weekend /does /on?
…………………………………………………………………..…………………………
3. your / drink / brother’s /what / favorite /is ?
…………………………………………………………………..…………………………
4. small / think /sister / white / and / his / lips / teeth / has .
…………………………………………………………………..…………………………
5. an/ the / city / apartment / in / we / in /live
…………………………………………………………………..…………………………

THCS ĐẠI XUÂN ĐỀ LUYỆN HSG ANH 6

ĐỀ SỐ 43

I. Pick out the word whose underlined and bold part is pronounced differently from that of
the other words

1. A.fish B. like C. nine D. rice

2. A. apple B. cabbage C. take D. matter
3. A. brown B. round C. how D. nose
4. A. takes B. yards C. starts D. books
5. A. hotel B. those C. hospital D. cold
6. A. end B. help C. ahead D. eat
II. Complete sentences using the words in the blankets
1. There …………………five people in Nga’s family. ( am / have / is / are ).
2. ……….…………….beef do you want? ( How old / How many /How much/ What)
- I want 2 kilos of beef.
3. My father……..……………….to work by car. ( go / travels / drive / live)
4. The hospital is ………..…………….…the river. ( next to / in / on / under)
5. My mother is not big. She is…………..………....( big / small / fine / game)

Trang
174
6. They………….……….…dinner at the moment. ( is having / are having/ have / has)
7. ………….…..does she live? – On Nguyen Trai street. ( Where / What / How / Who)
8. My sisters ………………….….….teeth every day. ( brush / play / read/ brushes)

III. Use the correct form of the verbs in the blankets

1. In the afternoon, he (read)………………books,and they (play)……………soccer.
2. Do you (like)………………..chicken? No, I ……………………
3. There (not be)……………………any tea. There (be)………………..some coffee.
4. Nam (live)……………………in Gialai. Minh (live)……….…………..in Hanoi.
IV. Put a / an / some or any

1. I like ………………eggs and …………………..meat.

2. I don’t want ………………soup. I want ………………….vegetables.
3. Nga is …………..…….worker. She has ……………..oval face.
4. Do you want……………………milk? Yes, I want………………
V. Matching

A B
1. How do you go to school? a. She is ten years old.
2. How old is Lan? b. I like chicken.
3. What does she do? c. I play soccer.
4. Does she play soccer? d. I go to school by bike.
5. Do you watch TV? e. She is a doctor.
6. What’s your favorite food? f. Yes, I do.
7. Where is the bookstore? g. It is next to the hotel.
8. What do you do in your free time? h. No, she doesn’t.

VI. Read and choose the best answers

Today is Sunday, Mrs.Lien (1)………………….to the market. She goes (2)…….
…..motorbike. She (3)……………………many things. First, she wants (4)……………. kilo of
fish and five hundred grams of beef. She(5)………………like eggs, so she doesn’t buy eggs.
Then, she wants (6)……………………….vegetables. She needs four cans of peas, (7)
……………….of toothpaste. She goes home (8)………………ten o’clock.

1. A. go B. play C. going D. goes

2. A. on B. by C. to D. at
3. A. want B. like C. wants D. don’t want
4. A. some B. any C. an D. a
5. A. not B. don’t C. doesn’t D. isn’t
6. A. some B. any C. an D. a
7. A. a bar B. a tube C. a box D. a can
8. A. at B. on C. in D. to
VII. Read and choose the best answers
This is Thuan. He is eleven years old. He is in grade 6. His family has four people, his
parents, his sister and Thuan. They live in a small house near the Lam river. Thuan gets up at five
o’clock. He has breakfast at six fifteen. He goes to school at half past six. The school is not near
his house, so he goes by bike. His classes start at seven and end at eleven fifteen. He goes home
at twelve o’clock. He has lunch at twelve ten. He likes meat and vegetables. He doesn’t like fish.
In the afternoon, he does his homework and then he plays soccer with Minh, his friend.

Trang
175
 Sentences True False
1. Thuan is eleven years old.
2. There are five people in his family.
3. He gets up at six o’clock.
4. The school is near his house.
5. He likes meat.
6. He plays soccer with Minh in the morning.
7.His classes finish at eleven o’clock.
8. He is in grade 6.

VIII. Make questions

1. ……………………………………………………………………..?
I live on Quang Trung street
2. ……………………………………………………………………..?
Yes, he plays video games.

3. ……………………………………………………………………….?
She goes to school by motorbike.
4. ……………………………………………………………………….?
I’m in class 6B.
IX. Arrange the words or phrases to make full sentences

1. people/ are/ How / in / family / many/ there/ his.

-> …………………………………………………………………….?

2. and / round / full / has / a / lips / face / Hoa.

-> …………………………………………………………………….

3. by/ he / school / bus / goes / to

-> …………………………………………………………………….

4. hungry / We / not /are /

-> …………………………………………………………………….

5. Mr. Quang / what / do / does.

-> …………………………………………………………………….?

6. music / not / to / Nga / listen / does /

-> …………………………………………………………………….

7. is/ She / playing/ soccer/

-> …………………………………………………………………….

8. bananas / How / does/ many / want / he

-> …………………………………………………………………….?
X. You are going to have a summer vacation. Write a short paragraph (about 80-100 words)
to say about your plan. The questios bellow may help you.
1- Which places are you going to visit ? ( first? then? next? after that? and finally?)
2- Where are you going to stay?

Trang
176
 3- How long are you goig to stay?
4- What are you going to do do there?
5- ........................................................
……………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………..
……………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………..
……………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………..
……………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………..
……………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………..
……………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………..
……………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………..
……………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………..

THCS ĐẠI XUÂN ĐỀ LUYỆN HSG ANH 6

ĐỀ SỐ 44

I. Choose the word having the underlined letters pronounced differently from the other
1 A.game B.geography C.vegetable D.change
2 A.read B.teacher C.eat D.ahead
3 A.tenth B.math C.brother D.theater
4 A.engineer B.between C.teeth D.greeting
5 A.intersection B.eraser C.bookstore D.history
6 A.plays B.says C.days D.stays
7 A.watches B.brushes C.classes D.lives
8 A.their B.math C.thing D.theater
9 A.station B.intersection C.question D.invitation
10 A.teacher B.children C.lunch D.school
II. Choose the best answer to fill each blank
1. It’s twelve o’clock, Nam. Let’s……..home.
A. go B. to go C. going D. goes
2. Tuan and I……..badminton in the yard.
A. playing B. is playing C. are playing D. am playing
3. This sign says “stop!”. We ……..go straight ahead.
A. can B. don’t can C. must D. must not
4. They are going to New York……..plane.
A. in B. by C. with D. writes

Trang
177
5. Nam is ……..something on his book.
A. writing B. written C. wrote D. writes
6. Are there……..stores on your street?
A. a B. an C. any D. the
7. My sister and I……..television in the living room now.
A. am watching B. are watching C. is watching D. watching
8. ……..do you go to school? – I go there on foot.
A. how B. by what C. how many D. how by
9. “Does Tom play volleyball?” - “No, …..”
A. she not plays B. she don’t C. she isn’t D. she doesn’t
10. How many floors …….in your school?
A. there are B. there has C. are there D. have there
11 The city is noisy, but the country is ………….
a. silent b. quiet c. peace d. busy
12 In my bedroom, there are ..................... pictures on the wall.
a. a b. any c. much d. some
13My father is tall, but my brother is ………….
a. tall b. taller c. tallest d. the tallest
14 Mom: Would you ……. noodles? Yes, please.
a. want b. like c. has dhave
15. Ba’s house is near my house. He is my ……………
a. brother b. classmate c. neighbor d. friend
16 I often help my brother ............. his homework.
a. of b. for c. with d. from
17 Anna is talking ................... Annie.
a. to b. with c. of d. on
18. They ……… go out at weekend. They stay at home.
a. always b. usually c. sometimes d. never
19. Is there ………….. else you want?
a. a b. an c. anything d. something
20. Does Mrs. Van ………….. one kilo of sugar?
a. need b. needs c. to need d. needing
III.Supply a suitable preposition to complete the sentence.
1…..(1)…..summer I play tennis…. (2)…the evening.
2.We always go… (3)…..the city center ….(4)….our own car.
3.I’d like to stay….. (5)……home tonight .Is there anything interesting…. (6)…TV?
4.John is often late …..(7)…..school but I am always early.
5.I live only a few yard …..(8)….the bus stop.
6.Let’s listen…….(9)…….some music….(10)…the radio.
IV Fill in each blank with the suitable given word
There are four (1)…… in a year. (2)….. are spring, summer, fall and winter. In the (3)……., the
weather is usually warm. Sometimes it is cold (4)…. not very cold. There are (5)…. flowers in
the spring. In the summer, the day is long and the night is (6)…. People often (7)… swimming in
this season. The fall is the season (8)… fruits. In the (9)…, it is usually very cold. The day is
short and the (10)…. is long.
1. A. weather B. seasons C. activities D. months
2. A. It B. What C. They D. The
3. A. summer B. autumn C. fall D. spring

Trang
178
 4. A. but B. and C. in D. too
5. A. many B. much C. two D. lots
6. A. long B. short C. fat D. tall
7. A. go B. do C. play D. skip
8. A. on B. of C. at D. in
9. A. summer B. fall C. winter D. spring
10. A. afternoon B. morning C. dinner D. night
V.Give the correct form of the verb
1.Tuan and his brother (not watch)………,,,…TV at the moment. They (be)………asleep.
2. look! The plane (fly) ............................ toward to the airport. It (land) ............................
3.I (not understand)………………………this sentence. What this word (mean)……
4.Right now I (look)……..…..around the classroom. Minh (write)…………..…in her book.
5.Lien’s friend (have)…………..a new bike but he (not like)…………..it very much.
VI. read and answer questions
My name is Nam. I stay with my friend, my brother and my sister in a small house. My
friend’s name is Thang. He is tall and strong. He plays volleyball. My brother is a doctor. His
name is Tuan. He is handsome. He is tall but thin. He works in a hospital in Ha noi. My sister is
Mai. She is young and nice. She has long dark hair, brown eyes, and an oval face. She is now a
student at Nguyen Trai school. She is in grade 6.
1. What’s the writer’s name? ………………………………………………
2. Who is Tuan? ………………………………………………………….
3. Is Thang strong or weak? …………………………………………………..
4. What color is Mai’s hair? …………………………………………………
5. Who has brown eyes? ……………………………………………………..
VII. Complete these sentences using the words given
1. I/ not want/ go out/ night. -> ………………………………………………..
2. The weather / always/ cold/ winter-> ………………………………………
3. Mekong river/ long/ than/ Red river.-> ……………………………………
4. There/ rice paddy/ left/ my house -. ……………………………………….
5. there/ many/ tree/ your village?-> ………………………………………..
6. Long/ tall/ brother/ not. -> ……………………………………………..
7. your school/ big/ small? -> ……………………………………………
8. there/ some tree/ opposite/ hotel -> ………………………………………….....
9. my sister/ like/ read/ book/ I /not /like.-> …………………………………………
10. We/ stop/ when/ light/ red. -> …………………………………………….
VIII.Find the mistakes and correct them.
1.Mr Hien isn’t live in a house in the country.
A B C D
2.The Browns are traveling to Ho Chi Minh City in train.
A B C D
3.There aren’t a trees to the left of Lan’s house.
A B C D
4.That’s my sister over there. She stands near the window.
A B C D
5.Do you know how many teachers does your school have?
A B C D
6.He wants any books on that shelf.
A B C D
7 How many teachers there are in your school?
Trang
179
 A B C D
8 They no get up at 6 o’clock.
A B C D
9. Her garden is big. It’s a garden big.
A B C D
10.Sorry. You can't speak to Jim now. He's have a bath.
A B C D
IX. Tìm 1 từ thích hợp điền vào chỗ trống.
SINGAPORE
Singapore is an island city of about three million people. It's a beautiful (1) ....................
with lots of parks and open spaces. It's also a very (2) ............................ city.
Most of the people (3) ............................. in high rise flats in different parts of the island.
The business district is very modern with (4) ....................... of high new office buildings.
Singapore also has some nice older sections. In China town, there (5) ............................ rows of
old shop houses. The Government buildings in Singapore are very beautiful
(6)............................. date from the colonial days.
Singapore is famous (7)....................... its shops and restaurants. There are many good
shopping centers. Most of the (8) .................... are duty free. Singapore's restaurants
(9) ................. Chinese, Indian, Malay and European food, and the (10) ....................... are quite
reasonable.
X. Haõy cho daïng duùng cuûa caùc tính töø ñaõ cho trong ngoaëc ñeå hoaøn thaønh ñoaïn
vaên sau, theo ví du.
Example: 1: best
Dave and I are having the (1-good) ________ holiday of our lives! We are in Barbados,
one of the (2- lovely ) ________ islands in the Caribean. Although it is much (3- small)______
than Jamaica, there seems to be ( 4- much)________ to do than in Jamaica. Moreover, the people
here seem to be (5-friendly) ________ than those on the other islands. We are staying in the ( 6-
mordern)_________ hotel I have ever seen. It’s large and cool, and many people think it is the (7
–good) _________ hotel on the island. It’s far (8- comfortable) _________ than any of the other
hotels, and it’s even (9-big)____ than the world famous Belton Hotel. The (10- near) ________
beach is (11-little)_________ than a hundred metres away, and so we can go swimming a lot.
It’s really good, and I do wish you were here.
XI. Rewrite these sentences with the same meaning
1. Mr Binh is going to England by plane. (FLYING)………………………….
2. The stadium is behind the park. (FRONT) …………
3. Mrs Khanh has a daughter, Nguyet. (MOTHER)…………………………………
4. Are there five rooms in Nhung’s house? (HAVE)……………………………………..
5. My father rides his motorbike to work every day. (BY)…………………………………..
XII. Give the correct form of the word
1. There are four……………….in my house (BOOKSHELF).
2. The photocopy is between the ……………….and the drugstore (BAKE).
3. Is your brother an…………………? (ACT).
4. Mai’s sister is a…………… ……(SING).
5. We must be ……………… …when we cross the road (CARE).
Trang
180
6. This tree has a lot of green …………… ……(LEAF).
7. Is your father a……………… …(BUSINESS).
8. I’m Vietnamese. What’s your……………… …?(NATION).
9. Air ……………… …is a big problem in many cities in the world (POLLUTE).
10. Yoko is from Japan. She is ……………… …(JAPAN).
XIII- Rewrite these sentences that it means the same as the sentence printed before it.
1. My room is smaller than your room.Your room is………………
2. Mr. Hung drives very carefully. Mr. Hung is ..................................................................
3. Does Phong’s school have forty classrooms? Are …………………………………………?
4. Does your father cycle to work?>Does your father get .......................?
5. How much does a box of chocolates cost? >What ...........................................................?
6. Nam likes tea. >Nam’s favorite .......................
7. The Mekong River is longer than the Red River.The Red River is
8. How much is a bowl of noodles?How much ………………………………………..?
9. What is the height of that building?How ...............................................
10. What is the price of a cake and an orange?How much ……………………..?
XIV. Fill in the blank with one suitable word

This (1)…… …….… Smith’s room. You can see, (2).................. room is not very large. (3)…
are two chairs, a table, a bed, a wardrobe (4)…………………….. a bookshelf in his room. The
table is near (5) ………….. window. There is (6) ............. ink- pot, some books and (7)
…………
English- Vietnamese dictionary on the table. The bed is on the right. There are also some books
and newspapers on the bed. The wardrope is opposite the bed. Smith has many clothes. (8)
………. clothes are all in the wardrobe. The bookshelf is (9)…….. the wall. There are many
(10)………….…. on it.

Trang
181
THCS ĐẠI XUÂN ĐỀ LUYỆN HSG ANH 6
ĐỀ SỐ 45

I. Chọn 1 từ có phần gạch chân được phát âm khác so với các từ còn lại.
1. A. brother B. these C. thank D. that
II.
2. A. engineer B. greeting C. teeth D. street
3. A. chair B. school C. coach D children
4. A. tenth B. math C. brother D. theater
5. A. watches B. brushes C. glasses D. lives
6. A. second B. eraser C. bookstore D. history
7. A. usually B. fly C. thirsty D. hungry
8. A. son B. come C. home D. mother
9. A. live B. his C. dinner D. fine
10. A. face B. small C. grade D. late
Chọn phương án đúng nhất điền vào chỗ trống để hoàn thành các câu sa
1. Nam usually goes ……….. after school.
A. to fishing B. home C. the cinema D. house
5. How many floors …………. in your school?
A. there are B. there has C. are there D. have there
6. I usually go to school …………. bike, but today I am going to school ………foot.
A. by / by B. on / on C. by / on D. on / by
7. Are there …………. stores on your street?
A. a B. an C. any D. the
8. …………..do you get there? – We walk, of course.
A. Why B. What C. How by D. How
9. ………….do you work? - I work at a school.
A. What B. Where C. When D. How
10. The opposite of “weak” is …………….
A. thin B. small C. strong D. heavy
11. I’m going to the …………….now. I want to buy some bread.
A. post office B. drugstore C. bakery D. toystore
12. ………….long or short?

Trang
182
 A. Does Mai have hair B. Is Mai’s hair
C. Does Mai’s hair have D. Is Mai of hair
13. Don’t be late ………….. your school.
A. on B. at C. to D. for
14. What ………… are her eyes? - They are black.
A. subject B. color C. time D. class
15. My sister is ………….. me.
A. tall than B. taller than C. than tall D. than taller
16. I do not go to school …………. Sundays.
A. on B. in C. at D. for
17. John likes sports very much. He usually plays ………… after school.
A. games and geography B. soccer and literature
C. volleyball and soccer D. volleyball and simming
18.My grandfather is …............. man.
A. a old B. an old C. not young D. not very young
19. We go to school at …………. in the morning.
A. a quarter to seven B. seven to a quarter
C. seven quarter D. a quarter seven to
20. My father gets up at 7.00 and eats ……………..
A. a big breakfast B. the big breakfast C. big breakfast D. a breakfast big
III. Cho dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc
1. Mai (not / do) _________ her homework every evening.
2. She (have) ___________ breakfast at 6.10.
3. Look ! Linh (come)___________.
4. Every evening, my father (read) _____________ newspapers.
5. We (not/ listen) ___________ to the radio after lunch.
6. Lan and Nga (play) _______ chess in the afternoon?
7. Where (your children/ be)_____? They’re upstairs. -They (play) _______video games.
8. What you (do)_______ now? - I (unload)_________ the vegetables.
9. Nam ( work)________ the garden at the moment?
10. Our school ( have)________ a small garden. There( be)______ many flowers in it.
11.My father watch) __________TV in the living room. He often ( watch) …… TV in the
evening.
IV. Mỗi câu dưới đây có MỘT lỗi sai, em hãy tìm và sửa lỗi sai ấy
1. She and he goes to work on foot . 1. ....................................
2. Mai and Nam don’t go to school in Sundays. 2. ..................................
3. Mr. Linh always have dinner at seven o’clock in the evening. 3. ....................................
4. He comes here with bicycle. 4. .....................................
5. When is your classroom?- On the second floor. 5....................................
V- Đọc kỹ đoạn văn sau đây rôi trả lời các câu hỏi
Linda is a vegetarian so she doesn’t eat meat. She doesn’t have a big breakfast every
morning. She usually has
a slide of bread and a glass of milk. She has lunch at the office at about 11.30. She has
only rice with vegetables for lunch. At weekends, she often goes to a Chinese restaurant because
there is a lot of delicious food for vegetarians.
* Questions:
1. Why doesn’t Linda eat meat?.......................................................
2. What does Linda usually have for breakfast?
..........................................
3. What does she have for lunch?...............................................
Trang
183
.4. Where does she have lunch?................................................
5. Why does she often go to a Chinese restaurant at weekends?
............................................................
VI. Sử dụng từ loại đúng của các từ cho sẵn trong ngoặc để hoàn thành câu
11. There is a …………… next to my house. (bake)
12. She is a …………… of English. (teach)
13. Peter ……………… a very big truck. (driver)
4. There are four……………………in my house. (room)
5. Mai's sister is a …………… ……..…………… (work)

VII. Sử dụng các từ gợi ý để viết thành câu hoàn chỉnh

1. Minh / live / brother / apartment / town.
..............................................................................................................................................
2. Mrs. Lan / and / children / travel / London / plane.
..............................................................................................................................................
3. There / be / any flowers / your / school / yard ?
..............................................................................................................................................
4. He / not ride / home / but / go / taxi.
..............................................................................................................................................
5. Sister / have / bike / and / cycle / work / everyday.
..............................................................................................................................................
VIII. Viết lại các câu sau theo gợi ý cho sẵn sao cho nghĩa của câu mới tương tự như câu đã
cho
1. Does your school have twenty classrooms?
 Are ………………………….
2. Phong has a sister, Lan.
 Lan is ………………………………..
3. My mother often drives to work
.  My mother often goes ………………
5. Miss White’s face is oval. It is small.
Miss White…………………………….
6. The bookstore is to the right of the restaurant.
The restaurant is……………………
7. He gets up at five fifteen.
 He …………………………………………………………………..…………………..
8. How many oranges do you want?  How many oranges would…………………
9. Tom travels to work by car every morning.Tom……….
10. Carol doesn’t live far from her office.Carol lives……………………
IX. Đặt câu hỏi cho phần gạch chân trong các câu sau

11. Thuy goes to school by bus.………………………………………………

12. I am in grade 6.……………………………………
13. There are four people in his family.……………………………
14. Her eyes are brown.……………………………………….
15. It is cool and nice in the fall in my country.……………………………………
16. They are going to school.…………………………………………… ….
17. Mrs. Trang feels very tired.……………………………………………… ……
Trang
184
18. Those are armchairs.………………………………… ……….
19. An ice – cream is 4,000 dong.……………………………………..
20. Marie speaks French.…………………………………………… ……...
X. Sắp xếp lại các từ bị sáo trộng thành câu có nghĩa (10 điểm)
1. house / a / Minh /lake / lives / in / near / a.
………………………………………………………………………………………...
2. a / plays / badminton / Paul / week / twice.
………………………………………………………………………………………...
3. like / the / weather / fall/ What / is / the / in?
………………………………………………………………………………………...
4. building / tallest / in / This / my city / the / is .
………………………………………………………………………………………...
5. good / the/ there /Let’s / and / time / beach / go / have / to / a.
………………………………………………………………………………………...
6. small / thin / sister / white / and / His / lips / teeth / has.
………………………………………………………………………………………...
7. do / go / When / you/ often/ swimming ?
………………………………………………………………………………………...
8. camping / often / do / How / you / go?
………………………………………………………………………………………...
9. stay / grandparents / vacation / are / with / next / we / to / our / going / summer.
………………………………………………………………………………………...
10. the / mother / in / My / house / are / father /and .
………………………………………………………………………………………...

Trang
185
THCS ĐẠI XUÂN ĐỀ LUYỆN HSG ANH 6
ĐỀ SỐ 49

I. Pick out the word whose underlined part in pronounced differently from that of the other
words.
1. A. beach B. Seat C. meat D. great
2. A. boots B. Floor C. toothpaste D. food
3. A. idea B. Year C. wear D. near
4. A. camp B. Plan C. plane D. badminton
5. A. maps B. Beds C. rooms D. taxis
6. A. full B. summer C. sunny D. Sunday
7. A. orange B. Hot C. hobby D. nose
8. A. sometimes B. washes C. benches D. couches
9. A. ride B. night C. river D. tired
10. A. teeth B. tree C. between D. engineer
II. Choose the best answer
1. There are...................eggs in the fridge.
A. a lot B. a few C. a little D. little
2. What do you do .............................the weekend.
A. on B. in C to D. for
3. I am going .........Ha Long bay
A. visiting B. visit C. visited D. to visit
4. There isn’t _______milk in the bottle.
A. an B. a C. any D. some
5. How much is a _________of toothpaste.
A. can B. bar C. tube D. box
6. What about ______table-tennis?
A. to play B. playing C. plays D. play
7. Fall means ……………..in British-English .
A. summer B. winter C. autumn D. spring
8. What is her _____________? _ She is Australian.
A. language B. nationality C. population D. country
9. They are going _________vacation in London.
A. in B. on C. at D. for
10. ________languages can you speak?
A. When B. How C. How much D. Which
11. The Great Wall of China is the world’s _____structure.
A. long B. longer C. the longest D. longest
Trang
186
12. Ho Chi Minh has a ___________of 3.5 million.
A. city B. capital C. population D. country
13. I am Mary. I am __________ Great Britain.
A. to B. from C. at D. on
14. ______are you going to stay? _ In a hotel.
A. Which B. Where C. When D. What
15. Tomatoes, lettuce and potatoes are ………………
A. fruits B. vegetables C. drinks D. flowers
16. There is an intersection ahead. You must______ .
A. slow down B. go fast C. stop D. go ahead
17. There isn’t any water in the bottle. I am going to take ______.
A. many B. an C. any D. some
18. A. What is the matter with you? – B: ______
A. I go by bike B. I’m heavy C. I like chicken D. I’m tired
19. A: Would you like a glass of lemon juice? – B: ______
A. No, I’m not B. No, I don’t like C. No, thanks D. No. It’s too hot.
20. PETRONAS Twin Towers is the…………. building in the world.
A. tall B. taller C. tallest D. the tallest
21. Mai needs ……………………chocolates.
A. a bar of B. a packet of C. a box of D. a bottle of
22. He ……………………his bicycle at the moment.
A. rides B. is riding C. ride D. to ride
23. Phanxipang is the ……………………mountain in Viet nam.
A. high B. higher C. highest D. the highest
24……………………is the weather like ?
A. How B. What C. Who D. How much
25.My house is as ……………………as Hoa’s house.
A. smaller B. small C. biggest D. bigger
26.We ……………………waste food and feed it to pigs.
A. damage B. collect C. leave D. throw
27.Chi is……………………girl in her class.
A. more beautiful B. the most beautiful C. beautiful D. a most beautiful
28.I’m going ……………………the Ngoc Son Temple tomorrow
A. see B. sees C. to see D.seeing
29.What ……………………you ……………………to do tomorrow?
A. does / go B.is / going C.are / going D. do / go
30. We shouldn’t ………… our environment.
A. destroying B. to destroy C. destroys D. destroy
31. He often ________ he ________ the kites when he isn’t busy?
A. does / flies B. does / fly C. does / play D. does / play
32. Why don’t we ________ to the movies? ~ That’s a good idea.
A. go B. to go C. going D. to going
33. Some people can speak many ________
A. countries B. nationalities C. languages D. speeches
34. There are four ________ in a year: spring, summer, fall and winter.
A. activities B. pastimes C. weathers D. seasons
35. Can I help you? ~ ________ please. I need a kilo of beef.
A. Yes B. Sorry C. Can D. No
36. Mr Thanh is a policeman. He has a ……………….job
A. fast B. careful C. difficult D. bad
Trang
187
37. Her sister has an…………face and long black …………
A. round - hairs B. long - hairs C. oval -hair D. oval - hairs
38. What are ………? …………..are his shoulders
A. those-These B. those-Those C. this-This D. those-This
39. How many oranges, Mom? ……… dozen, please
A. A half of B. Half a C. A half D. Half
40.You ……… eat too much meat. It isn’t good for your health.
A. should B. shouldn’t C. not D. don’t want
III. Supply the correct verb tense/ form of the verbs in the brackets.
1. Mrs Thu (do) …………… the housework every day. => ………………………………….
2. My brother (listen) ………………. to music now. => …………………………………….
3. They (visit)……………. Da Lat this summer vacation. => ………………………………….
4. Long is thirsty. He’d like (drink)………….. some water. => ………………………………...
5. Now they ( play ) …………soccer. => ………………………………….
6. He ( not go ) ………….fishing in the winter. => ………………………………….
7. You usually ( jog) ………in the morning? – Yes, I do. => ……………………………...
8. This summer vacation, my parents ( visit)……..to Hue. => ………………………………….
9. What about ( go) ……….to Nha Trang? => ………………………………….
10. We mustn’t (drive) fast on the street. => …………………………………..
IV. Supply the correct form of the words in brackets to complete each sentence.
1. It is very …………………………………….. in the city. NOISE
2. Her …………………….. are small and white. TOOTH
3. This is my favorite chair. It’s so ………………… . COMFORT
4. There is a ………………………. next to my house. BAKE
5. She is a ……………………. of English. TEACH
7. Long goes ……………….. at the weekend. SAIL
8. Their house is on the ………………… floor of the room. FIVE
10. Do you ……………………… play video games? USUAL
V. Read the passage carefully and then answer the following questions.
My name is Petty and this is my husband, Phil. We both work in offices in London. We
have breakfast at half past seven. We don’t have a big breakfast. We usually have bread, coffee
and orange juice.
For lunch we usually have a salad or soup and sandwich. That’s at about 1.30.
We usually have dinner at half past seven in the evening. It is a big meal of the day and we
have meat or fish with vegetables and potatoes or rice. We have orange juice with the milk. On
Saturday evenings we go to a restaurant for dinner at about eight o’clock.

1. Who is Petty’s husband?................................................................ …………

Trang
188
2. What do they have for lunch?……………………………………… ……
3. What time do they usually have dinner?……………………………………….
4. What do they drink for dinner……………………………………….
5. Where do they have dinner on Saturday evenings………………………………………
6. Is dinner a big meal for Petty and her husband?...............................................................
VI. Choose the suitable word for each blank in the following passage
pollution best world visit
five population streets clock
London has a (1) ……….. of 6.7 million. London is a famous city. Tourists come from all
over the world to (2) ……… its historic buildings, theaters, museums, and its many shops. You
can also see and hear the famous (3) ………., Big Ben. Like many big cities, London has
problems with traffic and (4) ……….. There are too many cars on the (5) ………..
The (6) ……….. thing about London is the parks. There are (7) ……….. in the city center.
But my children’s favorite place is Harleys. It is the biggest toyshop in the (8) ………..
VII. Rewrite the following sentences so that the second sentence means the same as the first
one
1. What about eating some rice?-->
Let’s ..........................................................................................................................
2. Her eyes are brown.--> She
has .................................................................................................................................
3. What drink do you like?--> What
is ..............................................................................................................................
4. Our school has 12 classrooms.-> There
are ...................................................................................................................
5. Let’s go to the park.→ What about
………………………………………………………………………………?
6. How about watching Television?→ Why don’t you
……………………………………………………………….?
7. . Why don’t we go to the movies? → What
……………………………………………………………………….?
8. What’s the weather like in the spring? →How
………………………………………………………………?

Trang
189
9. How about visiting our friends?
→Why..............................................................................................................................?
10. How’s the weather this morning? →
What ...........................................................................................................................?
VIII. Correct the mistakes in the following sentences
e) There are an books. =>
f)This are benches. =>
g) What time it is? =>
h) She is ride her bike. =>
k) There aren’t some tall trees behind my house. =>
l) My father watching TV at the moment. =>
m) Chi is beautiful. Her tooth are small and white.=>
n) I like drink apple juice. It’s my favorite drink. =>
o) I’m very full. I’d like a bowl of noodles, Mom. =>
p) There are four season in a year in Viet Nam. =>
IX. Write the sentences with the cue words.
11. I/ going to / visit Ha Long Bay/ summer vacation.
=>…………......................................................
12. It/ cool/ fall.=>………….............................. ….
13. Where / you/ from?=>………….................. ….
14. Ho Chi Minh City / big/ Ha Noi.=>…………....................
15. Mexico City / big city/ world.=>………….........................
16. The Nile River/ long river/ world.=>………….................................
17. We / going to / visit / Hue / next week.=> ……………………………….
18. Hoa / often / go fishing / on Sundays.=> …………………………
19. It / hot / summer.=> ……………………………………
20. There / be / a lot of / rivers and mountains / my country.
=> …………………………………
X. Rearrange the following words to make a complete sentences
1. I’d / am / so / like / noodles / I / hungry / some.
=>…………………………………………………………………………………………………
2. Skipping / her / and / younger / like / winter / Mai / sister / in.
=>…………………………………………………………………………………………………

Trang
190
3. Vietnamese / is / Vietnam / He / and / speak / He / from
=>…………………………………………………………………………………………………
4. language / you / often / French / ? / Which / do / speak / English / or
=>…………………………………………………………………………………………………
5. like / what / the / is / weather/ in / winter /the /?
=>……………………………………………………………………
6. often / Peter / to / school / goes / 6:30 /
at=>…………………………………………………………………………
7. often / at / dinner / I / o’clock / have / seven. =>….
……………………………………………………..
8. bigger / Ho Chi Minh City / which / or / Ha Noi / is? =>….
……………………………………………………………………………………………..
9. don’t / Pagoda / go / why / to / we / Huong?
=>………………………………………………………………………..
10. listens / usually / in / to / free / Lan / her / music / time. =>….
……………………………………………………………………………………………...

THCS ĐẠI XUÂN ĐỀ LUYỆN HSG ANH 6

ĐỀ SỐ 50

Trang
191
I. Chọn một đáp án đúng nhất.
1. …………… sports do you play?
a. How b. Who c. Which d. What’s
2. My mother wants a good pair of shoes because she often goes ………….
a. jogging b. fishing c. sailing d. running
3. He often …………….. his kite when he’s not busy.
a. does b. plays c. goes d. flies
4. Why don’t we go to the movies?
a. Because I like it b. Good idea c. Yes, we do d. I don’t think so
5. Some people can speak many …………………
a. countries b. nationalities c. languages d. speeches.
6. People are …………. many forests because they need more land.
a. destroying b. producing c. growing d. polluting
7. There is ……….. oil in this bottle. We should buy some more.
a. a few b. few c. little d. a little
8. Can I help you? - …………., please. I need a kilo of beef.
a. Sorry b. Yes c. Can d. No
9. Minh …………… likes fish and beef.
a. isn’t b. don’t c. doesn’t d. never
10. He goes to work six days a week. He ……. goes to work.
a. always b. usually c. often d. never
II. Tìm một từ có phần gạch chân phát âm khác với từ còn lại.
1. a. citadel b. vacation c. destination d. lemonade
2. a. teachers b. doctors c. students d. workers
3. a. accident b. soccer c. clinic d. camera
4. a. mounth b. weather c. thick d. throw
5. a. language b. engineer c. sausage d. jogging
III. Viết lại câu sau sao cho nghĩa không đổi.
1. Lan’s hair is long. -> Lan …………….…………..
2. Nam rides his bike to school everyday. -> Nam goes …………………..
3. Are there four people in your family? -> Does ………………….……?
4. Nobody in our class is happier than Nga. -> Nga …………..……..………
5. Let’s go swimming. -> What about ………………..?
6. My house is behind the post office. -> The post office …………….
7. She likes drinking milk. -> Milk is …………………….
8. Ba has a sister, Lan. -> Ba ………………………….
9. What’s the height of the Mount Everest? -> How ……………………….?
10. This boy is strong. -> He is ……………………….
IV. Cho dạng đúng của từ trong ngoặc.
1. There are lots of (beauty) beaches in Viet Nam. …………..
2. Is Mr.Ha a (business) ? ……………….
3. She’s from Viet nam. What’s her (nation)? ………………….
4. Air (pollute) is a big problem in the big cities…………………..
5. In the (neighbor) , there is a hospital and a factory…………………..
V. Điền một giới từ thích hợp vào chỗ trống nếu cần.
1. A few people are …………. the mountain and they are ……… danger.

Trang
192
2. I have to stay..…late because I don’t finish ……. my homework.
3. My father always goes to work ………… his own car.
4. Our school starts ……….. six forty five to eleven o’clock.
5. The beef is on the table …….. the eggs and the fish.
VI. Chia động từ trong ngoặc cho phù hợp thì.
1. What they (do) tonight? - They (listen) to music on the radio.
………………………………………………………………………………
2. Your brother (can, swim) ? - Yes, he can. He (swim) very well.
………………………………………………………………………………
3. He (be) tired and he’d like (sit) down.
………………………………………………………………………………
4. Hoa (not do) her homework in the afternoon. She (do) it in the evening.
………………………………………………………………………………
5. Look! The plane (fly) towards the airport. It (land)
………………………………………………………………………………
VII. Điền vào mỗi chỗ trống một từ cho thích hợp.
Dear Mai
I am visiting Ha Long Bay with my family ...(1)… June 12 th to 20th. …(2)… you have a double
room with a shower for these days? How …(3)… is the room? We would like …(4)… room
facing the sea if it is possible. We …(5)… eat meat but we …(6)… all other kinds of food.
We are arriving …(7)… Ha Long Bay …(8)… about six o’clock on Monday evening. We plan
to leave the hotel …(9)…Sunday morning.
I …(10)… forward to hearing from you soon.
Love
Nga.
VIII. §iÒn ®óng d¹ng so s¸nh cña tÝnh tõ trong ngoÆc.
1. Which is the (big) city in Viet Nam ? ……………
2. Spring is (warm) than Fall. But Summer is the (hot) season of a year. …………
3. Hoa is the (good) student in our class. …………
4. The Nile River is the (long) river in the world. ……………
5. The city is (noisy) than the country. ………………
IX. Viết một đoạn văn ngắn nói về thời tiết ở quê em và những việc mà em thường làm vào
các mùa đó .
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………..
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
THCS ĐẠI XUÂN ĐỀ LUYỆN HSG ANH 6
ĐỀ SỐ 51
Part 1: Chọn một từ có phần gạch chân phát âm khác so với các từ còn lại.
1. A. citadel B. vacation C. destination D. lemonade
2. A. beach B. read C. bean D. ahead
3. A. accident B. soccer C. clinic D. camera
4. A. visit B. season C. sausage D. museum
Trang
193
5. A. thigh B. high C. nine D. sandwich
Part 1: Chọn một từ không cùng loại với các từ khác trong nhóm.
1. A. television B. radio C. stereo D. table
2. A. soccer B. teacher C. worker D. driver
3. A. occasionally B. always C. second D. sometimes
4. A. sausage B. packet C. lettuce D. beef
5. A. load B. dangerous C. difficult D. heavy
Part 2: Chọn đáp án đúng nhất cho mỗi câu sau.
1. My sister ……………………. her homework every day.
A. does B. is C. are D. do
2. There is an intersection ahead. We……………………. .
A. must not slow down. B. must slow down. C. must go fast. D. cannot go straight.
3. How…………………….packets of candy would you like?
A. many B. much C. often D. about
4. At the zoo, they see a man going into the enclosure. He is going to ……………..the lion.
A. work B. feed C. talk D. sail
5. Mai goes to school …………………….Monday…………………….Friday.
A. from / on B. on / on C. in / in D. from / to
6. There is a ……………………..behind my classroom.
A. big flower garden B. flower big garden C. garden big flower D. big garden flower
7. Nam is going to stay…………..Hue…………….his uncle and aunt this summer vaction.
A. at / in B. on / with C. in / with D. with / in
8. Nam usually goes to school ……………………. foot because he lives near his school.
A. from B. with C. on D. about
9. Would you like something to drink, Mary?
A. Sorry B. No.Thank you C. Yes, you would D. Why
10. How…………………….oil do you want? - A bottle, please. And ……………. butter.
A. much/some B. many/any C. much/any D. many/some
11. Listen! Who……………………. in the next room?
A. is going to sing B. sings C. does sing D. is singing
12. …………………….walk to the park? - That’s a good idea!
A. What do we B. Would you like to C. Why don’t we D. Are we going to
13. Fifteen plus nineteen equal …………………….
A. eighteen B. thirteen C. thirty D. thirty four
14. March is the ……………………month of the year.
A. first B. second C. third D. fifth
15. Mekong is …………………… river in Vietnam.
A. long B. longer C. longest D. the longest
Part 3: Cho dạng đúng của các động từ trong ngoặc để hoàn thành những câu sau.
1. Her father often (watch) ………………………………… news on television every evening.
2. How many classes (Hoa / have) ……………………………………….today?
3. Look! The children (wait) ……………………………………………for the bus over there.
4. Nga (not visit) …………………………………………………..Hue next week.
5. …………………… (be / there) any milk in the fridge? – Yes, we have some.
Part 4: Đặt câu hỏi cho từ hoặc cụm từ gạch chân

Trang
194
1. Nam goes to school 6 days a
week.=> ........................................................................................................................
2. My mother is cooking in the
kitchen.=> .............................................................................................................
3. I am going to stay in Ha Noi for a
week.=> ..............................................................................................................
4. That shirt costs 100 000
dong.=> ......................................................................................................................
5. Miss Lien’s hair is
dark.=> ....................................................................................................................
Part 5: Đọc đoạn văn sau và trả lời câu hỏi.
Ba is a student at Quang Trung School. Every morning, Ba gets up at six o’clock. He washes
his face and brushes his teeth. At 6.30 he eats his breakfast then he goes to school. At eleven
thirty, he goes home. It’s twelve o’clock now and he is having lunch. This afternoon, he is going
to play soccer. He is going to do his homework tonight.
1. What does Ba do?=> . .............................................................................................................
2. What time does Ba get up every morning?
=> ..........................................................................................................
3. Does Ba go to school in the morning?
=> .............................................................................................................
4. What is Ba doing at twelve o’clock?
=> ..................................................................................................
5. What is Ba going to do in the evening?
=> ...........................................................................................................
Part 6: Điền một từ thích hợp vào mỗi chỗ trống trong đoạn văn sau.
My sister’s name is Nga. She lives in Ha Noi. She (1) …………………… Literature at a
school there. She goes to work every day. She has two (2) ……………………off a week:
Saturday and Sunday. She has a bike but she never cycles to work because it’s very far (3)
…………………… her house to her school. She goes by bus. The school starts at half past seven
in the (4) ………………… and finishes at four o’clock in the afternoon. After work she usually
plays badminton or goes swimming. She comes back home at seven o’clock, and has dinner.
After dinner, she listens to music or watches TV. She (5) ……………………plays volleyball,
but she likes watching volleyball matches on TV. She goes to bed at eleven o’clock.
Part 7: Chọn các câu trong khung sau để hoàn thành bài hội thoại một cách hợp lý, có một
câu không dùng đến.
A. What are there in your neighborhood?
B. Is your school big?
C. Wow! That’s wonderful. I never come to Vinh City.
D. Nice to meet you, too.
E. Is it a souvenir shop near the house?
Trang
195
 F. Vinh City. I live in an apartment.

Ba: Good morning, Hoa. This is my new friend. His name is Quang.
Hoa: Nice to meet you, Quang!
Quang: (1)………………………………………………………….……….
Hoa: Where are you from, Quang?
Quang: (2)………………………………………………………………….
Hoa: (3)………………………………………………….……………….
Quang: There is a shop, a cinema and a market near my house. It is very noisy.
Hoa: (4)………………………………………………………………….
Quang: Yes, it is. And my classroom is on the fouth floor.
Hoa: (5)………………………………………………….……………….
Ba: It’s 7.00 and we have to come in. Good bye.
Hoa: Good bye. See you later.
Part 8: Hoàn thành câu thứ hai sao cho câu có cùng nghĩa với câu đã cho.
1. Let’s walk to school!=> Why.....................................................................?
2. Her nose is small and straight.=> She ............................................................
3. How old is your mother?=> What ...................................................................................?
4. Miss Nga goes to Ha Noi by plane today.=> Miss Nga .................................................
5. No house in this street is older than my house.
=> My house ......................................................................................
Part 9: Dùng từ gợi ý viết thành câu hoàn chỉnh để hoàn thành bức thư sau.
Dear Lien,
Thank you for your letter you sent me last week.
1. I / be / in / country / uncle /
aunt.=> .................................................................................................................
2. They / live / small / house / near / paddy field.
=> ..............................................................
3. There / big / yard / flower garden / front / house.
=> ........................................................
4. left / house / there / be /
well.=> .....................................................................................................................
5. Behind / house / there / be / mountains / tall trees.
=> ..........................................................

Trang
196
 Is it beautiful? I will send you a photo of it with the letter.
Write soon,
Linh.
Part 10: Điền một từ thích hợp vào mỗi chỗ trống trong lá thư sau.
Dear Alice ,
Today is the first day of the school term. I have just got my new timetable. The first lesson
(1)______ English . This lesson begins (2)______ nine o’clock and finishes at ten (3)_______
ten. The next lesson is Geography and then we have a break . The break lasts (4)______ twenty
to eleven (5)_______ five to eleven . The two lessons (6)_______ the break are Spanish and
Maths .
Tomorrow we have Physics (7)_______ the break and then History and English (8) _______ .
Thusday we have my favourite subject (9)_______ ten fifty-five and twelve thirty-five. The
(10)______ twenty lessons each week but they all take place (11)_______ the morning. We are
all very tired by lunchtime .
Love ,
Lala
Part 11: Cho dạng đúng của các từ trong ngoặc để hoàn thành những câu sau.
Dave and I are having the (1-good) ________ holiday of our lives ! We are in Barbados ,
one of the (2- lovely ) ________ islands in the Caribean . Although it is much (3- small)______
than Jamaica , there seems to be ( 4- much)________ to do than in Jamaica . Moreover , the
people here seem to be (5-friendly) ________ than those on the other islands . We are staying in
the ( 6- mordern)_________ hotel I have ever seen . It’s large and cool , and many people think
it is the (7 –good) _________ hotel on the island . It’s far (8- comfortable) _________ than any of
the other hotels , and it’s even (9-big)____ than the world famous Belton Hotel . The (10- near)
________ beach is (11-little)_________ than a hundred metres away , and so we can go
swimming a lot . It’s really good , and I do wish you were here .

THCS ĐẠI XUÂN ĐỀ LUYỆN HSG ANH 6

ĐỀ SỐ 52

I. Read the passage carefully and then answer the following questions.
Jack Tippit and his wife, Isabel, who is Spanish, both work at the Regent Hotel in the centre of
London . Jack is a receptionist and Isabel works in the hotel bar . Jack says :
“ Ten million people visit London every year . In our hotel we have fifty rooms , and we
have visistors from all over the world , especially from America and Japan . I speak English ,
German , French and Spanish . I don’t speak Japanese , but I want to learn it . Isebel speaks
English and French , and Spanish , of course .
Our visitors like doing many things . On a typical day they have breakfast in the hotel
restaurant , an English breakfast of eggs , bacon , tea , and toast . After breakfast they visit the

Trang
197
Houses of Parliament and Buckingham Palace and go shopping in Harrods . They come back
to the hotel at four o’clock and have tea and relax . Then in the evening they go to the theatre .
We work long hours. I work from six o’clock in the morning till three in the afternoon ,
and Isabel works from six in the evening till one in the morning, but we love our work . We
like meeting people of all nationalities .
0. Jack’s wife is Isabel . T
1. Jack’s wife is Tippit F
2. A lot of foreign visitors come to the hotel. _______
3. Both Jack and Isabel speak French and German . _______
4. Both Isabel and Jack want to learn Japanese. _______
5. The visitors have breakfast in bed in the hotel . _______
6. They visit the Houses of Parliament in the morning _______
7. They like shopping in Buckingham Palace _______
8. They have tea in the hotel. _______
9. They relax in the evening . _______
10. Jack and Isabel don’t like their work . _______
11. They work all day . _______
II Fill in each blank with the suitable given word
For many young people sport is a popular part of school life and (1)____ in one of the school
teams and playing in matches is very important . (2)_____ someone is in a team it means a lot
of extra practice and often spending a Saturday or Sunday away (3)______ home , as many
matches are played then.
It (4)______ also involve travelling to other towns to play against other school teams and
then (5)_____ on after the match for a meal or a drink . Sometimes parents , friends or other
students will travel with the team to support (6)_____ own side .
When a school team wins a match it is the whole school feeling proud , (7)______ only
the players . It can also mean that a school (8)_______ well-known for being good at certain
sports and pupils from that school may end up playing (9)_______ national and international
teams so that the school has some (10)______ names associated with it .
1 A. having B. being C. taking D. putting
2. A. If B. As C. Then D. So
3. A. at B. on C.for D. from
4. A. ought B. is C. can D.has
5. A. being B. staying C. leaving D. spending
6. A. their B. its C. our D. your
7. A. but B. however C. and D. not
8. A. turns B. makes C. comes D. becomes
9. A. up B. to C. for D. beside
10 A. old B. new C. common D.famous
III Fill in each blank with one suitable word
There are two long (1)______ in VietNam. The Red river is 1,200 kms long. It (2)______
in China and flows to the Gulf (3)____ Tonkin.
The (4)______ river is longer than the Red river . It starts in Tibet and flows to the Bien
Dong .
The River Amazon is the (5)_______river in the world . It is 6,750 kilometres long . It
starts in Peru and flows to the Atlantic Ocean .
Everest is the tallest (6)_______ in the world . It is 8,863 metres (7)____ Vietnam has
(8)_______ mountains . The Truong Son is the (9)______ range of mountains . (10)_______
Vietnam mountains are smaller than Everest .

Trang
198
IV. Fill in each blank with the suitable given word
clean are lots live and
for sell prices city goods
SINGAPORE
Singapore is an island city of about three million people. It's a beautiful (1) ........... with lots
of parks and open spaces. It's also a very (2) ................. city.
Most of the people (3) ................ in high rise flats in different parts of the island. The business
district is very modern
with (4) ........... of high new office buildings. Singapore also has some nice older sections. In
China town, there (5) ................. rows of old shop houses. The Government buildings in
Singapore are very beautiful (6)................. date from the colonial days.
Singapore is famous (7).......... its shops and restaurants. There are many good shopping centers.
Most of the (8) .......... are duty free. Singapore's restaurants (9) ........ Chinese, Indian, Malay and
European food, and the (10) ............ are quite reasonable.
V. Choose the best answer.
1. My father is..................... man.
A. a old B. an old C. not young D. not very young
2. I’m tired. I’d like..................... .
A. sit down B. sitting down C. to sit down D. to sitting down
3. Do you have any toothpaste? I’d like a large ..................... .
A. tin B. roll C. bar D. tube
4. What is the ............of that river?
A. long B. wide C. length D. heavy
5. Bangkok is ..................... capital of Thailand.
A. a B. one C. X D. the
6. There are ..................... girls in his class.
A. not B. no C. none D. any
7. ..................... she plays the piano!
A. How beautiful B. How beautifully C. What good D. What well
8. Which word has the final sound /s/:
A. bananas B. carrots C. apples D. guavas
9. I don’t want much sugar in coffee. Just ....................., please.
A. little B. a little C. few D. a few
10. The weather is ..................... today than yesterday.
A. much better B. very better C. too better D. so better
11. ______ trash over there.
A. Don’t throw B. Not throw C. Throw D. Can’t throw
12. There is _____ oil in the bottle . We should buy some more .
A. little B. a little C. few D. a few
13. ______ fruit does your father produce?
A. How much B. How many C. How long D. How often
14. What would you like to do at the weekend?
A. I like to do a lot B. I can’t do it C. I’d like to do D. I don’t like the weekend
15. What about ______ a cup of coffee?
A. A have B. having C. you have D. do you have
16. The weather often ______ quickly. It is difficult to forecast .
A. change B. changes C. is changing D. is going to change
17. When it becomes hot , people often fell ______
Trang
199
A. hungry B. thirsty C. happy D. worried
18. My brother wants a good pair of shoes because he often goes ______
A. jogging B. running C. swimming D. sailing
19 . None of these trains stop at Ramsey. They _____ stop at Ramsey .
A. sometimes B. usually C. never D. rarely
20.The sign says “No smoking “ . You ______ smoke .
A. can B. are not C. must not D. must
21. Do you like pop music?
A. I would B. Yes, a lot C. No, I like it D. Yes , we are
22.Let’s go to the concert at New College.
A. All right B. You’re going C. We go D. Goodbye
23 . I’m playing table tennis. _______ you like table tennis?
A.Have B .Is C. Are D. Do
th
24 . There is an English examination ______ Friday, 11 December .
A. at B. in C. to D. on
25 .______ do the buses run? - Every twenty minutes .
A. How far B. What time C. How often D. How much
26. What time _____ back ?
A. is she coming B. comes she C. she does come D. does she comes
27. The students have got ______ news about their exams .
A. many B. some C. a D. a few
28 . The boy looks a little thin, ______ he is strong.
A. and B. for C. or D. but
29. Mary and _______ would like to join the English Club speaking .
A. me B. my C. mine D. I
30 . The clothes are _______ cleaner than the others .
A. as B. very C. so D. much
VI. Rearrange the sentences to make a dialogue.
1. What do you usually have for breakfast?
2. Usually. I Put on my clothes. I have breakfast.
3. Do you always have breakfast?
4. Always?
5. No, I don’t. It’s not my favorite.
6. Do you ever have cereal for breakfast?
7. Yes.
8. What are some of the things you often do in the morning?
9. Bread and cheese and coffee. Sometimes, I have an egg.
10. I get up at seven.
VII. Complete the dialogues.
Mr. Hung: (1)…………………………………children?
Mrs. Nga: They’re in their room.
Mr. Hung: (2) …………………………………………….television?
Mrs. Nga: No. They are in bed.
Mr. Hung: (3)…………………………………………………….?
Mrs. Nga: Reading? No, they aren’t. They are asleep.
Mr. Hung: (4)……………………………………………………..?
Mrs. Nga: Hoang? He’s writing a postcard and watching TV at the same time.
Mr. Hung: (5)……………………………………………………..?
Mrs. Nga: He’s watching a movie.
VIII. Complete the dialogue with the cues given.
Trang
200
Salesgirl: Good / Can I …..(1)……………………………..?
Nam: Yes / I’d / rice / meat. (2)
Salesgirl: How much / want? (3)
Nam: Two kilos / rice / half / kilo (4)
Salesgirl: Is / anything else ? (5)
Nam: Yes / 2 bottles / milk / 6 apples (6)
Salesgirl: OK. Here / are (7)
Nam: How? (8)
Salesgirl: Fifty thousand dong.
Nam: This/ one hundred dong (9)
Salesgirl: Here/ change (10)
Nam: Thank you.
IX. Fill in each gap with a QUESTION WORD.
1………………is the weather like in Viet Nam in the summer?
2………………sausage do you want?_2 kilos please.
3………………oranges are there in the fridge? _There are five.
4………………do you usually do on Sunday?
5………………does David always go in the morning?
6………………do you travel to work everyday? _By bus, of course.
7………………is it? _It’s five past eight.
8………………is her hair? _It’s yellow.
9………………does he feel? _Tired and thirsty.
10……………..don’t we go swimming? _Yes, that’s a good idea.
VI. Fill in each gap with a word given.
bring do have help play see stay take visit watch
1.What are you and your family going to………………………..this weekend?
2.We’re going to……………the museum next Saturday
3.Is Mr. Minh going to ………….badminton?
4.She’s going to……………with her uncle in the country
5.I’m going to…….a new film with my friend
6.We are going to………..dinner with them
7.Are you going to……………….Mom do the housework?
8.Van and Hiep are going to……………..a football match
9.Nam’s going to…………some photos
10.Tuan and his brother are going to……………..some food and drinks
VII. Fill in each gap with a word given.
my have movie usually old teach
on listen at eats there
Mondays lunch dinner play
I live in a small house in Hanoi. I ________(1) English at a school _____(2). I usually
___________(3) breakfast at seven in the morning and I have ___________(4) at twelve o’clock
in the canteen of the school. I teach ___________(5) students in the morning. I teach them
dialogues _______________(6) Wednesdays and Fridays. On _________(7) I teach them
grammar. In the evening I ___________(8) stay at home and ___________(9) to the radio. I
sometimes go to the ___________(10) theater. I always go to bed at ten o’clock.
VIII. Which word has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others?
1. A. window B. flow C. how D. show
2. A. hungry B. thirsty C. finally D. recycle
3. A. mouth B. weather C. thick D. throw
4. A. language B. engineer C. sausage D. jogging
Trang
201
 5. A. ground B. should C. about D. mountain
IX. Supply the correct form of the words in parentheses.
1. What is the (high)……………of that mountain? – About 2000 meters.
2. How many (child)……………..do you have, Mr. Nam?
3. Lan is the (small)……………………of the three girls.
4. Jane is the (young)………………of the two girls.
5. There are ten (bookshelf)…………………….in the library.
6. The country is (quiet)…………….than the city.
7. Which color do you like (good)…………….?
8. We must (take) ………..an umbrella. It (rain)……………..
9. Nga doesn’t like (China)………………..food.
10. The weather is becoming (cold)………………
11. We must be (care)........................... when we cross the road.
12. This tree has a lot of green (leaf)....................................
13. Is your father a (business).............................?
14. I’m Vietnamese. What’s your (nation)......................................?
15. Air (pollute)......................... is a big problem in many cities in the world.
16. The photocopy is between the (bake)..........................and the drugstore.
17. Is your brother an (act).........................................?
18. Mai's sister is a (sing).......................................
19. Yoko is from Japan. She is (Japan)................................
20. She is (beautiful)……………………than her sister.
X. Rewrite sentences as directed.
1. Whose book is this? Who ………………………………………?
2. How much is that pen? How much does…………………………………?
3. How heavy are you? How much…………………………………..?
4. Lam is Mrs. Hoa’s son Mrs. Hoa……………………………………..
5. Mr. Ba is the owner of this house. This house…………………………….
6. No one in our class is as tall as Nam . Nam is the ………………………………
7. There are 40 monkeys in the cage . The cage ………………………………
8. It is one fifty . It is ten ……………………………………………………….
9. My mother walks to work everyday . My mother goes …………....................
10. Does your class have forty students? Are……………………………..?

Trang
202
THCS ĐẠI XUÂN ĐỀ LUYỆN HSG ANH 6
ĐỀ SỐ 53

I. Chän tõ cã c¸ch ph¸t ©m kh¸c víi nh÷ng tõ cßn l¹i

1, A. ground B. should C. about D .mountain
2. A. tables B. noses C. boxes D. changes
3. A. son B. sugar C. soup D. sing
4. A. brush B. museum C. lunch D. drugstore
5. A. play B. says C. day D. stay
6. A. orange B. cabbage C. lemonade D. sausage
7. A. chest B. lunch C. bench D. school
8. A. noodles B. shoulders C. packets D. tomatoes
9. A. clown B. down C. own D. town
10.A. intersection B. eraser C. bookstore D. history
II. Chän tõ cã träng ©m nhÊn kh¸c víi c¸c tõ cßn l¹i.
1. A. beautiful B. vegetable C. breakfast D. apartment
2. A. toothpaste B. sandwich C. cartoon D. chocolate
3. A. aerobic B. activity C. badminton D. basketball
4. A. visit B. unload C. receive D.correct
5. A. police B. gymnast C. teacher D. farmer
6. A. different B. dangerous C. difficult D. delicious
III. S¾p xÕp c¸c tõ s¸o trén thµnh c©u hoµn chØnh cã nghÜa

1. Lunch / a / grandfather / after / always / sleep / has.

Trang
203
…………………………………….…………………………………
2. famous / reading / I / people / about / like / books.
………………………………………………………………………….…
3.to work / she / how / travel / does / morning / every?
………………………………………………………………………….…
4.practice / you / every day / should / speaking / English.
………………………………………………………………………….…
5. listen/ she's/ and/ going/ to/ pop music/ book/ read/ to/ a.
………………………………………………………………………….…
III. ViÕt l¹i c©u cho nghÜa kh«ng thay ®æi

1. That book belongs to Nam. ->That is………………………………………………………

2.What is the age of Peter ?-> How …………………………………………………… ?
3.No one in our class is taller than Nam .-> Nam is the …………………………………………
4. Mr. Hung drives very carefully.->Mr. Hung is .................................................................
5. Does your father cycle to work?->Does your father get...............................?
6.Why don’t we go to the movies tonight?-> What about…………………………..?
7. She doesn’t have classes on Sunday .-> She never………………….
8. How wide is BaDinh square->What........................................................................................?
10 Reading is more boring than watching TV->Watching Tv is more................................

V. Chän ®¸p ¸n ®óng nhÊt trong c¸c ®¸p ¸n A, B, C, hoÆc D.

1. My father is ........ man.
A. a old B. an old C. not young D. not very young
2. What was the matter with him? He …….. a toothache
A. to have B. have C. has D. had
3. Do you have any toothpaste? I’d like a large ...................
A. tin B. roll C. bar D. tube
4. What ..... does Peter study at school? - He has Maths, English, Art….
A. objects B. subjects C. food D. drink
5. Bangkok is ............. capital of Thailand.
A. a B. one C. X D. the
6. There are ................. girls in his class.
A. not B. no C. none D. any
7. ......... she plays the piano!
A. How beautiful B. How beautifully C. What good D. What well
8. On .... we often go out.
A. nights of Saturday B. Saturday nights C. Saturday’s nights D. none is correct
9. I don’t want much sugar in coffee. Just ........., please.
A. little B. a little C. few D. a few
10. The weather is ..................... today than yesterday.
A. much better B. very better C. too better D. so better
11. A. Always they do their homework. B. They always do their homework.

Trang
204
 C. They do their homework always. D. They always do their homeworks.
12. Why do you like Music? Because I like …..
A. to read B. to draw C. to write D. to sing
13. It’s very hot. Why ...... go swimming?
A. not we B. not C. don’t we D. Both B & C are correct
14. At an intersection, you ....... slow down.
A. can B. should C. must D. have
15. Which word has the final sound /s/:
A. bananas B. carrots C. apples D. guavas
16. Don’t move. You have a .............. leg.
A. break B. breaking C. broke D. broken
17. If there aren’t any trash cans, we should put it in a bag and ..................... .
A. take it to our home B. take it to home C. take it home D. take it back our house
18. Make sure ........... is no traffic.
A. they B. it C. there D. some
19. Let’s eat here. The ............. seems very good.
A. list B. paper C. programme D. menu
20. Don’t ..................... electricity.
A. save B. waste C. use D. leave

VI. §Æt cau hái cho tõ g¹ch ch©n.

1.He often does his homework in the evening.
………………………………………………………………………….…
2.She is practicing the piano
………………………………………………………………………….…
3.I usually play soccer after school
………………………………………………………………………….…
4.We are going to stay there for a week.
………………………………………………………………………….…
5.Minh goes swimming with his friends
………………………………………………………………………….…
6.I wait for my friends everyday.
………………………………………………………………………….…
7.The children are in the library.
………………………………………………………………………….…
8.He has math on Monday and Thursday.
………………………………………………………………………….…
9.She buys some milk at the store
………………………………………………………………………….…
10.It is 2kilometers from my house to the market.
………………………………………………………………………….…
VII. Cho d¹ng ®óng cña ®éng tõ trong ngoÆc.

1.He still (do) ............................. our work now. But he will go with you when he (finish)
………..it.
2.On my way home I often (meet) ………. many children who (go) ………….to school.
3.The sun (rise) …………… in the east and (set) ………………… in the west.
4.Mary (not work) ……………………today because it's Sunday.
Trang
205
5. My father and I (visit) …………………….Ha Long Bay this summer vacation.
6. You mustn’t (eat) ………………..food in the classroom.
7. Let’s (help)…………….. mom, LAn. She (clean)……………… the floor.
8. Look! The plane (fly) ………………..towards the airport. It (land) ……………………..
9. Why we (not/ go)…………………………………….. to Ha Long Bay this summer?
10.What(be) …………….there ( eat)…………………………………
VIII. Cho d¹ng ®óng cña tõ in hoa:
2.She sent her best wishes for my future…… .(HAPPY) ……………………….
3. The ……………of this tree are very green and beautiful. ( LEAF ) ……………………….
4. Mr Pike lives on the ……………floor of this building . ( NINE) ……………………….
5.The coffee is too……….for me to drink. ( HEAT ) …………………………
6. Who is the............................person in the world? (rich) .....................................
7. What is the...................mountain in the world? (HIGH) ………………………
8. He is a famous football................................ (PLAY). …………………….
9. They are ........................... to their teacher (TALK). ……………………..
10. English is an ....................and important subject.(INTEREST) ………………………
IX. T×m- g¹ch ch©n lçi sai vµ söa l¹i cho ®óng.
1. That's my aunt over there. She stands near the window…………………………………..
2. Sorry, you can't speak to Jenny. She's have a bath. ……………………………………
3. Nam likes read books in the library …………………………………..
4. What time does Thu has science class? ……………………………………..
5. Nam's grandparents lives in the old house with his uncle and aunts……………
6.She has a little friends in the city. …………………………………….
7.How many time a week do you wash your clothes? ………………………………………
8.What is the long of this river ? ………………………………………

X. §iÒn giíi tõ thicchs hîp vµo chç trèng.

1. There is a big tree.........................my garden.

2. Wait....................me.......................the school-gate, please.
3. Her birthday is…......August the third. She always gets a lot of presents .................her birthday.
4. I want to stay.........................home this evening. What's.......................TV?
5. New Year's Day is...............................January 1st.
6. He's not very good.......................repairing things.
7. We often have two days off ....................... weekends.

XI. §äc ®o¹n v¨n vµ lµm theo híng dÉn.

The Vietnamese students take part in different after – school activities. Some students plays
sports. They often play soccer, table tennis or badminton. Sometimes they go swimming pools .
Some students like music and movies. They often practice musical instruments in the school
music room.They join in the school theater group and usually rehearse plays.Some are members
of the stamp collector ‘s club. They often get together and talk about their stamps. A few students
stay at home and play video games or computer games. Most of them enjoy their activities after
school hours
1. Chän True (T) or False (F):
a. The Vietnamese students take part in different activities…………………
b.All the students plays sports. ……………….
c.They never go swimming in the pool. ……………….

Trang
206
d. Some students like movies. ………………..
2. Tr¶ lêi c©u hái:
a.How often do you rehearse plays?
………………………………………………………………………….…
b.What do the members of the stamps collector’s club often do?
………………………………………………………………………….…
c.Do Vietnamese students enjoy their activities?
………………………………………………………………………….…
d.Do you often go to the movies after school?
………………………………………………………………………….…
XII. ViÕt mét ®o¹n v¨n ng¾n vÒ trêng cña b¹n ( 8-10 c©u )
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Trang
207